Handbook - Full

HANDBOOK 2020
H A NDBOOK
2020
BRITISH CYCLING DIRECTORY
Contents
B R I T I S H C Y C L I N G D I R E C T O RY
British Cycling Directory 4-5
English Regions and Home Country Contacts 6-11
Constitution 12-39
Memorandum of Association 12
Articles of Association 14
Bye Laws 25
Member, Club and Event Fees 40-44
Technical Regulations 2020 45-164

General 45
BMX Freestyle 55
BMX Racing 65
Cycle Speedway 77
Cyclo-Cross 97
eRacing 105
Mountain Bike 109
Road 125
Track 143
Glossary 161
Additional Information 165-182

Scottish National Championships and Records 165
British National Championships 174
Synopsis of Age Categories for 2020 178
Other Regulations and Policies 183-249

The UK Anti-Doping Regulations 183
Disciplinary Regulations 185
Equality Policy 208
Code of Conduct 210
Safeguarding Children and Young People 215
Safeguarding Adults 227
Safeguarding Regulations 239
Data Privacy Notice 246
BRITISH CYCLING 3
British Cycling Directory

British Cycling Board of Directors
Frank Slevin Marian Lauder MBE Sharon Bridgland-Gough Alex Russell

Independent Chair Senior Independent Independent Director Independent Director
Director
Richard Lodge Peter King CBE Kathy Gilchrist Nick Smith

Vice Chair Appointed Director Appointed Director Appointed Director
(England) (Scotland) (Wales)
Nick Lumb Tabitha Rendall Julie Watts Julie Harrington

Elected Director Elected Director Elected Director Chief Executive
President Company Secretary
Board Enquiries
Telephone: 0161 274 2016

Email: board@britishcycling.org.uk
Postal address: British Cycling, Stuart Street,
Manchester M11 4DQ
Bob Howden OBE Rod Findlay Website: britishcycling.org.uk/board
4 2020 HANDBOOK
British Cycling Leadership
Julie Harrington Danielle Every Rod Findlay Jamie Obank

Chief Executive Cycling Delivery Integrity and Chief Operating Officer
Director Compliance Director
Stephen Park OBE

Performance Director
BRITISH CYCLING 5
The British Cycling Federation, trading as “British Cycling”, is the governing Body
of Cycle Sport in Great Britain as recognised by the Union Cyclists Internationale (UCI)
and the Sports Councils.
© BCF 2000 Registered in England No. 3943494
General Enquiries
Telephone: 0161 274 2000

Email: info@britishcycling.org.uk
Postal address: British Cycling, Stuart Street, Manchester M11 4DQ
Website: britishcycling.org.uk
Membership Directory of Coaches:

For membership queries, please get in touch with our britishcycling.org.uk/coachingdirectory
membership team or visit us online
0161 274 2010 Mountain Bike Leadership:
membership@britishcycling.org.uk 0161 274 2060
britishcycling.org.uk/membership mtbleadership@britishcycling.org.uk
britishcycling.org.uk/mtbleadership
Cycle sport
For all information on cycling events, sportives and other Cycle training:
cycle sport matters, plus advice and support for event 0161 274 2060
organisers, contact us on: cycletraining@britishcycling.org.uk
0161 274 2020 britishcycling.org.uk/cycletraining
events@britishcycling.org.uk
Go-Ride & Club Development:
Find event support from our regional event staff: 0161 274 2070
britishcycling.org.uk/regionaleventofficers go-ride@britishcycling.org.uk
britishcycling.org.uk/go-ride
Register and build your event online:
britishcycling.org.uk/eventmanagement Anti-Doping
For information on British Cycling’s Anti-Doping policies,
If you’re interested in becoming a Race Official, including advice and disclosure, contact:
Commissaire or Referee: 0161 274 2082
britishcycling.org.uk/officials compliance@britishcycling.org.uk
Out of hours: 0161 274 2002
Recreation
For all queries on recreational cycling, HSBC UK Let’s Ride, Safeguarding
HSBC UK Breeze and other British Cycling projects to get For any safeguarding queries relating to children or
people riding a bike: adults, contact:
0161 274 2030 0161 274 2000 and ask to speak to our Lead
lovecycling@britishcycling.org.uk Safeguarding Officer
letsride.co.uk
In the case of an out of hours emergency situation,
Coaching, Education and Development contact:
For coaching courses, qualifications, mountain bike Police: 999
leadership or cycle training, contact one of the following: Your Local Social Care Emergency Duty Team
NSPCC Helpline: 0808 800 5000
Coaching & Education (inc. courses):
0161 274 2060
education@britishcycling.org.uk
britishcycling.org.uk/education
6 2020 HANDBOOK
Central
Regional President Regional Councillors
Trevor Smith Matt Carey Des Gaylor
David George Fiona Hawkins
Regional Chair Asti Kanaris Maurice Joyce
Patrick Kavanagh Colin Mann Bob Spencer
Brian Tadman
Regional Secretary
Tony Gibb National Councillors
Tony Gibb Kelvin Hoy
Regional Competition Administrator John Jones Patrick Kavanagh
Ian Chatfield Colin Mann Trevor Smith
Regional Treasurer
John Jones
Regional Vice-Chair
Kelvin Hoy
BMX Co-ordinator
Maurice Joyce
Eastern
Regional Chair Regional Board Members
Julie Watts Anthony Clarke Phil Clarke
Gino Howe Steve Manser
Regional Secretary Ian Poole Phillip Townsend
David Hales
National Councillors
Regional Competition Administrator Graham Elliott Gino Howe
Andy Blower Ian Poole Willi Tarran
Phillip Townsend Julie Watts
Regional Treasurer
Alison Maynard
East Midlands
Clive Gill Ken Phillips Dennis Owen
Caroline Mansfield
Regional Secretary
Mark Waller National Councillors
Clive Gill Peter Lifford
Regional Competition Administrator Cath Rodkoff Alan Summers
Theresa Coltman
Regional Treasurer
Simon Cocker
Regional Vice-Chair
Alan Summers
BRITISH CYCLING 7
North East

Stephen Tunmore Kevin Brennan John Byrne
Christopher Gray Ian Jones
Regional Secretary Phil Metcalfe David McLean
Samantha Waught Jon Reed
Regional Competition Administrator National Councillors

Philip Jack Peter Harrison Stephen Tunmore
Regional Treasurer
Lorna Gilroy
North West
Alan Gornall Fred Bamforth Heather Bamforth
David Greatorex Alan Roper
Regional Secretary Leonard Woffindin
Carole Leigh
Regional Competition Administrator Fred Bamforth Heather Bamforth
Phillip Braybrooke Alan Gornall Carole Leigh
Ian Roberts Alan Roper
Regional Treasurer
Ian Roberts
South
Andy Cook Mark Adams Linda Cantelo
Pete Deamer Peter Georgi
Regional Secretary Harry Jackson Ric Jamieson
John Heaton-Armstrong John Twitchen Michael Webber
Regional Competition Administrator National Councillors

Grant Bayton Andy Cook Pete Deamer
John Heaton-Armstrong Ric Jamieson
Regional Treasurer Norman Webb
Norman Webb
Regional Vice-Chair
Tony Toynton
8 2020 HANDBOOK
South East
Regional President Regional Board Members
Peter Ansell David Evans Jason Ginn
Jonathan Goodge Paul Tunnell
Regional Chair
Tabitha Rendall National Councillors
Peter Ansell Jason Ginn
Regional Secretary Jonathan Goodge Philip Jemmison
Maryka Sennema Tabitha Rendall Maryka Sennema
Lee Travers Paul Tunnell
Regional Competition Administrator
Eric Lejeune
Regional Treasurer
Lee Travers
Regional Vice-Chair
Philip Jemmison
South West
Brian Johnston Sharon Avery James Berry
Jenny Bolsom Mark Deakin
Regional Secretary Paula Hallett Charlie Revell
Brandon Ellis Kenneth Robertson Andy Southcott
Diana Towers
Regional Competition Administrator
Graham Morgan National Councillors
Brandon Ellis Brian Johnston
Regional Treasurer
William Hornby
West Midlands
David Garrett Stephen Brown Alan Butt
Hannah Dayan Mike Evans
Regional Secretary William Fotheringham Sam Henry
Andrew Robson Tessa McInnes Gordon Siers
Kirsti Tinsley Peter Varian
Regional Competition Administrator Andy Whitehouse Nick Yarworth
Keith Evans
Regional Treasurer Alan Butt David Feiven
Neil Lawford David Garrett Gordon Siers
Regional Vice-Chair
David Feiven
BRITISH CYCLING 9
Yorkshire

Bob Howden Kevin Brown Rob Drohan
Martin Gamble Christopher Habershon
Regional Secretary Chris Lawrence Philip Makinson
Peter Root Ian O’Brien Mandy Parker
Keith Scott Trevor Tennick
Regional Competition Administrator Joanne Wood
Tim Leleux
Regional Treasurer Marc Etches Ian Hirst
John Wray Chris Lawrence Keith Scott
Regional Vice-Chairs
Marc Etches & Ian Hirst
Scotland
Home Country Board Home Country Competition Administrators
President Sarah Macintyre
Tom Bishop Morven Brown
Suzanne Burns (MAT Cover)
Chair
Martin Cooke
Regional Competition Administrators
Chief Executive Officer Sarah Macintyre
Craig Burn Morven Brown
Suzanne Burns (MAT Cover)
Company Secretary
Paul Stark National Councillors
Craig Burn Martin Cooke
Regional Board Members James McCallum Joyce McKellar
Diane Clayton-Chisholm Fiona Cockburn Paul Stark
Kathy Gilchrist Nigel Holl
Scott Hutchinson Mike Mason
James McCallum Joyce McKellar
James Watt
Wales
Home Country Board Events Officer
Chair Lyn Ryland
Nicholas Smith
Events Administrator
Chief Executive Rhys James
Anne Adams-King
Federation Member
Regional Board Members Graham Barker
Graham Barker Iwan Doull
Eryl Jones Simon Nurse National Councillors
Elizabeth Slater Gerry Stacey Anne Adams-King Graham Barker
Simon Tee Suzanne Warren Hugh Copping
Finance & Office Manager

Beverley Kibble
10 2020 HANDBOOK
NOTES
NOTES
BRITISH CYCLING 11
MEMORANDUM & ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
M E M O R A N D U M & A R T I C L E S O F A S S O C I AT I O N
Contents
Memorandum of Association 13
Articles of Association
Interpretation 14
Membership 15
General Meetings 16
Notice of General Meetings 16
Proceedings at General Meetings 17
Votes of Members 18
Regions 18
Board of Directors 18
President and Elected Directors 19
nominated Directors 20
Independent Appointed Directors 20
Terms of Office 20
Vacation of The Office of Directors 21
Duties and Powers of the Board 21
Committees and Commissions 22
Company Secretary 22
Proceedings of the Board 22
Appointments and Interests of Members of the Board 22
Accounts 23
Audit 23
Notices 23
Amendments to Articles 23
Rules, Regulations, Standing Orders and Bye Laws 24
Indemnity 24
Dissolution 24
12 2020 HANDBOOK
Memorandum of Association
1. The name of the Company is The British Cycling Federation (“the BCF”).
2. The BCF’s registered office is the National Cycling Centre, Stuart Street, Manchester M11 4DQ.
3. The BCF’s objects are:
(a) to encourage, promote, develop and control the sport and pastime of cycling in all its forms amongst all sections
of the community in Great Britain, the Isle of Man and the Channel Islands;
(b) to support and protect the interests of their members, by all such lawful means as the Board and National
Council of the BCF may from time to time think fit;
(c) to represent in the Congress of the Union Cycliste Internationale the BCF and cycling associations of such
members of Commonwealth Associations as are not directly affiliated to that organisation and
(d) to issue licences for the purposes of international cycle racing to BCF Members and the individual members of
Commonwealth Associations.
In furtherance of the BCF’s objects the BCF shall have power:
1) to acquire by any means any property or rights whatsoever;
2) to maintain, manage, improve, develop, turn to account, grant rights and privileges in respect of and otherwise
deal with all or any part of the property and rights of the BCF;
3) to dispose of by any means the whole or any part of any undertaking, property and rights of the BCF;
4) to lend money or give credit to such persons and on such terms as may seem expedient and otherwise to invest
and deal with the moneys of the BCF;
5) to borrow money and to secure by mortgage, charge or lien upon the whole or any part of the BCF’s undertaking
and property (whether present or future) the discharge of any obligation of the BCF or any other person;
6) to give such indemnities as may seem expedient and to guarantee the performance of any obligation of any
person;
7) to draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, execute and issue promissory notes, bills of exchange, bills of lading,
warrants, debentures and other negotiable or transferable instruments;
8) to establish and subsidise or support any other association, and to subscribe or guarantee money or make
payments for any charitable, benevolent, public, general or useful object;
9) to pay out of the funds of the BCF all expenses which it may lawfully pay with respect to its formation and
registration;
10) to acquire and undertake the whole or any part of the assets and liabilities of any other body or person, and to
amalgamate with any other body.
11) to do all things as are necessary to the attainment of the above objects or any of them.
4. The liability of the members is limited.
5. Every member of the BCF undertakes to contribute such amount as may be required (not exceeding £1.00) to
the BCF’s assets if it should be wound-up while they are a member or within one year after they cease to be a
member, for payment of the BCF’s debts and liabilities contracted before they cease to be a member, and
of the costs, charges and expenses of winding-up, and for the adjustment of the rights of the contributories
among themselves.
6. The profits or other income of the BCF shall be applied in promoting its objects, and no dividends shall be paid
to its members.
7. On a winding-up of the BCF all its assets which would otherwise be available to its members generally shall
be transferred either to another body with objects similar to its own or to another body the objects of which are
the promotion of charity and anything incidental or conducive thereto (whether or not the body is a member
of the BCF).
Signed on behalf of the British Cycling Federation

Brian Cookson – President
Jim Hendry – General Secretary
9th March 2000
BRITISH CYCLING 13
ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
INTERPRETATION
1. The following terms shall, for the purposes of these Articles, bear the meaning set opposite them.
The Companies Act 2006 and as further modified by any statutory modification or
“the Act”
re-enactment for the time being in force.
“the BCF” The British Cycling Federation.
The Board of the BCF established in accordance with Articles 29 to 33, the members of
“Board”
which are the Directors of the BCF for the purposes of the Act.
A Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Board appointed in accordance with Articles
“the Chair”
30, 40 and 44(a).
“the Chief Executive” The Chief Executive of the BCF appointed by the Board.
“the Company Secretary” The Company Secretary of the BCF appointed in accordance with Article 56.
“Elected Director” A Non-Executive Director elected in accordance with Articles 30, 35 to 37, 45, 47 and 48.
“General Meeting” An Annual or Extraordinary General Meeting of the BCF.
“Independent Appointed
A Non-Executive Director appointed in accordance with Articles 30, 40, 44, 47 and 48.
Director”
Written or printed or partly one and partly another and other modes of representing or
“In writing”
reproducing words in visible form (including e-mail).
“Members” The individual Members of the BCF.
“Member Organisation” A cycling club affiliated to the BCF.
“National Council” A General Meeting of the BCF.
“National Councillor” A member of National Council as defined in the Rules and these presents.
A Non-executive Director appointed to the Board in accordance with Articles 30, 38, 39
“Nominated Director”
and 46 to 48.
“Nomination and A committee of the Board formed for the recruitment and appointment of Independent
Remuneration Committee” Directors and the recruitment and remuneration of the Chief Executive.
“the Office” The registered office of the BCF.
The President of the BCF elected in accordance with Articles 35, 36 and 43 and whose
“President”
role shall be as defined by the Board and endorsed by National Council.
The written and signed authority given to a person to attend and vote on behalf of a
“Proxy”
National Councillor or the person to whom this authority is given.
“Regional Council” The council of each Region as specified in Article 28(a).
“Regional Councillor” An individual nominated by a Member Organisation in accordance with Article 6(b).
“the Regions” Such groups of the membership geographically divided as set out in Article 28.
“Register of Members” The BCF’s register of members.
The rules, regulations, mechanisms, standing orders and bye laws of the BCF, as referred
“Rules”
in Article 75.
“Senior Independent The Director elected to hold this office by the Independent Directors from among their
Non-Executive Director” number at the first meeting of the Board after each AGM.
These Articles of Association, the Memorandum of Association and the Rules of the BCF
“these presents”
from time to time in force.
The Director elected to hold this office by the Elected and Nominated Directors from
“Vice Chair”
among their number at the first meeting of the Board after each AGM.
(a) Words importing the singular number only shall include the plural number, and vice versa. Words importing persons
shall include corporations.
(b) Subject as aforesaid, any words or expressions defined in the Act or any statutory modification thereof enforced
14 2020 HANDBOOK
at the date on which these Articles become binding on the BCF shall, if not consistent with the subject or context,
bear the same meanings in these presents.
2. The number of members is unlimited.
3. The provisions of Section 113 of the Act shall be observed by the BCF and every member of the BCF shall either sign
a written consent to become a member or sign the Register of Members on becoming a member.
MEMBERSHIP
4. All Members of the unincorporated body known as the British Cycling Federation immediately prior to the adoption of
these presents shall become Members of the BCF at the date of the adoption of these presents and the Board shall at
its sole discretion admit other persons in accordance with the provisions hereinafter contained to be Members of the
BCF, and their names shall be entered in the Register of Members accordingly. No person shall be admitted as a
Member unless approved by the Board.
5.
(a) Members shall be admitted from time to time by the Board in accordance with the classes of membership decided by
the Board. To qualify to vote through a Member Organisation or for an individual to represent them at the relevant
Region as their Regional Councillor, a member must be a member of that Member Organisation. All members may
vote as individuals in accordance with Article 26.
(b) Applications for membership shall be made to the Federation’s headquarters on such terms as the Board shall require
from time to time and in such a manner as the Board deem to be appropriate.
(c) Eligibility for Life Membership shall be in accordance with the Rules.
6.
(a) Any organisation wishing to become a Member Organisation shall submit a formal application to the Federation’s
headquarters whereupon the Board shall in its absolute discretion decide whether to accept or decline the application
in accordance with the Rules.
(b) Each Member Organisation, in accordance with the Rules, may nominate a Member as their Regional Councillor and/
or withdraw such nomination and substitute such Regional Councillor by notice in writing to the Regional Secretary
signed by an officer of the Member Organisation.
(c) Each Regional Councillor shall sit on the Regional Council representing the area in which their Member Organisation is
situated. The Regional Council shall administer the business of the BCF within its Region in accordance with the Rules
and these presents.
(d) Each Regional Council shall be entitled to nominate, elect and remove from office one or more National Councillor(s) in
accordance with the Rules and these presents.
(e) The procedures of the Member Organisations and Regions including the constitution of their committees, councils
and voting procedures shall be as set out in the Rules.
(f) The Scottish Cyclists’ Union and the Welsh Cycling Union shall each nominate, elect and remove from office one
National Councillor and one further National Councillor for each two complete percentage points of the total British
Cycling membership represented by British Cycling members residing in the respective home country as counted
on the last day of August preceding the Annual General Meeting of the National Council.
(g) British Universities & Colleges Sport and the British Schools Cycling Association shall each nominate, elect and
remove from office one National Councillor in accordance with the Rules and these presents.
(h) Representative National Councillors elected annually in accordance with Articles 6(d), 6(f) and 6(g) shall, with
inclusive effect from 2017, be eligible for election as a Representative National Councillor for a period of nine years
following the date first elected, following which at least four years must elapse before they can be elected as
BRITISH CYCLING 15
a Representative National Councillor again. Following any break of four years or more the term limitation period
of nine years shall be re-set.
(i) Past Presidents of the British Cycling Federation shall be National Councillors for the period of their lifetime.
(j) Past Chairs of the British Cycling Federation, who have served a minimum of 6 years in that office, shall be National
Councillors for the period of their lifetime.
7. Every Member of the BCF shall be held to have agreed to be bound by these presents and shall be bound further to
the best of their ability by the Rules, objects and interests of the BCF.
8.
(a) Any Member may resign at any time by giving not less than seven days’ notice in writing to the Federation’s
headquarters. Resignation from the BCF by a Member shall not affect any liability of such Member arising prior to the
date of such resignation.
(b) A Member shall cease to be a Member of the BCF upon the expiration of 7 days after service on them by the Board of
a notice requiring them to withdraw from the BCF pursuant to a resolution of the Board passed at a meeting specially
convened and held and of which they shall have been given reasonable notice and at which they shall have been given
reasonable opportunity of attending and being heard.
(c) A member shall cease to be a Member if they fail to pay their subscription within 30 days of the Due Date.
(d) Any Member or Member Organisation may be removed as a Member or Member Organisation by the National
Councillors in a General Meeting by a two thirds majority.
9. The Board shall have power to make, vary and repeal the Rules concerning subscriptions for membership.
GENERAL MEETINGS
10. The BCF shall hold a General Meeting in October, November or December of each calendar year as its Annual General
Meeting at such time and place as may be determined by the Board and shall specify the meeting as such in the
notices calling it.
11. All General Meetings, other than the Annual General Meetings, shall be called Extraordinary General Meetings.
12. The Company Secretary shall, on an order of the Board or a written request of not less than 20 per cent of the total
number of National Councillors and representing any two of the England Regions, the Scottish Cyclists’ Union or the
Welsh Cycling Union, having at the date of deposit of the written request a right to vote at General Meetings, convene
an Extraordinary General Meeting. Such an order or request, indicating the nature of the business to be transacted,
shall be laid before the Chief Executive who shall authorise the holding of an Extraordinary General Meeting within 28
days of the receipt of such an order or request.
NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

13. There shall be given not less than 21 days’ notice of every Annual General Meeting and of every other General Meeting
(exclusive in every case both of the day in which it is served or deemed to be served and of the day for which it is
given) shall be given in the manner hereinafter described to National Councillors and the Auditors. The accidental
omission to give notice of a meeting to, or the non-receipt of such notice by, any National Councillor shall not invalidate
any resolution passed or proceedings held at any meeting.
14. Every notice calling a General Meeting shall specify the place and the day and the hour of the meeting. If other than
routine business is to be transacted (namely special business), the notice shall specify the general nature of such
business; and, if any resolution is to be proposed as an Extraordinary Resolution or as a Special Resolution, the notice
shall contain a statement to that effect.
15. The Annual General Meeting shall be held for the following purposes:
(a) Considering the income and expenditure account and balance sheet and the reports of the Board and of the Auditors;
(b) Electing the President and Elected Directors in place of those retiring;
16 2020 HANDBOOK
(c) Appointing Auditors and fixing their remuneration;
(d) Transacting such other business as may be brought before it.
16. All business transacted at an Extraordinary General Meeting and all that is transacted at an Annual General Meeting
with the exception of consideration of the income and expenditure account and balance sheet, and the reports of the
Board and of the Auditors and the fixing of their remuneration shall be deemed special business.
PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

17. No business shall be transacted at any General Meeting unless a quorum is present when the meeting proceeds to
business. Save as hereinafter otherwise provided 50% of National Councillors entitled to be present and to vote shall
be a quorum.
18. If within half an hour from the time appointed for the holding of a General Meeting a quorum is not present the
meeting, shall be adjourned and shall be reconvened for the same day in two weeks, at the same time and place, or at
such other place as the Chair shall appoint and if at such adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an
hour from the time appointed for holding the meeting, the Members present shall be a quorum.
19. The President, or in their absence the Chair of the Board, or in their absence the Chief Executive, or in their absence
the Company Secretary shall preside as the Chair at every General Meeting, but if at any meeting none of the aforesaid
shall be present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for holding the same and willing to preside, the National
Councillors present shall choose some member of the Board, or if no such member be present or if all the members of
the Board present decline, they shall choose a National Councillor who is present to preside.
20. The Chair of the General Meeting may, with the consent of any meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall, if so
directed by the meeting), adjourn a meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be
transacted at any adjourned meeting other than business which might have been transacted at the meeting from
which the adjournment took place. Whenever a meeting is adjourned for 30 days or more, notice of the adjourned
meeting shall be given in the same manner as of the original meeting.
21. At all General Meetings a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of voting cards by a
majority of the persons present or represented by proxy and entitled to vote. Extraordinary and special resolutions shall
require a 75% majority, changes to the Rules shall require a two-thirds majority and all other matters shall require a
simple majority. Unless a poll be demanded on or before the declaration by at least two National Councillors present, a
declaration by the Chair of the meeting that a resolution has been carried or not and in either case whether this was
unanimous or by a particular majority, will be made and an entry to that effect in the Minute Book of the BCF shall be
conclusive evidence thereof, without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against a
resolution.
22. Subject to the provisions of Article 25, if a poll be demanded in the manner aforesaid, it shall be taken at such time
and place, and in such manner, as the Chair of the meeting shall direct, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to
be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.
23. No poll shall be demanded on the election of a Chair of a meeting, or on any question of adjournment.
24. In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the Chair of the meeting shall with the
exception of Article 36(b) be entitled to a casting vote.
25. The demand of a poll shall not prevent the continuance of a General Meeting for the transaction of any business other
than the question on which a poll has been demanded.
BRITISH CYCLING 17
VOTES OF MEMBERS
26. Members shall not be entitled to receive notice of or to vote at a General Meeting save in respect only of such
business of the meeting as concerns the winding-up of the BCF.
27. Every National Councillor duly appointed in accordance with Articles 6(d) to 6(h) shall be entitled to be present and to
speak and to have one vote at any General Meeting. Any Region shall be entitled to nominate an alternative person,
being a Regional Councillor in the same Regional Council, to act on its behalf at any General Meeting from which its
appointed National Councillor is absent, (and is not represented by a Proxy) such nomination to be deposited at the
Company Secretary’s office normally not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for the meeting or adjourned
meeting but acceptable up to the start of the meeting at the Chair’s discretion.
ENGLISH REGIONS
28.
(a) The English Regions of the BCF as determined by the Board and defined in the Rules from time to time;
(b) These Regions shall:-
(i) perform such powers and duties as set out in these presents and the Rules as may from time to time be delegated to
them by the Board;
(ii) deal with matters of common interest to their members including all such matters as may be referred to them by the
Board; and
(iii) nominate National Councillors in accordance with Article 6(d) to act on their behalf and vote at General Meetings.
(c) The composition of the Regional Council shall be as defined in the Rules.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
29. The number of members of the Board, unless otherwise determined by a General Meeting, shall not be less than 4
and shall be subject to a maximum of 12.
30. The members of the Board shall, with effect from the Annual General Meeting in November 2017, be:
(a) The Chair of the Board who shall be an independent appointment as defined in Article 40.
(b) 4 Elected Directors nominated and elected in accordance with Articles 35 and 36;
(c) up to 3 Independent Appointed Directors appointed in accordance with Article 40;
(d) A Director nominated by the Scottish Cyclists’ Union.
(e) A Director nominated by the Welsh Cycling Union;
(f) A Director nominated by the England Regions; and
(g) The Chief Executive (ex-officio) appointed by the Board and who shall be a Director within the meaning of the Act.
31. Board Directors shall be members of National Council with the right to speak but not to vote at a General Meeting.
32. The composition of the Board shall be in accordance with Article 30 and shall be varied only when as a temporary
consequence of a member vacating office within the period of their term and until such time as a replacement is
appointed, elected or nominated.
33. Where amendment is made to the size and/or composition of the Board the remaining term of office for those
members retained shall be as if no amendment has been made.
18 2020 HANDBOOK
34. At the first meeting of the Board after each AGM the appointed Independent Directors shall elect a Senior Independent
Non-Executive Director from among their number and the Elected and Nominated Directors shall elect a Vice Chair
from their number.
PRESIDENT AND ELECTED DIRECTORS

35.
(a) Nominations together with the consent of each such person to serve shall be sent in writing to the Company Secretary
at least 45 days if made in accordance with Article 36(a)(i) and 36(a)(ii) or 28 days if made in accordance with Article
36(a)(iii), before the Annual General Meeting at which election is proposed.
(b) All nominations for election to the office of President or Elected Director shall require the following information:
• Name
• Experience of working at a senior management level or as a Company Director or other relevant experience
(including details of business interests and Directorships)
• Experience of Cycling
- as a volunteer (including event promotion, officiating at club, region and national level with dates)
- as a participant (including competitive experience & number of years as a club and/or British Cycling member)
their relevant experience
• Statement of Policy (to demonstrate a knowledge of and commitment to British Cycling and its objectives) - not
exceeding 200 words.
All candidates for President and Elected Director will have the opportunity to address National Council in support of
their candidature for up to five minutes.
It shall be the responsibility of the nominated person to ensure that the information, dated and duly signed as a true
record, is submitted within the time limit specified in Article 35(a).
36. The President and Elected Directors shall be nominated and elected in the following manner:
(a)
(i) The President shall be nominated by a Regional Council or by any organisation with direct representation at
General Meeting in accordance with Articles 6(d), (f) and (g) and elected at the Annual General Meeting by National
Councillors representing the same;
(ii) Elected Directors shall be nominated by a Region Council, the Welsh Cycling Union or the Scottish Cyclists’ Union
and shall be elected at the Annual General Meeting by National Councillors entitled to vote in accordance with
Articles 6(d), 6(f) and 6(g).
(iii) The Board may also make nominations which shall not take precedence over, but shall rank pari passu with those
made by a Regional Council or any organisation with direct representation at General Meeting.
(b) If more than one candidate is nominated for the office of President or if the number of persons nominated as Elected
Directors shall exceed the maximum number fixed pursuant to Article 29 a ballot shall be held at the Annual General
Meeting for the election of such President or Elected Directors as the case may require. Balloting lists shall show the
candidates’ names in alphabetical order, with the names of their nominators. Candidates who receive the largest
numbers of votes up to the available number of vacancies shall be elected and in the case of equality of votes, the tied
candidates shall be submitted to a further ballot.
(c) Subject as aforesaid, the Board shall take such actions as are appropriate to ensure that not less than the prescribed
numbers of Directors pursuant to Article 29 are in place.
BRITISH CYCLING 19
37. The Board shall have power at any time and from time to time to co-opt a National Councillor as a replacement for an
Elected Director who has resigned. Any Member appointed under this Article shall retain their office only until the
conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting and then be eligible for re-nomination or re-election.
NOMINATED DIRECTORS
38. A Director shall be nominated by the England Regions and by each of the Scottish Cyclists’ Union and the Welsh
Cycling Union and appointed with effect from the Annual General Meeting following their nomination which shall be
subject to approval by the Board prior to appointment.
39. Nominations together with the consent of each such person to serve and information as set out in Article 35(b) shall be
sent in writing to the Company Secretary at least 45 days before the Annual General Meeting. Nominees will be
provided with an opportunity to address National Council for up to five minutes.
INDEPENDENT APPOINTED DIRECTORS

40. The Board shall appoint persons to become Independent Appointed Directors, including the Chair, by a process of
openly advertised recruitment conducted by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee. (A person is independent
if, when first appointed, they are free from any close connection to the organisation and if, from the perspective of an
objective outsider, they would be viewed as independent. A person may still be deemed to be ‘independent’ even if
they are a member of the organisation and/or play the sport).
41. Any Independent Appointed Director removed from the Board pursuant to Article 49(f) shall have no claim against the
Federation for loss of office.
42. The Chief Executive may from time to time appoint technical, administrative or educational directors whose roles within
the BCF shall not encompass being Directors within the meaning of the Act. For the avoidance of doubt such persons
shall not be entitled to attend, speak or vote at Board meetings and the appointment of such persons shall not require
the Company Secretary of the BCF to inform Companies House of such appointment pursuant to the terms of the
Act.
TERMS OF OFFICE
43. The President elected in accordance with Articles 35 and 36 shall, with inclusive effect from November 2017, serve for
a three year term (commencing at the end of the Annual General Meeting at which they are so elected and concluding
at the end of the Annual General Meeting in the last year of their term) and shall be eligible for election as President for
a further two terms, following which at least four years must elapse before they can become eligible to be President
again.
44. The Chair and Independent Appointed Directors shall serve for a three year term.
45.
(a) Elected Directors shall serve for a three year term.
(b) Elected Directors shall commence their term of office at the end of the Annual General Meeting at which they are
elected and conclude their term of office at the end of the Annual General Meeting in the last year of their term.
(c) Should an Elected Director vacate that position during their term of office, the Board may appoint a replacement until
the next National Council where the position shall be opened to re-election in accordance with Articles 35 to 37. In
such an event the term of office for the incoming Elected Director shall be as remaining for the outgoing member.
46.
(a) Nominated Directors shall serve for a three year term.
(b) Nominated Directors shall commence their term of office at the end of the Annual General Meeting at which they are
appointed and conclude their term of office at the end of the Annual General Meeting in the last year of their term.
20 2020 HANDBOOK
47. Following a first term of office:
(a) the Chair shall be eligible for re-appointment for two further terms;
(b) an Independent Appointed Director shall be eligible for re-appointment for a further two terms;
(c) an Elected Director shall be eligible for re-election for two further terms;
(d) a Nominated Director shall be eligible for re-appointment for two further terms; following which a period of four years
must elapse before becoming eligible for re-consideration as a Director.
48. Notwithstanding Articles 47(b) to 47(d) such terms as are identified may be extended by a further three year term in the
event that the Director is appointed as Chair or to a senior position within an international federation.
VACATION OF THE OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

49. Without prejudice to any other provisions of these Articles, the office of a member of the Board shall be vacated:-
(a) If a receiving order is made against them or they make any arrangement or composition with their creditors;
(b) If they become of unsound mind;
(c) If they cease to be eligible in accordance with these presents;
(d) If, by notice in writing to the BCF, they resign their office;
(e) If they cease to hold office by reason of any order made under the Company Directors Disqualification Act 1986;
(f) If they are removed from office by resolution duly passed pursuant to section 168 of the Companies Act 2006; or
(g) If the Board at any time resolves that they should be removed as a member of the Board provided that no resolution
shall be effective unless approved by at least 75% of the Board.
50. There shall be no upper age limit.
DUTIES AND POWERS OF THE BOARD

51. Governance - The business of the BCF shall be governed by the Board, who may exercise all such powers of the BCF
and do on behalf of the BCF all acts as may be exercised and done by the BCF, and as are not by statute or by these
presents required to be exercised or done by the BCF in General Meeting, subject nevertheless to any regulations of
these presents, to the provisions of the statutes for the time being in force and affecting the BCF and to such
regulations, being not inconsistent with the aforesaid regulations or provisions, as may be prescribed by the BCF in
General Meeting, but no regulation made by the BCF in General Meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Board
which would have been valid if such regulation had not been made.
52. Rules - The Board shall make and from time to time revise such rules as it may think fit for the proper conduct of the
BCF’s affairs, including but not limited to technical regulations, bicycle specific regulations, anti-doping regulations,
disciplinary rules and regional regulations.
53. The Board may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body; provided that if it shall at any time be reduced in
number to less than 4, it shall be lawful for them to act as the Board for the purpose of filling vacancies in their body or
of summoning a General Meeting, but not for any other purpose.
BRITISH CYCLING 21
COMMITTEES AND COMMISSIONS

54. The Board shall from time to time establish and appoint such committees and commissions as they may think fit for
the better and more effective conduct of the affairs of the BCF but no such committee or commission shall have any
powers, except where expressly instructed by the Board and stated within its terms of reference, and its function shall
be confined solely to reporting to the Board, on the matters entrusted to it by the Board. Such committees and
commissions may consist of such persons (whether or not Board Members) as the Board may appoint.
55. All acts and proceedings of such committees including the regions shall be reported at regular intervals to the Board.
COMPANY SECRETARY
56. The Company Secretary of the BCF shall be appointed by the Chief Executive and shall be the secretary of the BCF
for the purposes of the Act. The Chief Executive may from time to time by resolution appoint an Assistant or Deputy
Secretary who may act in place of the Company Secretary if there is no Company Secretary or no Company Secretary
available or capable of acting.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE BOARD

57. The Board shall be Chaired by the Independent Appointed Chair, in whose absence the meeting shall be Chaired by
the Vice Chair or the Senior Independent Non-Executive Director in that order as available. If any of the aforesaid are
not present within 5 minutes of the time appointed for holding the meeting then those present and entitled to do so
shall appoint by vote a Chair for the meeting.
58. On the request of the Chair or not less than 4 members of the Board, the Company Secretary shall, at any time,
summon a meeting of the Board by notice served upon the several members thereof. A member who is absent from
the United Kingdom shall not be entitled to notice of a meeting.
59. The Board may meet together for the despatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate their meetings as they
think fit. Seven members of the Board shall be a quorum. Questions arising in any meeting shall be decided by a
majority of votes. In a case of an equality of votes, the Chair shall have a second or casting vote.
60. A meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all authorities, powers and
discretions by or under the regulations of the BCF for the time being vested in the Board generally.
61. All acts bona fide done by any meeting of the Board or any committee of the Board or by any person acting with the
authority of the Board shall, notwithstanding it being afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the
appointment or continuance in office of any such member or person acting as aforesaid or that they or any of them
were disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed or had duly continued in office and was
qualified to be a member of the Board.
62. The Board shall cause proper minutes to be made of all appointments of officers made by the Board and of the
proceedings of all meetings of the BCF and of the Board and of committees of the Board and all business transactions
at such meetings, and any such minutes of any meeting, if purporting to be signed by the Chair of such meeting or by
the Chair of the next succeeding meeting, shall be sufficient evidence without any further approval of the facts therein
stated.
63. A resolution in writing signed by all the members for the time being of the Board or of any specialist or regional
committee of the Board shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Board or of such
committee duly convened and constituted.
APPOINTMENTS AND INTERESTS OF MEMBERS OF THE BOARD

64. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Board may not enter into an agreement or arrangement with any member of
the Board for their employment by the Company or for the provision by them of any services outside the scope of the
ordinary duties of a member of the Board. This Article shall not apply to the Chief Executive. An honorarium may be
paid to the President, to be based upon an audited and approved number of days performed upon BCF business
dealing with additional specific demands over-and-above those volunteer activities ordinarily undertaken by the
President, on a remuneration scale consistent with Sports Council rates.
22 2020 HANDBOOK
ACCOUNTS
65. The Board shall cause proper books of account to be kept in accordance with Section 221 and 222 of the Act.
66. The BCF in a General Meeting may from time to time make reasonable conditions and regulations as to the time and
manner of the inspection by the Members of the accounts and books of the BCF or any of them and, subject to such
conditions and regulations, the accounts and books of the BCF shall be open to inspection of Members at all
reasonable times during business hours.
67. At the Annual General Meeting in every year the Board shall lay before the BCF a proper income and expenditure
account for the period since the last preceding account made up to a date not more than 12 months before such
meeting, together with a proper balance sheet made up as at the same date. Every balance sheet shall be
accompanied by proper reports of the Board and the Auditors and copies of such accounts, balance sheets and
reports (all of which shall be framed in accordance with any statutory requirements of the time being in force) and of
any other documents required by law to be annexed or attached thereto or to accompany the same shall not less
than 21 clear days before the date of the meeting (subject nevertheless to the provisions of Section 240 of the Act)
be sent to all persons entitled to receive notices of a General Meeting in a manner in which notices are hereinafter
directed to be served.
AUDIT
68. Once at least in every year the accounts of the BCF shall be examined and the correctness of the income and
expenditure account and balance sheet ascertained by one or more properly qualified Auditors.
69. Auditors shall be appointed and their duties regulated in accordance with the Companies Act.
NOTICES
70. A notice may be served by the BCF upon any National Councillor, either personally or by sending it through the post in
pre-paid letter, addressed to such National Councillor at their registered address or served by electronic
communications to their email address, as appearing in the Register of Members.
71. Any National Councillor described in the Register of Members by an address not within the United Kingdom, who shall
from time to time give the BCF an address within the United Kingdom at which notices may be served upon them,
shall be entitled to have notices served upon them at such address, but, save as aforesaid, only those National
Councillors who are described in the Register of Members by an address within the United Kingdom shall be entitled
to receive notices from the BCF.
72. Any notice, if served by post, shall be deemed to have been served on the third day following that on which the letter
containing the Notice was put into the post and in proving such service it shall be sufficient to prove that the letter
contained the notice and was properly addressed and put into the post office as a pre-paid letter. Where a notice or
document is sent to an electronic address, service or delivery is deemed to be effected at the expiration of forty-eight
hours after it was sent and in proving such service or delivery, it shall be sufficient to show that the sender’s equipment
indicates successful transmission within such period. Where a notice or document is sent by reference to a particular
website, service or delivery is deemed to be effected when the recipient is notified of its availability on the website.
73. The notice shall state with reasonable prominence that a National Councillor entitled to attend and vote at the meeting
being called is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and vote on their behalf, and that a proxy need not also be a
National Councillor.
AMENDMENTS TO ARTICLES
74. These Articles may only be amended by the National Councillors by special resolution passed at a duly convened
general meeting of the BCF.
BRITISH CYCLING 23
RULES, REGULATIONS, STANDING ORDERS AND BYE LAWS

75. The Board shall have the power to make, vary and revoke rules, regulations, mechanisms, standing orders and bye
laws for the better administration of the BCF including (without limitation):
(a) competition rules;
(b) technical regulations;
(c) rules for the selection of competitors to represent the United Kingdom in international matches and competitions and
the management of any team of competitors so selected;
(d) rules to combat doping in cycle sport to ensure compliance with national and international rules relating to doping
control;
(e) disciplinary rules;
(f) appeals procedure;
(g) rules for the promotion and organisation of competitions, championships and selection trials;
(h) mechanisms for co-ordinating the arrangement of and the date of fixtures of cycling competitions;
(i) mechanisms for co-ordinating the commercial activities of the sport of cycling and any televising or broadcasting of
cycling competitions.
INDEMNITY
76. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Memorandum and these Articles every member of the Board and of the BCF’s
secretariat and the holder of every office of the BCF shall be entitled to be indemnified by the BCF against all charges,
costs, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by them in good faith in the execution of their responsibilities relating to
the BCF.
DISSOLUTION
77. Clause 7 of the Memorandum of Association of the BCF relating to the winding-up and dissolution of the BCF shall
have effect as if the provisions thereof were repeated in these presents.
Originally signed on behalf of the British Cycling Federation.

Brian Cookson – President
Jim Hendry – General Secretary
9th March 2000
Last Amended 18th November 2017
24 2020 HANDBOOK
BYE LAWS
BYE LAWS
Contents
Bye Laws
1 Definitions 26
2 Membership of the Federation 26
3 Subscriptions 29
4 National Council 31
5 Patron 32
6 Board 32
7 Accounts 33
8 English Regions 33
9 Regional Councils 34
10 Badges of Honour 38
11 Notices 38
12 Miscellaneous 38
13 Disciplinary Procedure 38
14 Disciplinary Procedure – Anti-Doping Regulations 38
15 Arbitration Panel 39
BRITISH CYCLING 25
BYE LAWS
BYE LAW 1: DEFINITIONS

BYE LAWS
RACE
2.1.1 Bronze Membership: Individuals who may not be
Note: Words importing persons shall include corporations. active cyclists but wish to support the Federation
Words importing clubs shall include teams and individually and the sport as officials and/or coaches.
sponsored riders. Words importing the singular number only
shall include the plural number, and vice versa. 2.1.2 Silver Membership: Individuals and members of
cycling, athletic and other clubs, and/or works,
In the Bye-Laws and Technical Regulations of the house or recreation clubs, affiliated to the
Federation the following words shall have the following
Federation.
meanings (these are additional to the definitions shown in
the Articles of Association:
2.1.3 Gold Membership: Individuals and members of
cycling, athletic and other clubs, and/or works,
1.1 Articles house or recreation clubs, affiliated to the
The Articles of Association of the British Cycling Federation.
Federation
RIDE
1.2 Bye Laws 2.1.4 Ride Membership: Individuals and members of
The Bye Laws of the Federation cycling, athletic and other clubs, and/or works,
house or recreation clubs, affiliated to the
1.3 Cycling Federation.
Bicycling, tricycling or the use of any similar vehicle
of which the whole motive power is that of the rider FAN
or riders. 2.1.5 Fan Membership: Individuals and club members
who may not be active cyclists but wish to support
1.4 Region Secretary the Federation as followers and fans of the sport.
The Secretary for the time being of a Region
elected by the Regional Council, or the person 2.2 Membership Age Groups
acting in that capacity, or carrying out certain of All Members shall be divided into age groups as
their duties by direction of that Region Council follows:
1.5 Memorandum 2.2.1 U12s:

The Memorandum of Association of the British Members up to 31st December in the year of their
Cycling Federation twelfth birthday.
1.6 Month 2.2.2 Youth:

Calendar month. Members from 1st January in the year of their
thirteenth birthday to 31st December in the year of
1.7 Prescribed Time their sixteenth birthday.
The time fixed by the Bye Laws, Standing Orders or
Technical Regulations in that behalf 2.2.3 Junior:
Members from 1st January in the year of their
1.8 Registered Address seventeenth birthday to 31st December in the year
The address given in the application for affiliation or of their eighteenth birthday.
enrolment
2.2.4 Senior:
1.9 Technical Regulations or T.R. Members from 1st January in the year of their
The Technical Regulations of the Federation nineteenth birthday.
BYE LAW 2: MEMBERSHIP OF 2.3 Application for Membership

THE FEDERATION
2.3.1 Any individual desiring membership of the
2.1 Classes of Membership Federation shall make application to the
There shall be five categories of individual Headquarters of the Federation in such terms as
membership and all are subject to the terms and the Board shall require and shall forward one year’s
conditions prescribed herein. subscription, payment for any outstanding fines,
levies and/or debts owed to the Federation and
such further information as may be required.
26 2020 HANDBOOK
BYE LAWS
BYE LAWS
2.4 Each member of the Federation shall be furnished • Registration for the purpose of Racing under
with the appropriate membership card on receipt of the Federation’s Technical Regulations on
their subscription and payment for any outstanding payment of such fees as may be therein
fines, levies and/or debts owed to the Federation. prescribed.
The membership card must be produced when
required. 2.5.3 RACE Gold Membership shall entitle the
holder to:
2.5 Membership Entitlements
• All the benefits of Silver Membership.
2.5.1 RACE Bronze Membership shall entitle the
holder to: • Personal Accident insurance, in accordance
with the terms of the policy adopted by the
• A membership card. Federation.
• Discounts on a range of products and services. • Quarterly Racing Calendar & Magazine (on
request).
• A provisional racing licence giving access to a
range of ‘entry level’ type competitions in all 2.5.4 RIDE Membership shall entitle the holder to:
disciplines of cycling (free of charge to
designated volunteers). • a membership card.
• A copy of the Memorandum & Articles of • Third Party (Public Liability) insurance whilst
Association and the Bye Laws on request and cycling (excluding competitive cycling), in
payment of a cover charge. accordance with the terms of the policy
adopted by the Federation. (subject to
• A copy of the British Cycling Annual Handbook residency in the United Kingdom).
upon request and payment of a cover charge
(free of charge to designated volunteers). • Legal advice and assistance in accordance with
the Federation’s Legal Assistance Scheme
• Representation on the appropriate Regional (subject to residency in the United Kingdom).
Council in accordance with these Bye Laws.
• Discounts on a range of products and services.
• Participate in social events organised by the
Federation for Members. • A copy of the Memorandum & Articles of
Association and the Bye Laws on request and
• The right of appeal under these Bye Laws. payment of a cover charge.
2.5.2 RACE Silver Membership shall entitle the • The right of appeal under these Bye-Laws.
holder to:
• A copy of the British Cycling Annual Handbook
• All the benefits of Bronze Membership. upon request and payment of a cover charge
(free of charge to designated volunteers).
• Third Party (Public Liability) insurance whilst
cycling, in accordance with the terms of the • Representation on the appropriate Regional
policy adopted by the Federation. (subject to Council in accordance with these Bye-Laws.
residency in the United Kingdom).
• Participate in social events organised by the
• Legal advice and assistance in accordance with Federation for Members.
(subject to residency in the United Kingdom). 2.5.5 FAN Membership shall entitle the holder to:
• Professional Indemnity insurance and a regular • A membership card.

newsletter for all BCF registered Coaches and
Activity Leaders. • Discounts on a range of products and services.
BRITISH CYCLING 27
BYE LAWS
Life Members shall be entitled to all the benefits of Race

BYE LAWS
• A copy of the Memorandum & Articles of

Association and the Bye Laws on request and Gold Membership.
payment of a cover charge.
Personal Accident Insurance is not applicable to members
under the age of 5 or over the age of 75 years.
upon request and payment of a cover charge
(free of charge to designated volunteers). 2.6 Conditions of Membership
• Representation on the appropriate Regional 2.6.1 All applications for affiliation to the Federation from
Council in accordance with these Bye-Laws. organisations and individuals shall be deemed an
acceptance of the Federation’s Memorandum,
• Participate in social events organised by the Articles, Bye Laws, Standing Orders, Disciplinary
Federation for Members. Rules and Technical Regulations.
• The right of appeal under these Bye Laws. 2.6.2 The election of members, clubs and organisations
shall rest with the Board which may refuse to
2.5.6 COMMUTE Membership shall entitle the accept an application without being required to give
holder to: an explanation for the refusal.
• A membership card. 2.6.3 Any organisation desiring to renew its affiliation to

the Federation shall submit a formal application to
• Third Party (Public Liability) insurance whilst the Federation Headquarters in such terms as the
cycling (excluding organised cycle races, Board shall require.
sportives, events, group and club rides), in
accordance with the terms of the policy 2.6.4 An affiliated organisation desiring to alter its name
adopted by the Federation. (subject to shall make application to the Federation for
residency in the United Kingdom). approval. It shall not normally be permitted to alter
the name to one similar to that of another affiliated
• Legal advice and assistance in accordance with organisation.
(subject to residency in the United Kingdom). 2.7 Affiliated Organisations Entitlements
All affiliated organisations within Great Britain, the
• Discounts on a range of products and services. Isle of Man, and the Channel Islands shall be
entitled to:
• A copy of the Memorandum & Articles of
Association and the Bye Laws on request and 2.7.1 Representation on their respective Regional
payment of a cover charge. Councils in accordance with these Bye Laws.
• The right of appeal under these Bye Laws. 2.7.2 Permits for their Race Meetings in accordance with
the Technical Regulations of the Federation.
upon request and payment of a cover charge 2.7.3 Public liability insurance cover for the organisation
(free of charge to designated volunteers). of £10,000,000. In the case of School Clubs this
benefit is only applicable if the increased
• Representation on the appropriate Regional subscription has been paid.
Council in accordance with these Bye Laws.
2.8 The rights and privileges of members and affiliated
• Participate in social events organised by the organisations shall be as laid down in these Bye
Federation for Members. Laws and shall not be transferred or transmitted.
Note: Family Membership is available with the Race Silver, 2.9 If at any Board Meeting a resolution be passed by a
Race Gold and Ride membership categories. This provides majority of those present and voting to the effect
all the benefits of the relevant category to each member that a member or an affiliated organisation be
of the family (up to two adults and any number of family excluded from the Federation, the membership of
members under 18 years of age). A single copy of each such member or the affiliation of such organisation
edition of the quarterly magazine (where applicable) will be as the case may be shall thereupon terminate
sent on request to the principal member.
28 2020 HANDBOOK
BYE LAWS
BYE LAWS
entailing forfeiture of all rights and privileges of 3.2 Subscriptions of Affiliated Organisations
membership affiliation or enrolment without
prejudice to any liability of the member to the 3.2.1 Affiliated Clubs and Commercially named teams.
Federation. Provided always that notice of such
resolutions shall be inserted in the agenda paper for 10% of the affiliation fee of all affiliated clubs,
such meeting and that no resolution for exclusion associations and commercially named teams shall
shall be valid unless seven clear days’ notice shall be returned to the Region of the Club, Team or
have been given to such member or affiliated Association. Payment shall be made annually by
organisation that the question of their exclusion is 1st October.
about to be considered by the Federation and
inviting them to attend before the Board and give 3.2.2 Affiliated Associations shall consist of not less than
such reasons against their exclusion as they may six clubs, except in the case of British Overseas
think fit but they shall not be entitled to be present Territories not directly affiliated to the Union Cycliste
at the voting or to take part in the proceedings Internationale.
(save as aforesaid) otherwise than as the Board
shall permit. 3.2.3 Affiliated School Clubs shall be entitled to free Race
Silver senior membership for their respective
BYE LAW 3: SUBSCRIPTIONS General Secretary.
3.1 Subscriptions of Members

3.2.4 Membership of Affiliated School Clubs shall be
3.1.1 Every member shall pay an annual subscription confined to the pupils and staff of the parent School
according to a scale to be fixed from time to time or Association of local Schools within the same
by the Board. In the event of any member objecting Regional boundary, and the School or Association
to an alteration of subscription they may at any time name shall be embodied in the name of the club.
before the expiration of their membership resign by
notice given in writing to the Federation. In the 3.2.5 The annual subscription of an affiliated organisation
absence of such resignation they shall at the shall become due on 1st October in respect of the
expiration of their current membership be bound by ensuing calendar year. Should a renewal fee be
the altered scale. Subscriptions for members shall received before 31st December a discount will
become due for renewal one year after the day on apply.
which the membership is taken out.
3.3 Sponsorship Fees
3.1.2 Life Members 10% of all sponsorship registration fees shall be
returned to the Region of the Club or Team.
3.1.2.1 To qualify for life membership a member must have Payment shall be made annually by 1st October.
had 10 years continuous Race Gold, Race Silver or
Ride membership before life membership can be Note: Although there is no limitation on the number of
purchased. sponsors with whom agreements can be made and any
additional sponsors over the first four will not be subject
3.1.2.2 For members under 65 years of age the to any registration fee, it will still be required for formal
subscription shall be 12 times the annual Race advertising agreements to be registered for all sponsors as
Gold Senior membership subscription. detailed in the Technical Regulations. Each club, team or
individual member must supply, at the time of registration of
contracts, details of the advertising inscriptions to appear
3.1.2.3 For members 65 years of age and over the
on race clothing.
subscription shall be 5 times the annual Race Gold
Senior membership subscription.
3.4 The Board may make consequential changes to
3.1.3 All fees, subscriptions and levies defined in these contributory fees and other service charges to allow
bye-laws shall be determined by the Board and for changes in insurance premiums and excess
shall be published on the Federation’s website and payments, fluctuations in VAT and Federation staff
other appropriate media as well as being available emoluments.
on demand to any member or prospective member.
BRITISH CYCLING 29
BYE LAWS
BYE LAWS
3.5 Licence Fees 3.6.7 In the case of the applications listed in Technical
Regulation 15.2.1 (non-affiliated promoters and
3.5.1 Racing Licences shall be issued at Federation televised and other major events) the permit fee
Headquarters on payment of the current fees as and any conditions attached to the grant of the
determined by the Board. permit shall be decided by the Board.
3.5.2 Members applying for a Racing Licence after 1st 3.6.8 The Board or Region, as the case may be, shall
July in any year shall be charged at half price. have power to waive payment of a permit fee in
respect of racing which it is satisfied is being
3.5.3 Any rider not under suspension by the Federation promoted wholly for a charitable object or objects,
(or by another sporting body, where the Federation or may return the whole or part of the permit fee
has recognised and enforced such suspension) where it considers such action justified.
pursuant to the Disciplinary Rules may obtain a
temporary racing licence which is valid for the 3.7 Race Levy
duration of a single competitive event on payment
of the current fees as determined by the Board for 3.7.1 A race levy must be paid for each entrant in all
members and non-members. events.
3.5.4 The reduced rate for a temporary racing licence will 3.7.2 No race levy shall be paid for competitors in Youth
only be granted if proof of current membership of events or in events on the international calendar as
the Federation is provided to the organiser. prescribed by the Board.
3.5.5 Apart from racing licences, other licences shall be 3.7.3 Where a rider enters an event comprising two or
issued by the Federation as detailed within the more races on the same day, for which a single
Technical Regulations. entry fee is due, only one race levy must be paid.
Where a rider enters more than one race on the
3.6 Race Fees same day, for which separate entry fees are due, a
race levy must be paid for each race.
3.6.1 Where the promoting body is affiliated to the
Federation the grant of a permit shall (except in the 3.7.4 Entrants for an event or events held over multiple
case of the events listed in Technical Regulation days shall pay one race levy for each meeting, or
15.2.1) be subject to the payment of the current each day’s racing.
permit fee as determined by the Board.
3.8 Event Insurance
3.6.2 The whole of the permit fee shall be retained by the
Region or Home Country issuing the permit. 3.8.1 Events registered and accepted for cover shall be
provided with third party liability insurance subject
3.6.3 Only one application, one permit and one permit to payment of the relevant registration fees and
fee, shall be necessary in respect of a track levies set by the Board.
meeting but a separate application, separate permit
and separate permit fee, shall be necessary for 3.8.2 The necessary payment must accompany the initial
each road race even when promoted by the same application to organise an event.
organiser, on the same course and on the same
day as another road race. 3.8.3 Where an event is subsequently cancelled for
reasons which are acceptable to the Board, the
3.6.4 No permit fee shall be payable in respect of a registration fee shall be refunded by the Federation
National Championship. by 31st December of the same year.
3.6.5 No permit fee shall be payable in respect of a 3.8.4 An insurance levy shall be paid for each entrant in
sanctioned mountain bike event. The insurance all events. This levy which shall be set by the Board
rates shall be as currently determined by the Board. and shall be paid in accordance with the provisions
of Bye Law 3.7 with the exception that it shall also
3.6.6 A free permit shall be issued for meetings open only be paid by all Youth category competitors.
to Under 16’s, a track meeting or closed circuit race
confined to first claim members of the same club,
and roller racing meetings.
30 2020 HANDBOOK
BYE LAWS
BYE LAW 4: NATIONAL COUNCIL
BYE LAWS
4.3 Agenda Items
4.1 General Conditions 4.3.1 A Regional Council, Organisation with direct

representation on National Council, the Board, and
4.1.1 The Annual General Meeting of the National Council any special committee appointed by the National
shall be in October, November or December each Council shall be entitled to place motions on the
year. Agenda of the National Council.
4.1.2 The normal duration of the Annual General Meeting 4.3.2 Notice of any motion for discussion at a meeting of
of the National Council shall be a maximum of six the National Council shall be given to the Company
hours. Secretary at least forty five days prior to the date of
such meeting, except as provided hereinafter.
4.1.3 National Council meetings shall be open to
members of the Federation and the Press, subject 4.3.3 All motions to recommend the alteration or
to exclusion of the latter by resolution and the rescission of the existing Memorandum or Articles
Chair’s regulations as to the location of strangers. shall indicate the number of the existing
Memorandum or Article and the words affected.
4.1.4 None but National Councillors shall take part in the
business without the leave of the meeting. 4.3.4 When adopted, such motions and those
recommending new Articles shall be subject to
4.1.5 Board Directors, the President, Past Presidents, codification and any necessary revision by the
Past Chairs and the Company Secretary shall be Board, which shall have the power also to
members of the National Council with the right to recommend any consequential alteration in other
speak but, excepting the provisions of Article 24, Articles, or make consequential alterations in other
not to vote. Articles.
4.1.6 One representative each of UK Sport and Sport 4.4 Notices of Meetings
England shall be members of National Council with Notices of Meetings of the National Council,
the right to speak but not to vote. together with the Agenda Paper of all matters to be
discussed or voted on and all nominations for
4.1.7 No representative National Councillor shall be election, shall be sent by the Company Secretary of
allowed to take part in or vote at the Annual the Federation to each Member of the National
General Meeting of the National Council unless the Council and to the Secretary of each Region,
Regional Council of which they are a representative Organisation with direct representation on National
shall previously have held its Annual Meeting in Council, and Affiliated Club, at least twenty one
accordance with the provisions of Bye-Law 9.5, days before the meeting.
and shall have forwarded to the Board a copy of
the Region’s examined accounts as prescribed. A 4.5 The Chair of the National Council
statement made by the Chief Executive in writing as
to the non forwarding of any such accounts shall be 4.5.1 The Chair shall decide on every question of order.
accepted as conclusive.
4.6 Voting
4.1.8 No National Councillor may represent more than
one Region or Organisation with direct 4.6.1 A motion for leave to discuss business not on the
representation on National Council. agenda paper shall require to be supported by not
less than two thirds of the votes cast.
4.2 Nomination for Elected Positions
4.6.2 A motion for urgency shall require to be supported
4.2.1 All contested elections shall be by ballot. by not less than four fifths of the votes cast.
4.2.2 Members of the Board not subject to re-election 4.6.3 No opposed business shall be brought forward for
shall annually re-state, within the Annual Report of discussion after six hours of business except by
the Board any business interests and/or leave of the Chair and four fifths of the National
directorships held. Councillors present and voting.
BRITISH CYCLING 31
BYE LAWS
BYE LAW 6: BOARD

BYE LAWS
4.7 No new Article of Association, or alteration of

existing Article of Association shall come into force
until the first day of January succeeding the date on 6.1 The Board shall be appointed under the provisions
which it is passed unless urgency be granted by of the Articles of Association.
four fifths of those voting in which case it will
become operative on such earlier date as the 6.2 A Board member shall not count against their
National Council shall decide either at the same or Region’s or Organisation’s entitlement of National
any subsequent Meeting. Councillors.
4.8 Motions Without Notice 6.3 Members of the Board shall be ex-officio members,
The following motions may be proposed without with the right to speak and where elected to that
notice: Regional Board to vote, at all Regional Councils,
Regional Board meetings or any other Regional
4.8.1 To elect a Chair. committees.
4.8.2 To adjourn. 6.4 Board Committees and Commissions
4.8.3 To amend. 6.4.1 The Board may appoint such Committees or

Commissions as it thinks fit, but no such
4.8.4 For leave to withdraw. Committee, or Commission shall have any
executive power, except where expressly instructed
4.8.5 Vote of thanks, etc. by the Board and stated within its terms of
reference, under the Memorandum, Articles, Bye
4.8.6 To conduct a ballot. Laws or Technical Regulations, and its functions
shall be confined solely to reporting to the Board on
4.8.7 To grant urgency. the matters entrusted to it by the Board.
4.8.8 To raise a point of order. 6.4.2 The Board and its Committees or Commissions
shall have power to invite a person or persons
4.8.9 For leave to extend the meeting beyond 6 hours. having specialised knowledge to attend meetings
for the purpose of giving advice on the subject of
4.8.10 For leave to discuss business not on Agenda their specialised knowledge.
Paper.
6.5 A member of the Board or of any Committee or
4.8.11 To proceed to next business. Commission as detailed above shall declare at any
meeting of such Board, Committee or Commission
4.9 The Chief Executive shall, within two months of a any business, commercial or other pecuniary or
National Council meeting at which they were made, non-pecuniary interest the member might have in
issue Draft Minutes to National Councillors. any matter under consideration and shall take no
part in the discussion or voting upon that matter.
4.10 Staff Their presence in the room shall be at the discretion
of the said Board, Committee or Commission.
4.10.1 No member of BCF staff shall be eligible to vote at
National Council. 6.6 Technical Regulations – Changes
BYE LAW 5: PATRON 6.6.1 In furtherance of the Board’s power under Article 75
“to make, vary and revoke” Technical Regulations,
5.1 The Federation shall have power to appoint any the Board may establish a Technical Commission,
person as the Patron of the Federation. which shall consider any proposals to amend,
delete, supplement or clarify the Technical
5.2 The Patron shall be appointed by the Board. Regulations acting under the devolved authority of
the Board. Regional Councils and all Affiliated
Organisations may submit such proposals at any
time throughout the year. Where appropriate, such
proposals shall be referred to the relevant discipline
commission(s), whose recommendations shall then
be forwarded to the Technical Commission.
32 2020 HANDBOOK
BYE LAWS
BYE LAWS
6.6.2 All changes approved by the Technical Commission 6.7.7.2 relating to disputes between Regions.
acting under the devolved authority of the Board
shall be notified to Regions, Organisations with 6.7.7.3 in which the interests of the Federation are
direct representation on National Council and all concerned, subject to appeal.
listed Race Officials within 14 days of the change
being approved. No such changes shall be effective 6.8 The decision of the Board as to the correct
until this formal stage of notification has been interpretation of the Memorandum, Articles, Bye
completed, and no change may be applied Laws, Technical Regulations and Standing Orders
retrospectively. Where a proposal is not accepted of the Federation shall be final.
by the Technical Commission the proposer shall be
notified within 14 days of the decision being made. BYE LAW 7: ACCOUNTS
6.6.3 For the avoidance of doubt, any delegation of 7.1 The Federation’s banking account shall be kept
authority to the Technical Commission does not with such banker or bankers, and Federation
remove or restrict the power of the Board “to make, monies invested, as the Board shall from time to
vary and revoke” Technical Regulations conferred time determine.
on the Board by Article 75.
7.2 Written requests can be made by Regions or
6.7 The Board shall Organisations with direct representation on National
Council for budgetary information on Federation
6.7.1 Decide all referred questions of exceptional accounts; this information to include proposed and
importance where the delay in calling a meeting of current expenditure/income.
the National Council might be prejudicial to the
interests of the Federation. BYE LAW 8: ENGLISH REGIONS
6.7.2 Define or interpret the Memorandum, Articles, Bye 8.1 The Board shall define the area of each Region.
Laws and Standing Orders of the Federation, all
Regions being notified in due course of such 8.2 All affiliated organisations having headquarters
definition or interpretation. situated in, or for those organisations with no
headquarters, where the majority of its members
6.7.3 Appoint from among members of the Federation a reside in, the defined area of each Region shall be
Chair, Secretary, and Directors of any Limited affiliated organisations of such Region.
Company or Companies incorporated under the
provisions of the Memorandum to act in 8.3 Affiliated organisations may not transfer to any
accordance with the directions of and otherwise other Region, except with the prior approval of both
subject to the control of the Board. Regions concerned.
6.7.4 Appoint a suitably qualified and/or experienced 8.4 New Regions

member of British Cycling to act as Head of the
Disciplinary Panel under the Federation’s 8.4.1 Any district in which, for the time being, there shall
Disciplinary Rules. be no Regional Council shall be under the control of
the Board and members of the Federation in such
6.7.5 Appoint an individual to act as Disciplinary Officer. districts shall not be entitled to representation on
Normally this will be an employee of British Cycling, the National Council of the Federation until a
however the Board may, as it sees fit, appoint any Regional Council has been formed and Councillors
member of British Cycling, with the exception of have been elected, as provided in these Bye Laws.
Board members, to this position.
8.4.2 When it appears to the Board that a Regional
6.7.6 Control all the Federation’s Legal and Parliamentary Council can be formed in any district, it shall
affairs. nominate a Secretary (pro tem) who shall call a
meeting of all cyclists in the neighbourhood and a
6.7.7 Investigate and adjudicate upon any matter: formal motion to form a Regional Council shall be
proposed at such meeting.
6.7.7.1 referred to them by Regions or by organisations or
individuals after investigation by a Region.
BRITISH CYCLING 33
BYE LAWS
BYE LAWS
8.4.3 In the event of the motion being carried a 9.1.4 A Regional Council may make Regional Bye Laws
temporary Regional Board shall be elected by those for the management of Regional business provided
present to carry on the work until the first meeting that such Bye Laws shall not override, contravene
of the Regional Council. or be inconsistent with any Article of the
Memorandum, Articles, Bye Laws, Standing
8.4.4 The Secretary shall, as soon as possible thereafter, Orders, Disciplinary Rules or Technical Regulations
forward full details of the formation of a Region, of the Federation.
together with the names and addresses of the
Chair, Secretary, Treasurer and other officers, to the 9.1.5 Copies of Regional Bye Laws and any amendments
Board, who shall report the formation of the thereto shall be submitted to the Board.
Regional Council at the next meeting of the
National Council. 9.1.6 The Board shall have power at any time to vary or
rescind any Regional Bye Laws.
8.4.5 When a new Region takes in part of the territory of
an existing Region, the boundaries shall be decided 9.1.7 Regional Council meetings shall be open to
by the Board and the old Regional Council shall members of the Federation and the Press, subject
discontinue its control of that territory which has to exclusion of the latter by resolution and the
been taken away. Chair’s regulations as to the location of strangers.
8.5 A Regional Council for each Region shall be elected 9.1.8 None but Regional Councillors shall take part in the
by its affiliated organisations, the number of business without the leave of the meeting.
Councillors and their method of appointment shall
be as laid down in Bye-Laws 9.5.4, 9.8 and 9.9. 9.1.9 Only Regional Councillors shall be permitted to
vote.
8.6 The Board may at any time form, construct or
disband any Regional Council and either call a 9.2 Powers of the Regional Council
General Meeting of the Region to elect a new
Regional Council or nominate such number of The Regional Council shall, subject as aforesaid,
members of the Region as they shall deem have power within its district to:
sufficient to act as the new Regional Council.
9.2.1 Suspend, cancel the appointment, and to reinstate
BYE LAW 9: REGIONAL COUNCILS in accordance with the Bye Laws.
9.1 General Duties and Obligations 9.2.2 Investigate and adjudicate upon or refer to the
Board any matters referred to it by organisations or
9.1.1 The Regional Council shall generally administer the individuals, or in which the interests of the
business of the Federation within its district in Federation are concerned, and to adjudicate upon
accordance with the Memorandum, Articles, any matters arising in an event for which it shall
Bye-Laws and Technical Regulations of the have granted a permit.
Federation.
9.2.3 Assist members in obtaining evidence relating to
9.1.2 Each Regional Council shall meet as often as occurrences whereby the exercise of the member’s
necessary, but at least twice yearly except with the right to legal advice and assistance and for
written consent of the Board; one meeting being insurance against claims by third parties, or to other
the Annual General Meeting and the other before a privileges of membership may become necessary,
meeting of the National Council to consider the and where necessary, to assist such member in
agenda for discussion at the National Council. compiling and forwarding to the Chief Executive of
the Federation a report of such occurrence,
9.1.3 The Quorum necessary for the transaction of provided that nothing herein contained shall confer
business at a meeting of the Regional Council shall upon any Regional Council or member thereof any
be ten. authority to adjudicate upon such matter, or in any
way to conduct any claim arising therefrom.
9.2.4 Administer for the benefit of the Federation all funds

entrusted to the Region from time to time by
National Council and the Board in accordance with
the Memorandum, Articles and Bye-Laws.
34 2020 HANDBOOK
BYE LAWS
BYE LAWS
9.2.5 Administer locally the Bye Laws and Technical 9.5.4.4 Elect from among its members a representative
Regulations in accordance with the Memorandum, National Councillor or National Councillors who
Articles and Bye Laws. shall, with inclusive effect from 2017, be eligible for
election as a National Councillor for a period of nine
9.3 The Regional Council shall define in Bye-Law form years following the date first elected, following
the composition, duties and powers of the Region which at least four years must elapse before they
Board and shall submit copies of such Regional can be elected as a Representative National
Bye-Laws to the Company Secretary of the Councillor again.
Federation.
9.5.4.5 Elect, not necessarily from among its own
9.4 Unless the Region Council at its Annual Meeting members, a Regional Board and any other
shall decide to the contrary, the Regional Board additional committees necessary for the good
elected to carry out the duties of the Council shall organisation of the Region.
have the full powers of the Region Council.
9.5.4.6 All contested elections shall be by ballot.
9.5 Annual General Meeting
9.5.4.7 Consider the propositions and motions properly
9.5.1 The Annual General Meeting of each Regional placed before it.
Council shall be held at least nine weeks prior to
the Annual General Meeting of the National Council. 9.5.4.8 Transact other businesses.
9.5.2 Notices of Meetings of the Regional Council, 9.6 Special Meetings

together with the Agenda Paper of all matters to be
discussed or voted on and all nominations for Special meetings of a Regional Council shall be
election, shall be sent by the Regional Secretary to called:
each Member of the Regional Council and to the
General Secretary of each organisation affiliated to 9.6.1 on the instructions of the Board.
the Region, at least ten days before the meeting.
9.6.2 on the written requisition of 20 per cent of the
9.5.3 The Regional Secretary shall, within ten days after Member Organisations affiliated within that Region.
the meeting, send a report of the proceedings of
each Annual General Meeting of the Regional 9.7 Regional Board
Council, including the names and addresses of the
Officers, Regional Board members and National 9.7.1 The Regional Board shall meet as often as
Councillors, to the Company Secretary of the necessary, but at intervals not greater than three
Federation. months.
9.5.4 At the Annual General Meeting of each Regional 9.7.2 A member of a Regional Board and any other
Council it shall: regional committee shall vacate office:
9.5.4.1 Receive the Secretary’s Report and the Treasurer’s 9.7.2.1 If they cease to be a member of the Federation.
Financial Statement (duly examined) for the year
ending on the 31st day of December previous. 9.7.2.2 If being a member of the Regional Board by virtue
of being an officer of the Region they cease to hold
9.5.4.2 Elect a Chair, Secretary (or Secretaries) and the office.
Treasurer, who, if not already members, shall
thereby become ex officio members of the Regional 9.7.2.3 If the Regional Board call on them to resign after
Council. they have been absent from three consecutive
meetings of that Regional Board without special
9.5.4.3 Elect two Examiners of Accounts at least one of leave of absence being granted by the Regional
whom shall not be a member of the Regional Board or without giving reasons for such absence
Board. satisfactory to the Regional Board.
BRITISH CYCLING 35
BYE LAWS
BYE LAWS
9.7.3 The Regional Board shall appoint a Competition 9.9.1.1 One for up to 9 Federation members.
Administrator under a contract for service and this
role will be accountable to the Regional Board. The 9.9.1.2 Two for 10-24 Federation members.
management of the role will be determined by the
Regional Board. Such a contract may be 9.9.1.3 Three for 25-39 Federation members.
terminated by either party with a 4 week notice
period being served. 9.9.1.4 Four for 40-54 Federation members.
9.8 Regional and National Councillors 9.9.1.5 Five for 55 or over Federation members.
9.8.1 Each Regional Council shall elect from the total 9.9.2 Federation members who are not registered with a
number of members residing within, or members British Cycling affiliated club shall be entitled to up
belonging to organisations affiliated to the Region, to 5 Regional Councillors, selected by simple draw
one National Councillor and one further National from such attendees at the Annual General Meeting
Councillor for each two complete percentage points of the Regional Council
of the total membership represented by members
from the Region as counted on the last day of 9.9.3 Other Affiliated Organisations shall be entitled to
August preceding the Annual General Meeting of one Regional Councillor.
the National Council.
9.9.4 Affiliated Organisations shall appoint their own
9.8.2 Representative National Councillors to fill vacancies, Councillors in accordance with these Bye-Laws
or additional appointments in consequence of according to their membership on 31st July
increased membership, may be elected at any previous and shall notify the names and addresses
meeting of the Regional Council subject to notice in of such Councillors to the Regional Secretary
the agenda. concerned.
9.8.3 Representative National Councillors shall be 9.9.5 All Councillors representing Affiliated Clubs or
individual members from among the members of Organisations shall be individual Members of the
the Regional Council or Organisation with direct Affiliated Club or Organisation and of the
representation on National Council that they Federation.
represent.
9.9.6 Provided their qualifying subscription has been paid
9.8.4 If a representative National Councillor is unable to a Regional Councillor shall hold office until the
attend a National Council Meeting, the Regional appointment of their successor is notified to the
Council or Organisation may appoint a substitute Region.
who shall be a member of that Regional Council or
Organisation. Notification shall be made to the 9.9.7 A body appointing a Regional Councillor may
Company Secretary of the Federation. appoint a deputy to attend any meeting or
adjournment thereof, in the event of its elected
9.8.5 A Regional or National Councillor may resign their members being unable to attend. Notices of such
office by notice thereof in writing addressed to the appointment must be sent to the Regional
Regional Secretary or the Company Secretary of Secretary two clear days before the meeting.
the Federation as the case may require, and upon
the acceptance of such resignation their office shall 9.9.8 A member may take part in the business of a
become vacant and not before, but they shall in Regional Council meeting of no more than one
any case continue to discharge the duties of their Region in any calendar year.
office and be responsible for the same until a
successor shall have been duly appointed, subject 9.10 Regional Council Meetings
to the right of appeal to the National Council.
Regional Council Meetings shall be conducted in
9.9 Composition of Regional Councils: accordance with the provisions made within the
Articles for the conduct of General Meetings.
9.9.1 Affiliated clubs shall be entitled to Regional
Councillors as follows:
36 2020 HANDBOOK
BYE LAWS
BYE LAWS
9.11 Regional Chair 9.14 Regions shall be financially self supporting and no
Regional Board, Regional Council or Regional
9.11.1 The Chair shall decide on every point of order. Councillor shall have any power to pledge the credit
of the Federation or to incur any liability whatsoever
9.11.2 The Chair shall have the right to vote on every motion on behalf of or in the name of the Federation
as a Regional Councillor and, in cases of equality of without the consent in writing of the Board first
votes, shall have a second or casting vote. having been obtained.
9.12 Regional Treasurer 9.15 Regions shall be responsible for collecting in the area
under their jurisdiction such fees / levies as may from
9.12.1 The Regional Treasurer shall forward to Federation time to time be directed by the Board into:
Headquarters by the 1st April in each year a
detailed financial statement for the preceding 9.15.1 Regional income.
financial year.
9.15.2 National income.
9.12.2 The annual financial statement shall be duly
examined and in the form prescribed by the Board. 9.16 The Regional Treasurer shall forward to Federation
Headquarters all monies received under the
9.12.3 Any outstanding National income for the preceding heading of National Income in the manner
year shall be forwarded with the annual financial prescribed by the Board. Pending transfer to
statement. Federation Headquarters all National Income shall
be retained in the Regional banking account.
9.13 Regional Accounts
9.17 Regions may make payments to Regional Officials
9.13.1 Each Regional Council shall open a banking for services rendered subject to the amounts being
account, particulars of which shall be reported to approved by the Regional Council and the Board.
the Board, and into which all monies received by Such payments must be dealt with in accordance
the Region shall be paid. with the prevailing HM Revenue & Customs
regulations.
9.13.2 The Regional Treasurer shall keep proper books of
accounts, shall receive all monies due to the Region 9.18 All monies received by the Region as Regional
and discharge its liabilities as instructed by the income shall be retained for the benefit of the
Regional Council. Region subject always to Bye-Law 9.13.4.
9.13.3 Cheques shall be signed by at least one member of 9.19 A Region shall be responsible for the payment of
the Regional Council and countersigned by the the whole of its expenditure, including losses on
Regional Treasurer. Regional promotions or activities, except that the
travelling expenses of its National Councillors to
9.13.4 All funds in such banking account shall be deemed National Council Meetings shall be paid by
to be held for the Federation and, in case of Federation Headquarters from National Income.
dissolution of the Region, the funds at the bank
shall be disposed of as directed by the Board. 9.20 The Board shall have power to make grants to
Regions for purposes deemed by the Board to be
9.13.5 The Region Treasurer shall report to each meeting in the interests of the Federation.
of the Regional Council and Regional Board on the
financial position of the Region. They shall produce
at each such meeting the Financial Statement,
made up to date, together with a bank
reconciliation statement.
9.13.6 The Board, or its nominee, shall have power to

inspect the books of accounts of any Region at
any time.
BRITISH CYCLING 37
BYE LAWS
BYE LAW 10: BADGES OF HONOUR

BYE LAWS
11.3 The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting

to, or the non receipt of such notice by, any person
10.1 BCF Badge of Honour shall not invalidate any resolution passed or
proceedings held at such meeting.
The National Council has power to award the
Federation’s Gold Badge of Honour to any Member BYE LAW 12: MISCELLANEOUS
of the Federation for signal services to the
Federation. A proposition to National Council for 12.1 No person who is not a member of the Federation
such an award may only be made by the Board. A shall in any circumstances be eligible to hold
Regional Council may submit a recommendation to executive office or to be a member of the National
the Board, duly carried by two thirds majority of Council or of any Commission or Committee of the
those present and voting. All voting shall be by Federation or its Regions.
ballot. The names of such members shall be
inscribed on the Federation’s Roll of Honour. 12.2 All members of the National Council (except the
representatives of the S.C.U., W.C.U., B.U.C.S.,
10.2 BCF Regional Badge of Honour and B.S.C.A.) or of the Board or Committees or
Commissions of the Board shall be entitled to claim
A Regional Council shall have power to award a and receive the actual amount expended by them
Regional Silver Gilt Badge to any member who has on standard class railway fares on attending any
rendered outstanding service to the Region. A properly convened meeting of such respective
notice of such recommendation shall appear in the bodies. Expenses in respect of any means of travel
Agenda of the Regional Council and a two thirds other than standard class rail fares may be paid at
majority of those present and voting at the Regional the discretion of the Board. The like travelling
Council Meeting shall be required for the award to expenses shall be paid to any member or person
be granted. The voting shall be by ballot. The who may be engaged upon the business of the
award shall be subject to confirmation by the Federation under the authority of the Board or any
Board. Committee or Commission of the Board and to the
appointed representative of the Board or Region
BYE LAW 11: NOTICES
attending an Appeal Hearing. The Board may, in
11.1 A notice may be served by the Federation upon any addition to the above, allow reasonable hotel or
member or affiliated organisation by sending it other expenses actually and necessarily paid for
through the post in a prepaid letter and addressed which details shall be furnished.
to such member or secretary of such affiliated
organisation at their registered address or delivering 12.3 In the event of any dispute in National Council, the
by hand to the addressee in person or it may be Board, or any Committee or Commission or
served by electronic communications. Regional Council, no legal action shall be taken by
the Council or Board or members acting individually
11.2 Any notice, if served by post shall be deemed to until all internal disciplinary procedures for exclusion
have been served on the third day following that on or suspension have been exhausted.
which it was posted, and in proving such service it
shall be sufficient to prove that the letter containing BYE LAW 13: DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURE
the notice was properly addressed and put into the
post office or into any post box subject to control of 13.1 These Bye Laws incorporate the Federation’s
the Royal Mail as a pre-paid letter. Where a notice Disciplinary Rules, which apply to and bind any
or document is sent to an electronic address, individual under the jurisdiction of these Bye Laws.
service or delivery is deemed to be effected at the Any breaches of these Bye Laws will be dealt with
expiration of forty-eight hours after it was sent and in accordance with the Disciplinary Rules.
in proving such service or delivery, it shall be
sufficient to show that the sender’s equipment BYE LAW 14: DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURE
indicates successful transmission within such – ANTI-DOPING REGULATIONS
period. Where a notice or document is sent by
reference to a particular website, service or delivery 14.1 All disciplinary matters relating to Anti-Doping shall
is deemed to be effected when the recipient is be dealt with in accordance with the British Cycling
notified of its availability on the website. Anti-Doping Rules as amended from time to time.
38 2020 HANDBOOK
BYE LAWS
BYE LAW 15: ARBITRATION PANEL
BYE LAWS
15.1 In instances where there is a dispute between a
member and their club/team/sponsor and where
both such parties are affiliated / registered with the
Federation, the Federation may be willing to act as
arbitrator between the two parties, subject to the
agreement of both parties.
15.2 By agreeing to accept the Federation as arbitrators,

both parties are required to accept the decision
reached by the arbitration panel as final and
binding.
15.3 The Arbitration Panel shall consist of up to three

persons, one being nominated by each party
involved and one nominated by the Chief Executive,
each from the list of possible members provided by
the Federation’s Board.
15.4 The Arbitration Panel shall meet in a location

convenient to its members.
15.5 The Arbitration Panel has the power to exclude

members of the public and/or press as it feels
appropriate.
15.6 On receipt of the agreement in writing from both

parties that arbitration will be accepted, the Chief
Executive must arrange for the Arbitration Panel to
meet within fourteen days. Once a date and venue
has been fixed he will, by registered post, summon
those parties involved to the meeting to state their
position verbally to the Panel. Either party may
nominate a person to attend in their place to
represent them if they so wish.
15.7 With that correspondence as submitted by each

party agreeing to accept arbitration, both parties
shall submit that documentation which it wishes the
Panel to consider. At that time the Panel must also
be advised of any additional persons whom they
wish to present to the Panel to further defend their
case. The Panel will have the discretionary power
as to the procedure and admission of evidence.
The Panel shall inform the parties concerned of its

decision and, at its discretion, its reason for
reaching such a decision.
BRITISH CYCLING 39
2020 MEMBERSHIP AND EVENT FEES
Contents
Member and Club Fees
Membership Prices 41
Club Affiliation 41
Single Day Racing Licences – Road & Track 42
Event Fees
Domestic Event Fees 43
International Event Fees 44
40 2020 HANDBOOK
Membership

Membership prices (2020)
Race Race Race Licence
Ride Commute Fan
Bronze Silver Gold
Senior £26.00 £46.00 £78.00 £43.00 £39.00 £25.00 Senior £40.00
Junior £26.00 £32.00 £59.00 £32.00 £39.00 £25.00 Junior £20.00
Youth n/a £26.00 £45.00 £22.00 n/a £25.00 Youth Free
Under 12 n/a £18.00 £36.00 £17.00 n/a £25.00 Under 12 Free
Family n/a £106.00 £186.00 £99.00 n/a n/a UCI £90.00
Life 65-
n/a n/a £936.00 n/a n/a n/a
(12x)
Life 65+
n/a n/a £390.00 n/a n/a n/a
(5x)
Club Affiliation
Club and team affiliation prices 2020

Standard club £98
Commercially named £194
Schools – inc. liability insurance £48
Schools – ex. liability insurance £23
Sponsors £68
Additional Information
• Life membership is available to those having 10 years consecutive membership.
• Standard clubs/teams renewing their affiliation before December 31st each year will receive a £25 discount.
• Commercially named clubs/teams renewing their affiliation before December 31st each year will receive
a £50 discount.
• Sponsor fees are payable for up to four registered sponsors of any club/team. Further sponsors are registered free.
• The affiliation fee paid by a Commercially Named club/team shall include the sponsor fee of its main sponsor.
• Newly registered and accredited Go-Ride clubs are exempt from paying any sponsorship fees.
• Youth and under 12 Full Licences are free with race Gold & Race Silver membership.
• Team Managers of Commercially Named teams: £20.
• Team Managers of British Cycling registered UCI Trade Teams: £40.
• Mechanics, Carers and other staff of British Cycling registered UCI Trade Teams: £20.
BRITISH CYCLING 41
Single Day Racing Licences – Road & Track

Race Mambers with a Provisional

Racing Licence Ride Members or
Non Members
Event Classification Bronze Silver / Gold
Regional A/B/C+ £10.00 £5.00 £10.00
Regional C £5.00 Free £10.00
Go Race Free Free £5.00
Open Track Meetings £10.00 £5.00 £10.00
Track League Meetings £5.00 Free £10.00
• Juniors are charged 50% of the Senior fees for Single Day Licences.
• Youth non-Race members are charged at £1.50.
• Single Day Licences are not applicable to national events.
• Riders not presenting a valid Full Racing Licence at national events will be required to pay a £10 surcharge
42 2020 HANDBOOK
Domestic Events

HQ Regional
Registration Race Levy Registration
Fee Fee
National A £100.00 £3.00 n/a
National B £20.00 £3.00 £12.00
Road Regional A/B £20.00 £3.00 £12.00
Regional C+ £10.00 £3.00 £12.00
Regional C £10.00 £2.00 £12.00
£15.00
National A £100.00 £3.00
(£12.00 Part Day)
£15.00
National B £20.00 £3.00
(£12.00 Part Day)
£15.00
Regional A/B £20.00 £3.00
(£12.00 Part Day)
£15.00
Regional C+ £10.00 £3.00
(£12.00 Part Day)
Closed Road Circuit Regional C+ Series Event £10.00 £3.00 £8.00

£40.00
Regional C+ League Event
£10.00 £3.00 (per league per year or
(Confined to affiliated league members)
£3.50 per meeting)
£15.00
Regional C £10.00 £2.00
(£12.00 Part Day)
Regional C Series Event £10.00 £2.00 £8.00

£40.00
Regional C League Event
£3.50 per meeting)
Open/Association Meetings £10.00 £3.00 £12.00
League Meeting £40.00

£3.50 per meeting)
Track Open/Association Meetings
£10.00 £2.00 £12.00
(With no licence ranking points)
League Meeting £40.00

(With no licence ranking points and £10.00 £2.00 (per league per year or
confined to affiliated league members) £3.50 per meeting)
Youth Only £10.00 £1.50 n/a

Go Race
(including Go-MTB, £10.00 £1.50 n/a
Go-Cross, Go-BMX)
Mountain Bike Cross Country & Downhill £20.00 £3.00 n/a
National A & B/Regional A & B £10.00 £3.00 n/a
BMX
Regional C/Non-Ranking £10.00 £2.00 n/a
Cyclo-Cross Standard Events £10.00 £3.00 n/a
Cycle Speedway Standard Events £3.00 £1.50 n/a
Non-Competitive £50.00 £1.20 n/a
BRITISH CYCLING 43
International Events
HQ Regional
Registration Levy Registration
Fee Fee
Stage & Single Day Road Races/Time Trial
Professional Road Race Promotion (non-club)
Standard Track Meeting Apply to HQ Apply to HQ n/a
Professional Track Promotion (non-club)
International Mountain Bike Event
• Event registration fees must be paid online when registering the event or, for paper registration, to the Regional
Competition Administrator. Payment may be staggered for league registrations subject to prior agreement with
British Cycling HQ.
• Registration and levy fees are payable per day of racing / riding.
• All rider levies are payable within seven days of the event.
• Event registration forms and fees for non-competitive events should be sent directly to British Cycling HQ.
• For Youth and Under 12 rider the levy is restricted to £1.50.
• Part Day Events are limited to a morning, afternoon or evening.
44 2020 HANDBOOK
GENERAL
TECHNICAL REGULATIONS
G E N E R A L T E C H N I C A L R E G U L AT I O N S
Contents
Technical Regulation
1 Application 46
2 Cycles, Clothing and Equipment 46
3 Licences 47
4 Rankings 48
5 Rider Eligibility and Entry Procedures 48
6 Event Authorisation and Administration 49
7 Officials 49
8 Infringements 50
9 British National Championships 50
10 Home Country Championships 51
11 Regional Championships 51
Appendix
1 Sanctions and Penalties Guidance 52
BRITISH CYCLING 45
GENERAL
G1. APPLICATION
G2.1.2. For every Event held under the Technical

Regulations and participated in, the rider shall
G1.1. These General Regulations apply to and bind ensure that the cycle used is in a safe
any individual who participates (whether condition.
personally or through another individual),
organises or officiates in any Event held in G2.2. Clothing
accordance with these Technical Regulations.
G2.2.1. Riders must not wear a political slogan, sign or
G1.2. These General Regulations shall apply to all badge whilst participating in an Event.
cycling Disciplines authorised under the
Regulations. Supplementary Discipline Specific G2.2.2. Riders may wear the British National jersey only
Regulations shall also apply for the individual when competing as a representative of Great
cycling Disciplines. These Discipline Specific Britain.
Regulations, together with the General
Regulations, form the Technical Regulations. G2.2.3. Riders may wear the relevant Home Country
jersey only when competing as a representative
G1.3. The application of the Technical Regulations is of that Home Country.
subject always to the overriding authority of the
Memorandum & Articles of Association and G2.2.4. The current holder (and only the current holder)
Bye-Laws of the Federation. of a World, Continental, British National, Home
Country or Regional Championship shall wear
G1.4. The Board may vary the Technical Regulations the jersey appropriate to that championship
from time to time. and then only when competing in the Discipline
and age category for which the rider is
G1.5. All Events must be authorised and administered champion and remains eligible. If the rider is the
under the requirements and guidelines defined holder of more than one of such
and published by the Federation. In the event championships, the rider must wear the jersey
such requirements and guidelines conflict with from the most superior championship.
these Technical Regulations, these Technical
Regulations shall prevail. G2.2.5. Clubs and Teams must register the design and
colour of their racing clothing with the
G1.6. All Members must abide by the UK Anti-Doping Federation.
Rules (as amended from time to time).
G2.2.6. Clubs and Teams may register more than one
G1.7. These Technical Regulations incorporate the set of racing clothing per Year.
Federation’s Disciplinary Regulations, which
apply to and bind any individual who G2.2.7. The Federation may require a Club or Team to
participates (whether personally or through alter the colour or design of its racing clothing
another individual), organises or officiates in any in order to avoid confusion with another Club,
Event held in accordance with these Technical Team, Region or Home Country.
Regulations. Breaches of these Technical
Regulations, excluding those relating to G2.2.8. Each Region and Home Country must register
anti-doping, shall be dealt with in accordance the design and colour of its racing clothing with
with the Disciplinary Regulations. the Federation.
G1.8. The parent or guardian of any rider under the G2.3. Equipment
age of 18 shall be responsible for that rider’s
adherence to the Technical Regulations. The G2.3.1. When participating in an Event, a rider must
rider shall be liable for any sanction. wear a properly fitting helmet of a hard-shell
construction which must comply with the
G2. CYCLES, CLOTHING AND Discipline Specific Regulations. The helmet
EQUIPMENT strap must be securely fastened whilst
participating in the Event.
G2.1. Cycles
Note: In order to assist riders, the Federation advises that
G2.1.1. Cycles must comply with the regulations set protective headgear must take the form of a hard shell
out in the Discipline Specific Regulations. helmet which should conform to a recognised standard
46 2020 HANDBOOK
GENERAL
G3. LICENCES
such as SNELL B95 (Snell Memorial Foundation), AUS/NZS
2063:96 (Australian and New Zealand standard), DIN
33-954 (TUEV Institute Germany), CPSC or EN 1078 G3.1. Licences other than Provisional Licences shall
(Europe). Other Standards are available, but riders and/or be issued by the Federation in accordance with
parents/guardians should obtain proof that a standard is the UCI Regulations.
adequate for the purpose for which they intend to use the
item. The current British Standard (BS 6863) is primarily G3.2. The Federation may issue licences, which shall
intended for use by young riders. This standard is not include accreditations and endorsements, for
intended to provide a complete specification for helmets for the following:
high speed or long-distance riding.
G3.2.1. Racing;
The Federation makes no warranties or representations
regarding the adequacy of any standard or the fitness for G3.2.2. Anti-Doping Inspector;
the purpose of any protective headgear and will not accept
any liability arising from the use of any such headgear. G3.2.3. Carer;
G2.3.2. Unless given prior permission by the Chief G3.2.4. Commissaire;

Executive, riders must not use or carry cameras
whether on their person or equipment whilst G3.2.5. Doctor;
participating in Events. If permission is granted,
the rider must ensure that the camera is G3.2.6. Driver;
securely fixed and does not cause any risk of
danger or distraction to the rider or others. G3.2.7. Mechanic;
G2.3.3. During practice or designated training sessions, G3.2.8. Motor Pacer;

onboard cameras are permitted solely when the
camera is securely attached to the cycle and G3.2.9. Paramedical Assistant;
does not cause any risk of danger or distraction
to the rider or others. G3.2.10. Rider’s Agent;
G2.3.4. Identification numbers must be displayed by all G3.2.11. Team Manager;

riders while participating, which includes any
practice sessions or training, in any Event held G3.2.12. Coach;
under these Technical Regulations.
G3.2.13. Welfare Officer; and
G2.4. Compliance
G3.2.14. Time Keeper.
G2.4.1. Before the start, or after the conclusion of any
Event or Stage of an Event, any equipment This list is not exhaustive.
used by a rider (including, but not limited to
cycles, wheels, gears, helmets and clothing) G3.3. Where a Licence Holder is under suspension
may be subject to inspection in order to extending into a period requiring a new
ascertain compliance with the Technical Licence, no new Licence shall be issued until
Regulations. the period of suspension has expired.
G2.4.2. If, before the start of any Event or Stage of G3.4. A Member must immediately advise the Chief
Event, any equipment to be used by a rider is Executive of any disability or medical condition,
found not to comply with the Technical whether physical or mental, which could affect
Regulations, the rider shall not be permitted to their ability to participate safely in an Event or
use that equipment in the Event. Events. The Federation may suspend or
withdraw any licence temporarily or
G2.4.3. If, after the start of any Event or Stage of Event, permanently.
any equipment used by a rider is found not to
comply with the Technical Regulations, the rider G3.5. Racing Licences may only be issued to Silver or
may be disqualified from the Event. Gold Members.
BRITISH CYCLING 47
GENERAL
G5. RIDER ELIGIBILITY AND ENTRY

G3.6. Silver or Gold Members who do not request a

Racing Licence, shall receive a Provisional PROCEDURES
Licence.
G5.1. Entries to an Event must be made to the
G3.7. A Racing Licence shall expire on 31st Organiser by the closing date. The entry shall
December of the year in which it is issued or be accompanied by the appropriate entry fee,
the date the Member’s Membership expires failing which the entry shall be void. The
(whichever is the earlier). Organiser may, in their reasonable discretion,
accept or reject any entry.
G3.8. Members whose Racing Licence has expired
shall revert to a Provisional Licence status while G5.2. Except where entry to one Event has been
their Membership remains current. withdrawn before the closing date, or it is
reasonable to start and finish in both Events, a
G3.9. Members who have not reached their 18th rider must not enter nor accept a formal
birthday may not be issued with a Racing invitation to compete in more than one Event
Licence without having provided the consent of (whether under the Technical Regulations of the
their parent or guardian. Federation or Cycling Time Trials) on the same
day.
G3.10. Racing Licences shall include the rider’s
category for each Discipline. Should the G5.3. Unless caused by illness or other reasonably
Licence Holder change category during any uncontrollable occurrence, it shall be a breach
Year, a new Racing Licence and Racing of these Technical Regulations should a rider
Licence Card shall be issued free of charge. accept a formal invitation to participate in an
Event and then fail to attend that Event.
G3.11. Racing Licence Cards should display a
photograph which must show a good likeness G5.4. No Organiser of an Event shall participate in
to the Racing Licence Holder. If the Racing that Event.
Licence Card does not display an appropriate
photograph, then the Racing Licence Holder G5.5. The Federation shall select individuals and/or
must provide photographic identification on Teams to represent England or Great Britain.
demand.
G5.6. Where a rider is invited to represent Great
G4. RANKINGS Britain, such invitation shall take precedence
over any existing Event entry. The rider should
G4.1. Only Racing Licence Holders shall be eligible inform the Event’s Organiser that they are
for Licence Points. Provisional Licences do not withdrawing their entry.
qualify for Licence Points. The Member must
have obtained a Racing Licence from the G5.7. A Home Country or Region shall select
Federation before the Event in question. individuals and/or Teams to represent that
Licence Points cannot be backdated. Home Country or Region.
G4.2. Licence Points may be used to determine a G5.8. A rider may only participate in an Event under
rider’s ability category and ranking in each their primary Club or Team, as an individual
Discipline. For the purposes of this Regulation, Member or as a member of a British National,
Road and Track shall be treated as one Home Country, Region or certain association
Discipline. representative Team (as approved by the
Federation). For the purposes of this
G4.3. British national rankings shall be produced for Regulation, Road and Track shall be treated as
riders from the year of their 12th birthday, one Discipline.
except in BMX where rankings shall be
produced for riders from the year of their ninth G5.8.1. Unless given prior permission by the
birthday. Federation, riders may only represent the Club,
Team, Home Country or Region recorded on
their Racing Licences as at the closing date in
any particular Club or Team Event.
48 2020 HANDBOOK
GENERAL
G5.8.2. Riders may apply to the Federation to include G6.4. Applications for Federation Sanction for Events
more than one Club or Team on their Racing by organisations not affiliated to the Federation
Licences. Such riders may race for no more or in respect of international events on the UCI
than one Club or Team for each Discipline. calendar, British National Championships,
British National Series, Inter-Region
G5.8.3. Riders who are members of HM Armed Forces Championships, the Tour of Britain, Events
or the Public Emergency Services are, if lasting five days or more and any British
selected, permitted to represent those National A Road Events shall be submitted to
organisations in Events. the Chief Executive.
G5.8.4. Riders who are students in further education G6.5. The Organiser shall be responsible for the
are permitted to represent their education provision of suitable medical cover, in
provider’s Club or Team. accordance with the Federation’s Medical
Guidance Document.
G5.8.5. An individual who is not normally resident in the
United Kingdom, the Isle of Man or the Channel G6.6. Prizes
Islands may compete in Events provided that they
are a member of a UCI recognised national G6.6.1. Prizes must only be awarded to eligible riders
governing body and that national governing body who have provided accurate and complete
authorises the individual to compete in Events. entry applications.
G5.9. Riders must enter Events under the name on

their Membership Card. G6.6.2. Prizes awarded in contravention of G6.6.1
G5.10. Any rider who is not ready at the advertised must be returned forthwith to the relevant
start time of an Event, or when called upon to Organiser.
start, shall not be allowed to compete unless G6.6.3. No rider shall be entitled to any prize unless
permitted by the Chief Commissaire. they have completed the Event or, in the
opinion of the Chief Commissaire, retired for
G5.11. Any holder of a Day Licence shall be bound by good reason.
the terms of the Technical Regulations and
Bye-Laws. G6.6.4. Prizes awarded to competitors aged 12 years
old, or in the year in which their 12th birthday
G5.12. No Day Licence shall permit a rider to ride in falls, or younger, shall be in the form of trophies,
any other category than if they had obtained a medals or other such similar prizes. In any such
Racing Licence. Events where there are Races for both boys
and girls, the prizes given shall be the same for
G6. EVENT AUTHORISATION AND both genders.
ADMINISTRATION
G7. OFFICIALS
G6.1. Any Member may apply to a Region or Home
Country (or the Federation where no regional G7.1. Commissaires (except for Trainee
body exists) for an Event to be approved and Commissaires) shall control Events in order to
for Federation Sanction. The application must meet the standards required by each Discipline.
be made at least eight weeks prior to the date No Event (save for “Go” Events) may take place
of the proposed Event. without the required number of appointed
Commissaires in attendance. They shall work
G6.2. No Event may be styled as a championship with the Organiser to ensure that the Technical
(except a Club or association championship) Regulations are applied appropriately. They
without the approval of the Home Country or shall be responsible for confirming the official
Region concerned. results of an Event.
G6.3. Other than where sanctioned under the

provisions of G6.1 any Club, Team, association,
league or other organisation seeking to
organise competitive Events under these
Technical Regulations must be affiliated with the
Federation.
BRITISH CYCLING 49
GENERAL
G8. INFRINGEMENTS
G7.2. The appointment of the Chief Commissaire

shall be made by the relevant Home Country,
Region or the Federation as appropriate, or by G8.1. In the event of a breach of these Technical
groups or associations to whom the Home Regulations, Commissaires may, at their
Country, Region or Federation may have discretion, impose a range of penalties upon
delegated responsibility. One or more additional Members as set out in Appendix G1 or the
Commissaires, Judges or a Commissaire relevant Discipline Specific Regulations.
Panel, may also be appointed by the relevant
Home Country, Region or the Federation G8.2. In deciding upon the most appropriate form of
dependent upon the nature of the Event. penalty to impose, Commissaires must take
into account the nature of the offence and the
G7.3. All decisions of the Chief Commissaire shall be category of Event concerned.
final.
G8.3. All penalties issued under Technical Regulation
G7.4. The Chief Commissaire shall instruct the other G8.1 must be reported to the Federation, who
Officials in their duties and, where necessary, shall be responsible for collecting any fines
delegate authority to them. Commissaires shall imposed.
have such powers and carry out such duties as
the Chief Commissaire directs. G9. BRITISH NATIONAL
CHAMPIONSHIPS
G7.5. Commissaires shall:
G9.1. British National Championships may be
G7.5.1. review the suitability and safety of the intended organised annually at the discretion of the
course, route or track against the Event’s Risk Federation. The Events held, categories,
Assessment and require any necessary eligibility criteria and format shall be defined
changes to the Event; and published by the Federation.
G9.2. Regions, Clubs, Teams, Members or

G7.5.2. apply the Technical Regulations, and where Organisers may apply to the Federation to run
appropriate, apply sanctions and penalties each British National Championship.
under the provisions of Appendix G1 to
these General Regulations or the relevant G9.3. British National Championships shall be
Discipline Specific Regulations; and conducted in accordance with these Technical
Regulations in the format decided by the
G7.5.3. rule on all protests, and on any case of Federation to suit the specific venue.
misconduct by riders, Members or Officials,
whether or not a protest has been lodged. G9.4. Where a British National Championship is
postponed after signing-on has closed, only
G7.6. The Chief Commissaire must additionally those riders who have signed on may compete
report, in writing, serious breaches of the in the re-scheduled Event and the results of any
Technical Regulations at an Event to the completed rounds shall stand except in cases
Disciplinary Officer as soon as reasonably specifically approved by the Federation.
practicable and within three days following the
Event. The Disciplinary Officer shall determine G9.5. Where the number of entrants exceeds the
whether the case warrants further disciplinary maximum number permitted, selection shall be
action. Any penalty or sanction already given to made by the Federation in accordance with
an individual at an Event shall not preclude or pre-published criteria.
limit in any way the Disciplinary Officer’s powers
to instigate further disciplinary action in respect G9.6. The Federation may authorise Events that
of the same incident. combine British National Championships within
the framework of a single Race. In such cases
the Federation shall approve the allocation of
medals and British National Championship
jerseys in advance on a Race by Race basis
and shall inform the Organiser of the same.
50 2020 HANDBOOK
GENERAL
G11. REGIONAL CHAMPIONSHIPS
G9.7. British National Championship Jersey
G9.7.1. The design of a jersey for the British National G11.1. Regional Championships may be organised at
Championship shall be white with 5cm wide the discretion of each Region. The Events held,
red, white and blue bands around the chest, categories and format shall be defined and
the red band being uppermost. published by each Region.
G9.7.2. The design of a jersey for the British National G11.2. Two or more adjacent Regions may choose to
Championship for Masters shall be blue with hold one or more joint Regional
5cm wide red, white and blue bands around Championships.
the chest, the red band being uppermost.
G11.3. For individual Events, a rider may only compete
G9.7.3. The only inscription which is permitted on the in the Championships of one Region in any one
British National Championship jersey presented Year.
to a rider on the podium immediately after a
British National Championship is that of the G11.4. Eligibility
garment manufacturer which may appear once
and within a maximum area of 25sq. cm. G11.4.1. For individual Events, a rider may only compete
in a Regional Championship for the Region
G9.7.4. Advertising inscriptions are permitted on a stated on their Racing Licence.
replica British National Championship jersey as
follows: G11.4.2. For Team Events, a rider may only compete in
the Regional Championship of the Region their
G9.7.4.1. if within a rectangle, with a maximum height of Team is registered to.
10cm on the front and back;
G9.7.4.2. if a lateral band, with a maximum height of 9cm

on each side;
G9.7.4.3. if on one line with a maximum height of 5cm on

quarter sleeves; and
G9.7.4.4. the garment manufacturer’s mark may also

appear once and within a maximum area of
25sq. cm.
G10. HOME COUNTRY

CHAMPIONSHIPS
G10.1. Home Country Championships may be

organised annually at the discretion of each
Home Country. The Events held, categories,
eligibility criteria and format shall be defined and
published by each Home Country.
G10.2. For individual Events, a rider may only compete

in the Championships of one Home Country in
any one Year.
G10.3. The regulations for the Scottish Home

Country Championships are contained in the
Scottish National Championships and Records
at page 165.
G10.4. The regulations for the Welsh Home Country

Championships are contained in the bye-laws
of Welsh Cycling.
BRITISH CYCLING 51
GENERAL
APPENDIX G1 – SANCTIONS AND PENALTIES GUIDANCE

Maximum Penalty
Infringements
National Events Regional Events
1 Start without signing on / registration £30 fine and DQ DQ
Use of non-regulation cycle, clothing or equipment Start refused / £100 / DQ / Start refused / DQ /
2
in a race disciplinary referral disciplinary referral
3 No helmet at start, taking helmet off Start refused / DQ / £50 Start refused / DQ
Race/ID number, cycle plate or frame plate altered, Start refused / not placed / Start refused / not placed /
4
invisible or unrecognisable. REL & £50 / DQ REL / DQ
5 Refusal to wear awarded jersey. Start refused / DQ & £50 Start refused / DQ
6 Using false information for race entry and registration DQ and disciplinary referral DQ and disciplinary referral
Prohibited/non-regulation assistance, equipment Each rider: DQ & £100 Each rider: DQ

7
exchange, refreshment Team manager: £100 Team manager: £50
Unauthorised pulling or pushing of rider, jersey, or

8 DQ & £100 DQ
bike by another rider.
Wilful deviation from the course/attempt to gain an

9 DQ & £100 DQ
advantage by not covering the course appropriately
Unintentional detour of the course/not covering the REL / appropriate time REL / appropriate time
10
full course, resulting in an advantage penalty / DQ penalty / DQ
DQ / £50 / disciplinary
11 Disobeying or obstructing an official DQ / disciplinary referral
referral
12 Illegal or dangerous throwing of an object DQ & £100 DQ
£100 / DQ / disciplinary
13 Rider continuing in race after having been withdrawn DQ / disciplinary referral
referral
Each rider involved: DQ,

Conspiring, cheating, or collusion between riders or Each rider involved: DQ
14 £100 and disciplinary
teams to pre-determine or alter the result/placing and disciplinary referral
referral
15 Non-return of number/transponder £50 plus cost of item £25 plus cost of item
£100 and/or forfeit of

16 Failing to attend official ceremonies Forfeit of prizes
prizes
Acts of physical contact or violent conduct and/or DQ, £200 & disciplinary
17 DQ & disciplinary referral
abusive language. referral
Behaviour that damages the image of cycling e.g.

seeking an unfair advantage by any other means
£200, DQ & disciplinary
18 outside the rules or not in the spirit of the sport, DQ & disciplinary referral
referral
disorderly conduct, littering, urinating in public, bad
language, theft etc.
52 2020 HANDBOOK
NOTES
NOTES
BRITISH CYCLING 53
NOTES
NOTES
54 2020 HANDBOOK
BMX FREESTYLE
B M X F R E E S T Y L E T E C H N I C A L R E G U L AT I O N S
Contents
1 Application 56
4 Age Categories 56
5 Ability Categories, Event Classification and Licence Points 57
6 Officials 57
7 Infringements 57
8 General Competition Provisions 57
10 Home Country and Regional Championships 60
11 Specific Competition Provisions – BMX Freestyle Park 60
BRITISH CYCLING 55
BMX FREESTYLE
F1. APPLICATION
F2.1.10. Cycles may be equipped with one or more hub

axle extenders, also known as “pegs”, provided
F1.1. These BMX Freestyle Regulations, together that these are securely attached.
with the General Regulations, shall apply to and
bind any individual who participates (whether F2.1.11. Handlebar ends must be plugged, not merely
personally or through another individual), covered by tape, and other projections shall be
organises or officiates in any BMX Freestyle protected as far as possible.
Event.
F2.2. Clothing
F2. CYCLES, CLOTHING AND
EQUIPMENT F2.2.1. Riders must wear clothing in its design or
construction which does not constitute a
F2.1. Cycles danger to the safety of the riders. For example,
exceptionally loose clothing which may become
F2.1.1. Unless expressly authorised by the format of caught in the rider’s cycle must not be worn.
the competition, Events held under these
Technical Regulations are restricted to cycles F2.2.2. Riders must wear a shirt (either with or without
that are compliant with UCI Regulations. Under sleeves) during official practice, Competitions,
all circumstances, Events held under these and during official ceremonies and press
Technical Regulations are restricted to cycles activities.
that are compliant with the following Technical
Regulations. F2.3. Equipment
F2.1.2. The following cycles only are eligible for use in F2.3.1. All accessories must be securely fastened and
Events held under the Technical Regulations: any equipment that is not essential for
Competition purposes must be removed.
F2.1.2.1. For bicycle Events - any two-wheeled one-track
cycle carrying one rider. F2.3.2. Riders must at all times wear the visual
identification provided by the Organiser such as
F2.1.3. Any cycle used in BMX Freestyle Events held sticker, wristband, bib or strap. Riders not
under the Technical Regulations must operate doing so may be refused access to the Event
wholly through the motive power of its rider. venue or may be refused their start.
F2.1.4. Cycles must have two wheels of equal F3. RIDER ELIGIBILITY AND ENTRY
diameter. The front wheel shall be steerable; the PROCEDURES
rear wheel shall be driven through a system
comprising pedals, a crank-set and a chain, F3.1. The following categories of Events are only
without electric or other assistance. available to riders who hold a Racing Licence:
F2.1.5. With the exception of riders entered in Youth F3.1.1. Home Country and Regional Championships;
categories, all cycles used must be equipped
with matching wheels that are nominally 20” in F3.1.2. British National Championships; and
diameter. The total diameter of the wheels,
inflated tyres included shall not exceed 22 ½”. F3.1.3. Other national level Events.
F2.1.6. The cycles of riders in Youth categories may be F4. AGE CATEGORIES
equipped with matching wheels that are smaller
than 20” nominal diameter. However, such wheels F4.1. The following age categories for participating in
shall not be smaller than 16” nominal diameter. Events shall apply:
F2.1.7. All cycles shall have their wheels securely F4.1.1. Ages 7 to 14; and
fastened to their frames, with their tyres firmly
secured. F4.1.2. Ages 15 and over.
F2.1.8. Fixed gear cycles are not permitted. F4.2. The Federation has the discretion to change
age categories.
F2.1.9. A saddle is required.
56 2020 HANDBOOK
BMX FREESTYLE
F5. ABILITY CATEGORIES,
F8.2. Classification and Results
EVENT CLASSIFICATION
AND LICENCE POINTS F8.2.1. Following the end of a BMX Freestyle
Competition, the results (final classification) for
F5.1. Ability Categories each category will be posted in the riders’ area
at the venue before the awards ceremony is
F5.1.1. Ability categories are as follows: held.
F5.1.1.1. Youth – ages 7 to 14; F8.2.2. If any categories were combined, the results for
the combined category shall be separated back
F5.1.1.2. Amateur; and into the original categories for the purpose of
awarding prizes and points.
F5.1.1.3. Elite – ages 15 and over.
F8.3. Best Trick Competition
F5.1.2. The Federation has the discretion to change
ability categories. F8.3.1. The Organiser may hold a best trick contest.
Such a Competition shall be held according to
F5.1.3. A rider cannot participate in both the Amateur rules that the Organiser may determine. Such
and Elite categories during the same Year. rules must be explained in the Competition
Riders may only change their category at the guide. Participation must not be mandatory.
point of renewing their Racing Licence at the
start of the next Year. F8.4. Non-starters and Withdrawing from
Competition
F5.2. Event Classification
F8.4.1. Within each phase it is possible for riders to
F5.2.1. INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK withdraw from or not start the Competition.
F5.3. Licence Points F8.4.2. If riders are refused their start for any reason,
withdraw or do not show up before beginning
F5.3.1. INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK their first run, they shall be scored as “DNS” for
the phase in question. Such riders are not
F6. OFFICIALS eligible to transfer to the next phase of the
Competition.
F6.1. BMX Freestyle Events must be supervised by a
Chief Commissaire and panel of Judges. F8.4.3. Should riders withdraw after completing part of
their first or second run, they shall be
F6.2. The panel of three to six Judges (including a considered as having started in that phase of
Chief Judge) is responsible for evaluating the the Competition and shall be scored on the
performance of the riders during the portion of the run(s) that they were able to
Competition and for delivering their scores. complete before withdrawing.
F6.3. The Officials appointed pursuant to F6 must F8.4.4. Any riders registered for the Competition who
have a valid Racing Licence. do not attend the Competition venue for a
Semi-final or Final at the required times shall be
F7. INFRINGEMENTS disqualified unless the rider withdraws for an
acceptable reason such as injury, in which case
F7.1. INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK the rider shall be scored as DNS. It is the
responsibility of the riders or their representative
F8. GENERAL COMPETITION to contact the Organiser and provide
PROVISIONS acceptable proof of this.
F8.1. BMX Freestyle Competitions are judged events, F8.5. Results for Each Phase
in which riders are scored based upon their skill
at executing a routine, including one or more of F8.5.1. Within each phase, a result shall be established
a variety of different manoeuvres that are in order of the highest score to the lowest.
known as tricks.
BRITISH CYCLING 57
BMX FREESTYLE
F8.5.2. In the Qualification phase, results shall be F8.7. Judging System

reported at most two hours after the
Qualification phase is finished. F8.7.1. No scores shall be released as official until the
Judges have deliberated with each other and
F8.5.3. In the Semi-final, results shall be reported at the scores have been verified and approved by
most 30 minutes after the Semi-final phase is the Chief Judge.
finished.
F8.7.2. No riders nor their family members, Team
F8.5.4. In the Final, results shall be reported at most 15 representatives, members of the press or
minutes after the Final is finished. spectators should approach the Judge’s stand
or speak with the Judges during the
F8.5.5. In case of a tie, the Judges shall discuss the Competition or when calculating scores.
performance of each rider concerned and shall Judges must not communicate with any riders
decide which rider had the better performance during Competition.
before reporting the scores in question.
F8.7.3. The Judges shall operate from a position where
F8.5.6. Within the results established for each phase, they can witness the entire performance of
riders who are scored as DNS are put in last each rider.
place for the phase in question.
F8.7.4. After the Final, the Judges must remain at the
F8.5.7. In case of multiple DNS riders, they will be Competition venue until the award ceremonies
placed after the riders who started, in the order are concluded. Likewise, the Judges must
of their results in the previous phase. remain at the Competition venue until 15
minutes after the list of results from each
F8.5.8. If riders do not start in the Qualification phase, previous phase is published.
they shall automatically be disqualified and shall
not be ranked in the final results of the F8.7.5. The Judges must put aside all preconceptions
Competition. such as style preferences, or past
performances. The performance of each rider
F8.6. Competition Classification during each run shall be judged entirely on its
own merits.
F8.6.1. After the Final is completed, a Competition
classification is produced which details the F8.7.6. Judges may not discuss their individual scores
results of all the phases of the Event that took or the scores given by other Judges with
place. It shall exclude all disqualified riders. This anyone outside of the Judges’ panel, nor may
classification shall record: they comment on the specific process by which
the scores were assessed or ties broken.
F8.6.1.1. All riders who qualified for the Final, in order of
their scores in the Final from highest score to F8.7.7. Judges may not independently change their
lowest; scores either on the computer terminal or on
the manual judging sheets. In the case that a
mistake has been made, only the Chief Judge
F8.6.1.2. All riders who qualified for the Semi-final but did can authorise a correction.
not qualify for the Final, in order of their scores
in the Semi-final from highest score to lowest; F8.8. Judging Criteria
F8.6.1.3. All riders who started in the Qualification phase, F8.8.1. The overall composition of the Runs is most
in order of their scores in the Qualification important as the Judges evaluate the
phase, but who did not qualify for the next sequences of tricks, the amount of risk in the
phase of the Competition; and routine and how the rider uses the course.
F8.6.1.4. All riders who started in the pre-Qualification F8.8.2. Each Judge may deduct a number of points
phase, in order of their scores in the from a rider’s score if that rider commits one or
pre-Qualification phase, but who did not qualify more Errors. The number of points deducted
for the next phase of the Competition. depends on the quantity and severity of the
Errors, and their overall impact on the rider’s
performance.
58 2020 HANDBOOK
BMX FREESTYLE
F8.9. Starting a Run weather conditions such as wind are not
considered to be outside inference. Likewise,
F8.9.1. Riders are responsible for following the the presence of other riders within that phase,
progress of the Competition and must be ready or event staff normally allowed within the
to begin their Run when their position in the boundaries of the field of play shall not be
start order arrives. considered as interference unless there is a
deliberate attempt or obviously careless
F8.9.2. Riders shall have one minute to begin their Run movement which blocks the rider’s progress.
from the point in time that they are informed
that they may begin. At that point the time for F8.12.2. If a rider believes that the outside interference
that Run shall begin, whether the rider begins was unfair, the rider must immediately stop their
riding or not. Run and complain to the Chief Commissaire,
who will review the situation and make a
F8.9.3. If riders are not ready when the time for their decision. If the rider decides not to stop the
Run begins, they may begin riding at any point Run at that moment, no later complaint
before the time for their Run ends. concerning interference shall be considered.
F8.10. Finishing a Run F8.12.3. The Chief Commissaire’s decision is final and
may not be appealed. If a Run is restarted, it
F8.10.1. A Run ends when the time for the Run has shall be done after the end of the second Run
elapsed. for all riders within the heat in question. If the
Run to be re-started is the final Run of a heat,
F8.10.2. If a rider is stationary when the time runs out, then the rider concerned will be allowed a
nothing else will be scored. two-minute rest break before re-starting the
Run in question.
F8.11. Mechanical Problems
F8.13. Delays
F8.11.1. During a Run, if a rider’s cycle suffers any type
of breakage or mechanical problem, including a F8.13.1. The Chief Commissaire, in consultation with the
flat tyre, the rider has until the time elapses for Organiser, may allow a weather time-out based
their Run to either fix the problem or to get a on their assessment of the riding conditions.
replacement cycle and continue riding. If the
time for the Run elapses before the rider F8.14. Cancellation
continues riding, then that Run shall be
declared finished and the rider shall not be F8.14.1. For whatever reason, in case a Competition
allowed to start riding again. can’t be finished after it has started, the results
of the last phase completed shall form the final
F8.11.2. Whether or not the rider is able to restart the result.
Run before the time elapses, the Judges shall
only consider any riding done within the time F8.14.2. If the Competition is stopped before the
limit. Qualification phase is completed, there shall be
no result; in this case, no prizes will be
F8.12. Outside Interference awarded.
F8.12.1. The Chief Commissaire may decide to allow a

rider to restart a Run in case of outside
interference which, in the opinion of the Chief
Commissaire, has a visible impact on the rider’s
progress through the field of play, or on their
performance. Such interference must be
physical in nature such as debris blowing into
the boundaries of the field of play and making
physical contact with the rider, or coming in to
their path causing them to alter their direction
of travel or lose control of their cycle. For the
avoidance of doubt, background noise and
BRITISH CYCLING 59
BMX FREESTYLE
F9. BRITISH NATIONAL

British National Championship design shall be

CHAMPIONSHIPS presented as follows:
F9.1. British National Championships shall be open TYPE OF NUMBER OF

MEDALS
to Silver and Gold Members who are citizens of CHAMPIONSHIPS ENTRIES
the United Kingdom and dependent Territories, Gold, silver
the Isle of Man, or the Channel Islands. Riders 8 or more
and bronze
must hold a valid UCI-recognised licence Individual Championships
6 or 7 Gold and silver
showing the rider nationality as “GBR” which
has been issued at least 28 days prior to the 3 to 5 Gold
Event. If resident in another country the rider Gold, silver
5 or more
must hold a United Kingdom passport and Disability Individual and bronze
must not, in the same Year, have competed in Championships; and
4 Gold and silver
the national championship of any other UCI All Team Championships
affiliated national federation. 3 Gold
F9.2. In British National Championships the list of F10. HOME COUNTRY AND REGIONAL
entries shall be published as soon as CHAMPIONSHIPS
practicable after the advertised closing date.
After the list of entries has been published, no F10.1. INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
further entries shall be accepted.
F11. SPECIFIC COMPETITION
F9.3. Where the number of entrants is lower than PROVISIONS – BMX FREESTYLE
three, a British National Championship shall not PARK
be held and no awards shall be given. For
British National Championships restricted by F11.1. Competition Format
age categories, after the entries have closed
the Federation may choose to combine one or F11.1.1. A BMX Freestyle Competition for each category
more adjacent categories to create a new may be composed of the phases (Qualification,
British National Championship Event where the Semi-final or Final) described below, and within
number of entries exceeds this limit. each phase, a number of heats.
F9.1. Where there are at least three entries, a F11.1.2. A heat is a group which comprises two to
British National Championship jersey shall five riders.
be awarded to the winner, and medals of
60 2020 HANDBOOK
BMX FREESTYLE
F11.1.3. The combination of phases and heats (if applicable) for a category depends on the number of entries and is
found in the following table:
NUMBER OF COMPETITION COMPETITION

QUALIFICATION RULE NUMBER OF HEATS
ENTRIES PHASES PHASES
2 phases: 2 phases: Qualification:

Top 4 in Qualification
5 - 8 entries Qualification x 1 Qualification x 1 as below
advance to Final
Final x 1 Final x 1 1 heat of 4 in Final
9 – 15 entries Qualification x 1 Qualification x 1 as below
advance to Final
Final x 1 Final x 1 2 heats of 4 in Final
16 - 31 entries Qualification x 1 Qualification x 1 as below
advance to Final
Final x 1 Final x 1 3 heats of 4 in Final
3 phases: 3 phases: Top 24 in Qualification Qualification:
Qualification x 1 Qualification x 1 advance to Semi-final as below
More than 31 entries
Semi-final x 1 Semi-final x 1 Top 12 in Semi-final 6 heats of 4 in Semi- final
Final x 1 Final x 1 advance to Final 3 heats of 4 in Final
F11.2. Number of heats F11.3.2. In such a case, within each heat, the start order
continues to be in reverse order of ranking so
F11.2.1. For the Qualification phase, the number of that the highest ranked rider within each heat
heats should be chosen such that as many goes last in that heat. Any unranked riders are
heats as possible have four riders. seeded randomly in the first heats in the order.
F11.2.2. Whenever it is not possible for all heats to have F11.3.3. In case of the first Event in a series, the final
four riders, a number of heats will have either ranking of the previous Year of the series will be
three or five riders, whichever must be done to used.
maximize the number of heats with four riders.
By preference, heats with three riders shall be F11.3.4. In all other circumstances, riders are randomly
avoided if it is possible to form the heats with assigned to each heat.
only four and five riders. Any heats of three or
five shall be at the start of the heat order. F11.4. Scoring and Results
F11.2.3. At all phases of the Competition each rider shall F11.4.1. Each Judge shall give each rider a score of
complete two Runs within each heat. between 0.00 and 99.99, taking into account
the rider’s entire performance and including
F11.2.4. Once the final rider has taken their first Run, the both Runs. The scores of individual judges are
riders shall complete their second Run in the not given for each Run.
same order as their first.
F11.4.2. The average of the scores given by all Judges
F11.3. Start Order - Qualification Phase for each rider is calculated. This average score
is the official score of the rider’s performance
F11.3.1. Where an Event is part of a series, the over two Runs for the heat in question. Each
Qualification phase shall be done in reverse average score is reported accurate to two
order of the current series ranking. That is, decimal places; any fractions of points beyond
riders are assigned to their heats in order, this are dropped (no rounding of scores is
starting with the unranked or lowest ranked done).
riders, and ending with the highest ranked
riders in the last heat. F11.4.3. If five or more Judges are appointed, the
highest and lowest scores may be dropped
before the average score is calculated.
BRITISH CYCLING 61
BMX FREESTYLE
F11.4.4. For avoidance of doubt, the score awarded to a F11.7.2. Riders may begin their Run from any position
rider for a heat is determined based upon the within the boundaries of the field of play and
rider’s performance in both runs, whether must be ready in their chosen starting position
completed or not, within the heat in question. prior to beginning their Run.
F11.5. Judging Criteria F11.7.3. The time for each Run will be started when in
the opinion of the Chief Commissaire, the rider
F11.5.1. The performance of each rider is judged on begins moving whether on a flat surface or
overall impression including, but not limited to: dropping in from an obstacle or higher level of
the park. In this regard, the decision of the
F11.5.1.1. Difficulty (refers to not only the tricks performed Chief Commissaire responsible for time-
but also the placement of the tricks within the keeping shall be final and may not be
course and the combinations used); protested.
F11.5.1.2. Height (amplitude of the tricks performed); F11.7.4. Any riding taking place outside the boundaries
of the field of play shall not be considered by
F11.5.1.3. Flow; the Judges. For avoidance of doubt, railings
along the edge of the field of play shall be
F11.5.1.4. Originality (tricks and lines) and versatility; considered as part of the field of play.
F11.5.1.5. Style; F11.7.5. If a rider is in motion when the time runs out,
any remaining trick that is fully completed within
F11.5.1.6. Consistency (refers to the stability, fluidity and three seconds after the time elapses shall be
control of manoeuvres performed); counted. A completed trick is one which ends
with both wheels in contact with a horizontal
F11.5.1.7. Variety of tricks (refers to a good mix of and flat part of the park surface.
standard airs, rotations, grinds);
F11.7.6. Course Signals
F11.5.1.8. Control of the tricks;
F11.7.6.1. Flags of the colours listed below are used by
F11.5.1.9. Bike control; Officials as a means of communicating with
each other and to riders on the course. These
F11.5.1.10. Landings; flags have the following meanings:
F11.5.1.11. Use of the course; and F11.7.6.1.1. GREEN FLAG: The course is unobstructed and
Competition can proceed.
F11.5.1.12. Execution.
F11.7.6.1.2. YELLOW FLAG: The course is obstructed and
F11.6. Errors riders should not begin a Run.
F11.6.1. Minor Errors include flat landings, deck F11.7.6.1.3. RED FLAG: Riders on the course should stop
landings, sliding, light foot touches and other immediately and await further instruction.
instabilities.
F11.8. Delays
F11.6.2. Medium Errors include stopping in full or heavy
foot touches. F11.8.1. If the Competition is stopped at any point
during a heat, then that shall be re-run once the
F11.6.3. Major Errors include actions such as “throwing Competition is started again. However, the
away” the cycle or crashing. results of any heats that were fully run before
the Competition was stopped shall stand.
F11.7. Procedure for Managing the Competition
F11.7.1. Within each heat, each rider shall complete two

Runs. Each Run will have a duration of one
minute.
62 2020 HANDBOOK
NOTES
NOTES
BRITISH CYCLING 63
NOTES
NOTES
64 2020 HANDBOOK
BMX RACING
B M X R A C I N G T E C H N I C A L R E G U L AT I O N S
Contents
1 Application 66
4 Age Categories 68
6 Officials 70
7 Infringements 70
Appendix
1 National Ranking Points 74
2 Licence Points 74
3 Track Dimensions 75
BRITISH CYCLING 65
BMX RACING
B1. APPLICATION
B2.1.5.4. All cycles used in the cruiser type categories

must be equipped with matching wheels that
B1.1. These BMX Racing Regulations, together with are 22.5” in diameter. The total diameter of the
the General Regulations, shall apply to and wheels, inflated tires included, must be no
bind any individual who participates (whether larger than 26”.
organises or officiates in any BMX Racing B2.1.5.5. The cycles of riders aged 8 and under may be
Event. equipped with wheels smaller than 20”.
B2. CYCLES, CLOTHING AND B2.1.5.6. Wheels must be laced with the full complement
EQUIPMENT of spokes for which the hubs and rims are
intended. Disc wheels are not permitted.
B2.1. Cycles Wheels must be open.
B2.1.1. The following cycles only are eligible for use in B2.1.6. Handlebars
BMX Racing Events held under the Technical
Regulations: B2.1.6.1. The maximum width of handlebars shall be 29”.
B2.1.1.1. For bicycle Events - two-wheeled one-track B2.1.6.2. The maximum rise of handlebars shall be 12”.
cycles carrying one rider.
B2.1.6.3. Handlebar grips are mandatory and must
B2.1.2. Any cycle used in BMX Events held under the completely cover the ends of the handlebars.
Technical Regulations must operate wholly
through the motive power of its rider. B2.1.6.4. Handlebar ends shall be plugged, not merely
covered by tape.
B2.1.3. All cycles must conform with the following:
B2.1.7. Steering head
B2.1.3.1. The cycle’s frame must be of sufficient strength
to withstand the rigours of BMX racing. It must B2.1.7.1. The stem may not protrude above the headset
not have any cracked or bent frame members lock-nut by an amount that exceeds the
or welds; and manufacturer’s recommendation or by more
than 5 cm if no maximum height mark is
B2.1.3.2. Aerodynamic accessories, chain guards, side inscribed on the stem.
stands, mud guards, sheet metal accessories
such as simulated fuel tanks, butterfly nuts, any B2.1.8. Brakes
superfluous welded or mechanically fastened
fittings such as chain guard lugs, frame B2.1.8.1. All cycles must be equipped with an effective
mounted reflectors and any other sharp rear brake, which must be operated by hand.
protruding objects are not permitted.
B2.1.8.2. The rear brake cable/hose must be secured to
B2.1.4. All accessories must be securely fastened and the frame.
any equipment that is not essential for
competition purposes must be removed. B2.1.8.3. A front brake may be fitted but is not required.
B2.1.5. Wheels B2.1.8.4. The free end of the handbrake lever must be
smoothly rounded or covered in such a manner
B2.1.5.1. Wheel axles may not protrude more than 5mm as to prevent it from presenting a hazard.
beyond the hub nuts.
B2.1.9. Seat
B2.1.5.2. Cycles with 20” wheels must be raced only in
standard categories. B2.1.9.1. The seat post must be secured to the seat tube
by means of a seat post clamp. This clamp’s
B2.1.5.3. All cycles used in the standard 20” type fixing bolt must not protrude from the body of
categories must be equipped with matching the clamp by more than 5mm.
wheels that are 20” in diameter. The total
diameter of the wheels, inflated tyres included,
must not exceed 22.5”.
66 2020 HANDBOOK
B2.1.10. Cranks, Pedals and Gears B2.2.2.2. Long pants of the type described in B2.2.2.1
must be loose fitting, of one-piece construction
B2.1.10.1. Toe clips and straps are not permitted. and made of tear resistant material. They must
cover the entire length of both legs until just
B2.1.10.2. Interlocking pedal-cleat systems are allowed. above the shoe or ankle.
Where an interlocking pedal-cleat system is
used, the rider must be able to demonstrate B2.2.2.3. Shorts of the type described in B2.2.2.1 must
the ability to engage and release from the be loose fitting, of one-piece construction and
pedals upon any request from an Official. made of tear resistant material. They must be
worn together with leg protection that covers the
B2.1.10.3. The minimum age category whereby entire knee and the entire shin until just above
interlocking cleat pedals are permitted is 13 the shoe or ankle. Such protection must be of a
years. Riders who have been granted type that is specifically designed, constructed
dispensation by the Federation and are eligible and sold to protect the knee and entire shin for
to enter a Race category whereby cleat pedals BMX, motocross or Mountain Bike Downhill.
are permitted should follow the regulations of
that category. B2.2.2.4. Pants or shorts composed of tight fitting stretch
material are only permitted to be worn if under
B2.1.10.4. Multiple speed gear systems are permitted. acceptable long pants or shorts, or to cover
acceptable knee and shin protection, or under
B2.2. Clothing or as part of the construction of that protection.
B2.2.1. Jersey B2.2.3. Gloves
B2.2.1.1. A rider’s jersey must be a loose-fitting B2.2.3.1. Full Finger gloves must be worn.
long-sleeved jersey. Jerseys used in BMX
Events must be of a type specifically sold for B2.3. Equipment
use in BMX, motocross or Mountain Bike
Downhill. Custom produced jerseys of this type B2.3.1. Number Plates
and matching these requirements are
permitted. B2.3.1.1. Each cycle entered into an Event must have a
number plate attached to the front of the
B2.2.1.2. Skinsuits or one-piece suits comprising of the handlebars. Number plates must be made of
jersey and the pants are not permitted for use flexible plastic or other similar flexible material.
in BMX Events. Jerseys with zips are not
permitted, aside from a zip at the collar less B2.3.1.2. Digits must be a minimum of 7cm tall and
than 10cm long. 4.5cm wide, with a minimum stroke thickness
of 1.2cm. Space between digits must be 1cm.
B2.2.1.3. The jersey must be either close fitting around There must be no italic or stylised characters.
the waist or tucked into the pants before the
start to not cause interference. B2.3.1.3. Riders must use the plate and number colour
combinations specified for the category in
B2.2.2. Pants which they are racing as follows:
B2.2.2.1. The rider must wear either long pants, or CHAMPIONSHIP

shorts combined with suitable knee and shin
Elite White plate, black numbers
protection. Such long pants or shorts must
be of a type that are specifically designed and Junior Black plate, white numbers
sold for use in BMX, motocross or Mountain CHALLENGE
Bike Downhill. Custom produced pants or
Male/Boys Yellow plate, black numbers
shorts of this type and matching these
requirements are permitted. Female/Girls Blue plate, white numbers
CRUISER
All Red plate, white numbers
BRITISH CYCLING 67
BMX RACING
B2.3.1.4. If a photo finish system is utilised, each cycle B3.2.1. All regional racing linked to British
entered into the Event must display a lateral Championships qualification;
number plate/sticker located just behind the
steer tube. The number shall be black with a B3.2.2. Home Country and Regional Championships;
white background. The height of the number and
must be a minimum of 8cm with a width of
1cm and with a gap of 1cm between numbers. B3.2.3. British National Championships.
These numbers must match that on the front
plate and be on both sides of the bike and not B3.3. The following categories of Events are only
folded or curved. No other logo, graphics or available to riders who hold a Silver or Gold
colour is allowed within the number area of the Membership and Racing Licence:
plate. All prefixes and suffixes must be the
same size as above, i.e. W1 and not w1. B3.3.1. National Series Events;
B2.3.1.5. The required background colour must be B3.3.2. International events; and
clearly visible around and in between all
numbers used. The background colour must B3.3.3. Any other event that specifies a licence
not be cut down to follow the contours of a requirement.
number but may be cut to follow the design of
the number plate or to form one straight line B4. AGE CATEGORIES
defining the edge of the background. No other
markings or age stickers are permitted within B4.1. The following age categories for participating in
the coloured background. Outside of the Events shall apply:
designated colour background and class
sticker the rider is free to add sponsor or Club
CHALLENGE CLASSES: STANDARD 20” CYCLES
logos.
CATEGORY QUALIFICATION
B2.3.2. Audio equipment From date of 4th birthday until 31
6 and under
December of year in which 6th birthday falls
B2.3.2.1. Any use of radio links or other audio equipment 7 Year in which 7th birthday falls
by the riders is not permitted.
8 Year in which 8th birthday falls
B2.3.3. Helmets 9 Year in which 9th birthday falls
B2.3.3.1. Helmets must be of full-face construction
equipped with a visor peak measuring at least 11 Year in which 11th birthday falls
10cm. 12 Year in which 12th birthday falls
B2.3.3.2. Any added aerodynamic accessories on
helmets are not permitted. 14 Year in which 14th birthday falls
B3. RIDER ELIGIBILITY AND
ENTRY PROCEDURES
From 1st January of year in which 17th
B3.1. The following categories of Events are available 17-24 birthday falls until 31 December of year in
which 24th birthday falls
to any rider with or without Membership:
B3.1.1. Club Races; 25-29 birthday falls until 31 December of year in
B3.1.2. Winter regionals; and From 1st January of year in which 30th
Master (30-39) birthday falls until 31 December of year in
B3.1.3. Novice racing at all regionals.
Veteran (40+)
B3.2. The following categories of Events are only birthday falls
available to riders who hold a Silver or Gold
Membership:
68 2020 HANDBOOK
CHALLENGE CLASSES: CRUISER 24” CYCLES B5. ABILITY CATEGORIES,
CATEGORY QUALIFICATION EVENT CLASSIFICATION
AND LICENCE POINTS
9-12 birthday falls until 31 December of year in
which 12th birthday falls B5.1. Ability Categories
13-14 birthday falls until 31 December of year in B5.1.1. The following ability categories shall apply:
B5.1.1.1. Championship comprising Elite, Junior or other
15-16 birthday falls until 31 December of year in male and female categories specified by the
which 16th birthday falls Federation from time to time;
17-29 birthday falls until 31 December of year in B5.1.1.2. Challenge comprising all other categories; and
B5.1.1.3. Novice at Home Country and Regional level
30-34 birthday falls until 31 December of year in (where available) and Club level.
B5.1.2. Once a rider has competed in a Challenge
Category at Home Country, Regional or British
which 39th birthday falls national level, the rider may not compete as a
Novice from that point forward.
which 44th birthday falls B5.1.3. At British national level, a rider cannot ride in
both Championship and Challenge levels during
45-49 birthday falls until 31 December of year in the same Event on the same type of cycle.
B5.2. Event Classification
50+
birthday falls
B5.2.1. INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
CHAMPIONSHIP CLASSES: STANDARD 20” CYCLES B5.3. Licence Points

CATEGORY QUALIFICATION
B5.3.1. The relevant Licence Points awarded at certain
From 1st January of year in which 17th Events are outlined in Appendix B1.and
Junior birthday falls until 31 December of year in Appendix B2.
From 1st January of Year in which 19th B5.3.2. For ranking Events where categories are
Elite
birthday falls amalgamated into one Race, only one set of
points will be awarded. The age/ability
B4.2. Separate categories are recognised for male categories will not be split out but riders will
and female competitors in each age band. A receive points in their own category. Ranking
rider must have reached their fourth birthday to points do not always follow the same points
be eligible to compete in a BMX Event. table as series points. Ranking points recognise
an overall finish position, whereas software
B4.3. The maximum advised combined age range for generated Race results may take Moto results
riders 16 years or below is four years. For into account.
example, 6-9, 8-11, 10-13.
B5.3.3. A rider’s best 12 results will count towards their
B4.4. Riders in their 15th and 16th year may be end of season national ranking.
granted dispensation to race against riders in
their 17th year or older by the Organiser, race B5.3.4. Licence Points shall not be carried from one
series committee or, in the case of Year to another.
Championship level, by the Federation.
BRITISH CYCLING 69
BMX RACING
B6. OFFICIALS
B7.1.5. Contact
B6.1. Each Event shall have: B7.1.5.1. A rider shall not cause any part of their person
or cycle to come into contact with another
B6.1.1. an Administrator; rider’s person or cycle during a Race with the
intention of impeding that rider’s progress so as
B6.1.2. a Commissaire Panel of sufficient number to to overtake them or cause them to be
ensure all parts of the track are appropriately overtaken by another rider.
supervised;
B7.1.6. Obstruction on the final straight
B6.1.3. a Start Commissaire;
B7.1.6.1. The lead rider shall have the right to choose
B6.1.4. Starting Hill Officials; their line on the track and through the corners.
When on the final straight, however, the lead
B6.1.5. Staging Officials; and rider shall not deliberately obstruct another rider
from passing.
B6.1.6. Finish Line Control Area Officials.
B7.1.7. Team Riding
B7. INFRINGEMENTS
B7.1.7.1. Team riding or helping other riders to gain a
B7.1. Infringements described in this Regulation will higher finishing position is prohibited.
be determined by the Commissaire Panel. If
necessary, the Officials will determine whether B7.1.8. Third Person Interference
an infringement was caused deliberately or not.
An infringement is considered to be caused B7.1.8.1. Team Managers, parents or others in the
deliberately if it could have been avoided. company of a rider shall not interfere with an
Event.
B7.1.1. Failure to adopt the correct bike position on the
start gate. The front wheel must be placed B7.2. In the event of an infringement of these
against the gate, be grounded and remain Regulations, the Commissaire Panel may
stationary during the starter’s call. All riders impose the following penalties:
must start in the designated gate position.
B7.2.1. Official warning. A rider may receive an official
B7.1.2. Deliberate Interference verbal warning for certain misconduct. The first
warning issued to a rider at an Event carries no
B7.1.2.1. If an infraction or interference could have been specific penalty other than the advice of the
avoided, and is caused, the Officials may warning. However, the issuing of a subsequent
determine it as being deliberate. Deliberate warning for the same, or any other offence, in
interference between two or more riders will be the same Event will result in the rider’s
penalised. disqualification from the Event.
B7.1.3. Deliberate Forcing off the Track B7.2.2. Disqualification of a rider. A rider may be
disqualified and thereby barred from further
B7.1.3.1. A rider must not force another rider off the track participation in either the competition category
deliberately. in which the infringement occurred or the entire
Event.
B7.1.4. Track Re-Entrance
B7.3. Protests
B7.1.4.1. Any rider who leaves the course during a Race
must, regardless of the circumstances, re-enter B7.3.1. A protest may be filed by a rider for any of the
the course at the nearest safe point. following:
B7.1.4.2. The rider shall not interfere with the progress of B7.3.1.1. The classification of a rider; and/or
any other rider or cut the course in order to
gain an advantage. B7.3.1.2. The scoring of a rider.
70 2020 HANDBOOK
BMX RACING
B7.3.2. Protests by riders regarding judgment decisions B8.5. The results of categories with eight or fewer
during a competition are not allowed. riders will be determined over the number of
Commissaires in charge shall make decisions Motos plus one (Grand Prix Format).
on the spot through the Chief Commissaire in
case of any incidents or irregularities occurring B8.6. A BMX Event is comprised of three phases: the
during the competition. Motos; the Qualifiers; and the Final.
B7.3.3. Any rider wishing to make a protest shall do so B8.7. BMX track dimensions shall be as described in
to the Administrator within 10 minutes of Appendix B3. The track must be of a compact,
publication of the full results. The Commissaire closed looped design.
Panel will conduct an investigation and render a
decision within reasonable time. B8.8. Regulations of Competition
B7.3.4. If a clear decision cannot be determined from B8.8.1. Practice

the applicable scoring system during one of the
three qualifying Motos, both riders will be B8.8.1.1. No rider will be permitted on the track on
scored with the better ranked finishing position. competition day until they have been officially
For example: a protest between fourth place registered for the Event and the Chief
and fifth place finishing position would in the Commissaire allows it.
case of a tied decision ultimately give both
riders fourth place finish in that particular Race. B8.8.1.2. At least one official practice session must
precede the racing at any Event. Separate
B7.3.5. When protesting a transferring position, a rider practice times shall be allocated to each class
must do so prior to that rider’s next round of or other designated group. Each group shall be
racing. A protest against a rider’s position in the given sufficient time to allow all its riders to
Final must be filed within 15 minutes of the complete at least four laps including practice
completion of racing. gate starts. Each rider is responsible for making
the best use of the time available for practice.
B7.3.6. If a protested Race is not available via finish line
equipment for viewing due to system failure, B8.8.2. Staging and Gate Positions
the score sheets will determine the finish
position of the Race. B8.8.2.1. The gate starting positions shall be determined
by a randomised computer generated order for
B8. GENERAL COMPETITION the Motos. For all subsequent rounds, the
PROVISIONS starting position will depend on the riders’
finishing position in the previous round.
B8.1. For each Event or Series and before registration
commences, the minimum number of B8.8.2.2. All riders must start in their designated gate
registered riders that constitutes a class shall positions. The penalty for starting from any
be published. other gate position is disqualification.
B8.2. If less than the minimum number of riders B8.8.2.3. It is each rider’s responsibility to be in the
register for a category, they may be combined staging area and on the gate at the appropriate
with another suitable category. If a category times.
cannot be combined with another category as
a result of these Regulations, it shall not take B8.8.3. The Start
place.
B8.8.3.1. A BMX Race shall be started using a voice box.
B8.3. If the minimum number of riders are registered,
the category will be run even if less than that B8.8.3.2. Where an electronic starting gate is used in
number of riders present themselves for racing. combination with a voice box, the recorded
commands of the voice box must be as
B8.4. All categories with nine or more riders will follows:
eventually transfer to a Final, which shall
determine the final result. B8.8.3.2.1 Stage 1: “OK Riders, Random Start”; and
B8.8.3.2.2 Stage 2: “Riders Ready - Watch the Gate.
BRITISH CYCLING 71
BMX RACING
B8.8.3.3. Only in stage 1 can the start be held by the B8.8.5.1.3 RED FLAG: Riders on the track should stop
Starter. The Starter shall recommence with immediately and return to the starting gate to
stage 1 of the call. await further instruction.
B8.8.3.4. The requirements for a voice box and an B8.8.6 Transfers and Scoring
electronic starting system shall be as described
in the UCI Regulations. B8.8.6.1 In the Motos, for each heat in which a rider
competes, they shall receive a point score
B8.8.3.5. If a Race is stopped by Officials before its equal to their finish position in the heat, with the
conclusion, the riders in the Race must return rider in first place earning one point and so on
to the starting line immediately and await down to the eighth place rider, who will receive
instructions. eight points.
B8.8.3.6. A restart must be signalled by the Chief B8.8.6.2 During the Motos, riders scored with an invalid
Commissaire or his designated assistant. A results mark will receive a score for that heat in
re-run of a Moto, Qualifier round or Final shall accordance with B8.8.6.1. The riders with the
take place only if, in the opinion of the Chief lowest total points earned in the Motos transfer
Commissaire, the running of the original Race to the next stage of competition. In the
has been adversely affected by interference in Qualifiers, the top four riders will transfer to the
the start procedure or interference by a next stage of the Qualifiers. In the Semi-Finals,
spectator, animal or other outside agency. the top four riders will transfer to the Final.
B8.8.4. Finish B8.8.6.3 An invalid results mark will be one of the

following:
B8.8.4.1. A rider shall have finished at the moment when
the tyre of the leading wheel touches the B8.8.6.3.1 Did Not Finish (“DNF”): A rider who starts but
vertical plane rising from the leading edge of does not complete a heat or run will be
the finish line. The rider must be in contact with recorded as “DNF” and will receive a score
his bike at this time. equal to the number of riders who started the
heat. This rider will be eligible to transfer to the
B8.8.4.2. In a Final, at least two riders need to cross the next stage of competition if their points allow. A
finish line for a Race to be valid. rider can also be classed as DNF if assistance
is required before finishing.
B8.8.4.3. In case the Race is not declared valid, a restart
with a minimum of three riders must commence B8.8.6.3.2 Relegation (“REL”): A rider who starts but has
within 15 minutes. In the case of no restart, the been relegated by the Commissaires’ Panel will
times or results for the Semi-final shall be be recorded as “REL” and will receive a score
declared the final result. In the case of a equal to the number of riders who started the
cancellation prior to the Final, the results of the heat, plus two. This rider will be eligible to
previous stage shall be declared the final transfer to the next stage of competition if their
results. points allow.
B8.8.5. Course Signals B8.8.6.3.3 Did Not Start (“DNS”): A rider who fails to start
in a heat will be scored as “DNS”. For the
B8.8.5.1. Flags of the colours listed below are used by purposes of determining their transfer eligibility,
track Officials as a means of communicating a rider will be awarded two more points than
with each other and to riders on the track. the number of riders on the start list for that
These flags have the following meanings: heat.
B8.8.5.1.1 GREEN FLAG: The course is unobstructed and B8.8.6.4 The rider will be ineligible to transfer from the
racing can proceed. Motos to the next stage of competition if they
are scored as DNS two or more times.
B8.8.5.1.2 YELLOW FLAG: The course is obstructed and
racers should be held at the gate.
72 2020 HANDBOOK
B8.8.6.5 If one or more riders fail to start in the Final they B9.4. Where there are at least three entries, a British
shall be declared as a DNS and shall be ranked National Championship jersey shall be awarded
in last place. In the Final, DNF shall be ranked to the winner, and medals of British National
before relegated riders and the latter before Championship design shall be presented as
DNS riders. In case of multiple DNFs, relegated follows:
riders or DNSs in the Final, the tiebreaker
(within each group) shall be the position in the
NUMBER OF ENTRIES MEDALS
previous heat.
8 or more Gold, silver and bronze
B8.8.6.6 In the case of Moto rotation format, where a tie 6 or 7 Gold and silver
occurs in transferring or award positions, the tie
will be decided by the riders best finish in the 3 to 5 Gold
preceding Qualifiers. The next tie breaker shall
be in descending order i.e. third, second, first B10. HOME COUNTRY AND REGIONAL
Moto finish result then, if applicable, time trial CHAMPIONSHIPS
results or staged lap. Alternatively, a tie breaker
“Run Off” Race shall be held with the result B10.1. INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
deciding which riders move to the next stage of
competition.
B8.8.6.7 In the case of Grand Prix format, where a tie

occurs for award positions, the tie will be
decided by the riders place in the fourth Moto.
B9. BRITISH NATIONAL

CHAMPIONSHIPS
B9.1. British National Championships shall be open

to Silver and Gold Members who are citizens of
the United Kingdom and dependent Territories,
the Isle of Man, or the Channel Islands. Riders
must hold a valid UCI-recognised licence
has been issued at least 28 days prior to the
Event. If resident in another country the rider
must hold a United Kingdom passport and
must not, in the same Year, have competed in
the national championship of any other UCI
affiliated national federation.
B9.2. The list of entries shall be published as soon as

After the list of entries has been published, no
B9.3. Where the number of entrants is less than

three, a British National Championship shall not
British National Championships restricted by
the Federation may choose to combine one or
more adjacent categories to create a new
British National Championship Event where the
number of entries exceeds this limit.
BRITISH CYCLING 73
BMX RACING
APPENDIX B1 – NATIONAL RANKING POINTS

International A Olympic Games, Elite/Junior World Championships

International B SX World Cup, Elite/Junior European Championships, Challenge World Championships
National A British Championships, Championship/Elite Men National Series
National Series Challenge Categories, Other UCI Elite/Junior events, UEC European
National B
Challenges Series
Regional A Regional Championships, Ability Categories at Regional Events
Regional B Summer Regional Series Events
Regional C Winter Regional Series Events, Scottish Regional Series, Other Ranking Events
APPENDIX B2 – LICENCE POINTS

INTERNATIONAL B
INTERNATIONAL B
INTERNATIONAL A
INTERNATIONAL A
REGIONAL B
REGIONAL C
REGIONAL A
NATIONAL C
NATIONAL B
NATIONAL B
NATIONAL A
NATIONAL A
POSITION
POSITION
1st 600 300 112 100 60 40 20 26th 130 65 17 15 5

2nd 520 260 100 90 50 34 18 27th 120 60 16 14 4
3rd 440 220 90 80 45 30 16 28th 110 55 15 13 3
4th 400 200 84 75 40 26 14 29th 100 50 14 12 2
5th 380 190 78 70 37 23 12 30th 96 48 13 11 1
6th 360 180 72 65 34 20 10 31st 92 46 12 10
7th 340 170 66 60 32 18 9 32nd 88 44 11 9
8th 320 160 62 56 30 16 8 33rd 84 42 10 8
9th 300 150 58 52 28 14 7 34th 80 40 9 7
10th 290 145 54 48 26 12 6 35th 76 38 8 6
11th 280 140 50 45 24 10 5 36th 72 36 7 5
12th 270 135 47 42 23 9 4 37th 68 34 6 4
13th 260 130 43 39 22 8 3 38th 64 32 5 3
14th 250 125 40 36 21 7 2 39th 60 30 4 2
15th 240 120 36 33 20 6 1 40th 56 28 3 1
16th 230 115 33 30 19 5 41st 52 26
17th 220 110 31 28 18 4 42nd 48 24
18th 210 105 29 26 16 3 43rd 46 23
19th 200 100 27 24 14 2 44th 44 22
20th 190 95 24 22 12 1 45th 42 21
21st 180 90 22 20 10 46th 40 20
22nd 170 85 21 19 9 47th 38 19
23rd 160 80 20 18 8 48th 36 18
24th 150 75 19 17 7 49th 34 17
25th 140 70 18 16 6 50th 32 16
74 2020 HANDBOOK
BMX RACING
APPENDIX B3 – TRACK DIMENSIONS
NATIONAL
EUROPEAN SERIES NATIONAL REGIONAL OTHER
CHAMPS
Total Track
300m – 400m 200m – 400m N/A
length
Height - 2.5m+ Appropriate
Height – 1.5m+
Width - 10m to the start
Height - 5m+ Width - 8m
Start Hill 0.5m+ clear gate width,
Width - 8m+ 0.5m+ either side
space either side approximately
of lanes 1 & 8
of lanes 1 & 8 1m per rider
Start - 10m Start - 10m Start - 10m Appropriate to
Start - 10m
Width of Track Other straights Other straights Other straights the start gate
Other straights - 6m
- 6m - 5m+ - 4m+ width
Turn 1 - 8m+ Dimensions
Turn 1 - 8m+ Turn 1 - 8m+ Turn 1 - 8m+
Width of Turns Other turns - may reduce
Other turns - 6m Other turns - 6m Other turns - 5m
4m+ accordingly
Number of
Minimum of 4 N/A
Straights
Minimum 3 – must be paved,
Minimum of 3 N/A
Number of Turns tarmac or concrete
50cm +. The gate should not have a greater angle than 90 degrees with
Start Gate
the slope of the ramp which supports the cycles’ wheels when they are
Height
in their starting position.
Approximately
Start Gate Width 8m wide. The gate should be 50cm high and slip resistant.
1m per rider
Initial Incline
12m+ 6m+
from Start Gate
First Straight Championship - 70m
40m 30m N/A
Length Challenge - 60m
Gate to 1st jump
– 20m
Distance to Gate to 1st jump Gate to 1st jump
1st straight distance N/A
Obstacles – 20m – 15m
between jumps – 10m
Other straights – 5m
The boundary
of the track
White Lines marking
Markings and alternative
the track edge
sections shall be
clearly identified
Finish Line Straight line 4cm in width, painted in black in the middle of a white
Markings line 24cm in width.
(10m x 8m) x 2
Staging (10m x 8m) x 1
1 should be covered
Varies,
Space for dependent upon
3000 people 2000 people
Spectators the size of the
event
Distance to
Track for 2m+
Spectators
Lights Yes N/A
Varies,
250 cars, 175 dependent upon
Parking Spaces 750 N/A
camping units the size of the
event
Drainage Yes If possible
BRITISH CYCLING 75
NOTES
NOTES
76 2020 HANDBOOK
CYCLE SPEEDWAY
C Y C L E S P E E D WAY T E C H N I C A L R E G U L AT I O N S
Contents
1 Application 78
4 Age Categories 78
6 Officials 79
7 Race Infringements 79
11 Specific Competition Provisions – Cycle Speedway Cup Play-Offs 90
12 Specific Competition Provisions – British National Leagues 90
13 Specific Competition Provisions – British Youth and Junior League 90
14 Specific Competition Provisions – International Championships 92
Appendix
1 Appendix S1 93
2 Racing Formulae 94
BRITISH CYCLING 77
CYCLE SPEEDWAY
S1. APPLICATION
S2.1.10. Gear checks must be performed on the

equipment of all riders subject to gear
S1.1. These Cycle Speedway Regulations, together restrictions. Supplementary gear checks may
with the General Regulations, shall apply to and take place after the Event.
bind any individual who participates (whether
personally or through another individual), S2.2. Clothing
organises or officiates in any Cycle Speedway
Event. S2.2.1. All riders must be clothed from the neck down.
S2. CYCLES, CLOTHING AND S2.2.2. Members of a Team must be uniformly dressed.
EQUIPMENT Uniform shall be taken to mean that jerseys
shall be identical in colour. All clothing must be
S2.1. Cycles in good condition.
S2.1.1. The following cycles only are eligible for use in S2.2.3. Racing colours must be worn in all Events.
Cycle Speedway Events held under the
Technical Regulations: S2.2.4. Organisers may permit riders to wear clothing
in contravention of S2.2.2 and S2.2.3 in certain
S2.1.1.1. For bicycle Events - any two-wheeled one-track Home Country, Regional, local or junior Events.
cycle carrying one rider.
S2.2.5. Each jersey shall have two parallel Velcro strips
S2.1.2. Any cycle used in Cycle Speedway Events held across the back to allow the identification
under the Technical Regulations must operate numbers to be applied.
wholly through the motive power of its rider.
S2.3. Equipment
S2.1.3. All cycles shall have their wheels securely
fastened to their frames, with their tyres firmly S2.3.1. All accessories must be securely fastened and
secured. any equipment that is not essential for racing
purposes must be removed.
S2.1.4. Handlebar ends shall be plugged, not merely
covered by tape, and other projections shall be S2.3.2. Helmets must not have peaks.
protected as far as possible.
S2.3.3. If protective headgear is removed, undone or
S2.1.5. Wheel spindles must not protrude more than loosened during a Race or before returning to
18mm outside the forks. Not more than 6 mm the Pits, the rider may be subject to Exclusion.
of thread shall be exposed beyond the
wheelnut with only one wheelnut allowed each S2.3.4. The identification numbers shall be of a size
side of the spindle on the outside of the fork. 170mm high by 140mm wide. The rider’s name
may also be displayed.
S2.1.6. Chain tensioners shall be permitted provided
that spikes are ground flat and that the thread S2.3.5. Identification numbers must be securely
does not protrude more than 6mm. Tyres and attached, not folded, obscured or altered and
pedals must not contain any additional fittings, displayed in accordance with Organiser
e.g. studs. instructions.
S2.1.7. A spare uncovered sprocket on the rear wheel S3. RIDER ELIGIBILITY AND ENTRY
is permitted. PROCEDURES
S2.1.8. Riders must not change cycles during a Race S3.1. INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
except when there is a re-start or a re-run.
S4. AGE CATEGORIES
S2.1.9. All cycles to be used in a Match shall be
thoroughly examined by the Chief Commissaire S4.1. Age categories shall be in accordance with the
in the Pits before the Match and briefly checked requirements for the Event.
by the Chief Commissaire at the starting area
rest line before each Event.
78 2020 HANDBOOK
S5. ABILITY CATEGORIES,
S7.1.1.1.1. When riders are deemed to have purposely
EVENT CLASSIFICATION crossed the boundaries of the track with both
AND LICENCE POINTS wheels to gain a re-run or positional advantage.
S5.1. Ability Categories S7.1.1.1.2. If the boundaries are crossed through the
actions of another rider or in the interests of
S5.1.1. INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK safety, such riders must return to the track at
the earliest opportunity.
S5.2. Event Classification
S7.1.1.2. Obstruction
S5.2.1. No Event may be styled as a championship
(except a Club or association championship) S7.1.1.2.1. Cutting across the path of another rider who is
without the approval of the Federation, Home less than one cycle length in front.
Country or Region concerned.
S7.1.1.2.2. Deliberately slowing down to affect the position
S5.3. Licence Points of the riders following.
S5.3.1. INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK S7.1.1.2.3. Deliberately placing their feet on their own back
tyres to slow their cycles.
S6. OFFICIALS
S7.1.1.2.4. Placing themselves or their cycles in such a
S6.1. Chief Commissaires must be Members before position as to impede other riders.
appointment to any official Event. It is the
responsibility of the Event Organiser to ensure S7.1.1.2.5. Drifting an opponent to the extremities of the
the eligibility of the Chief Commissaire. circuit by steering a course which, in the Chief
Commissaire’s opinion, is not commensurate
S6.2. Any National A grade Chief Commissaire may with reasonable competitive requirements.
take into the track a Trainee Commissaire for
instruction. S7.1.1.2.6. Team riding with another rider, whether in the
same Team or not, in an individual event. Both
S6.3. The Trainee Commissaire shall not be permitted riders shall be excluded.
to make any decisions regarding Events unless
the Chief Commissaire has obtained the S7.1.1.2.7. Using the tactics of boring, hooking or legging.
permission of both Team Managers prior to the
Event. S7.1.1.2.8. Using undue force during a Race, particularly
from the start line to the first bend of a track.
S6.4. The Federation, a Home Country or a Region
may permit the use of a second Commissaire S7.1.1.3. Dangerous riding
for certain Events. In such instances the
appointing body will determine which of the two S7.1.1.3.1. Any rider considered by the Chief Commissaire
Commissaires shall be the senior and therefore to be riding dangerously.
who shall have final responsibility for decisions
made. S7.1.1.4. Remounting
S7. RACE INFRINGEMENTS S7.1.1.4.1. When riders take more than two steps with
their cycles. They shall be deemed remounted
S7.1. Exclusions when they are astride their cycles.
S7.1.1. Riders shall be excluded if, during the course of S7.1.1.4.2. Riders within half a lap of the finish of the Race
a Race, the Chief Commissaire considers they are permitted to run or walk with their cycles,
have committed any of the following or similar provided they do not obstruct other riders and
behaviours (not an exhaustive list): keep their cycles on the circuit.
S7.1.1.1. Crossing the boundaries S7.1.1.5. Outside assistance
S7.1.1.5.1. Any rider receiving outside assistance during a

Race must be excluded.
BRITISH CYCLING 79
CYCLE SPEEDWAY
S7.1.1.6. Disorderly conduct S7.2.4.4. Serious disorderly conduct
S7.1.1.6.1. Any rider guilty of disorderly conduct or dissent S7.2.4.4.1. Any rider or Team member who shows dissent
must be excluded and full details reported to after warning, enters the track without
the Disciplinary Officer. permission, makes physical or verbal threats or
instigates fighting.
S7.1.1.7. Being lapped
S7.2.4.5. Perverting the course of a Match
S7.1.1.7.1. Riders shall be deemed lapped if they are in
last position and, in the opinion of the Chief S7.2.4.5.1. Any rider who purposely favours one team to
Commissaire, are interfering with the course of the detriment of another, by adopting tactics
other riders. that are not commensurate with reasonable
competitive requirements in a multi-Team
S7.1.2. Excluded riders must immediately withdraw Match.
from the track without impeding other riders.
S7.2.5. A rider, Team member or Club member who
S7.2. Match Bans and Penalties receives a Match ban shall leave the area of the
track and Pits immediately and take no further
S7.2.1. Riders and their Team members may be given part in the Match whatsoever.
Match bans.
S7.2.6. A rider, Team member, Club member in receipt
S7.2.2. A Match ban comprises the remainder of the of a Match ban may be subject to further
Match in which the ban is imposed and the disciplinary action. The associated Club may
next Match in the same competition. Where it also be subject to such disciplinary action.
would not have been possible to have
participated in further rounds of that S7.2.7. In cases of dissent or abuse towards Officials,
competition in that Year, the ban shall apply to the Chief Commissaire is permitted to operate
the first potential Match in the same a red and yellow card penalty system. When
competition in the following Year. operating the system, the Chief Commissaire
shall raise the appropriate card in a single
S7.2.3. A rider or Team member receiving a Match ban gesture in the direction of the offending
shall also incur a fine as scheduled in Appendix individual. Where a card is presented, the Chief
S1. The rider shall be suspended until the fine Commissaire shall write the name and Club of
is paid. the offending individual(s) on the card. This card
must be sent to the Federation with the Chief
S7.2.4. A rider or their Team member may receive a Commissaire’s Match report.
Match ban if the Chief Commissaire considers
they have committed any of the following or S7.2.8. The issuing of a yellow card shall be regarded
similar behaviours (not an exhaustive list): as a warning and shall also incur a fine in
accordance with Appendix S1. A single yellow
S7.2.4.1. Persistent Exclusion card issued to an individual in a Match shall not
be carried over to the next Match.
S7.2.4.1.1. Any rider who incurs two Exclusions during a
Match for the use of force, obstruction or S7.2.9. In the case of a more serious incident of dissent
dangerous riding. or abuse, or when two yellow cards are issued
to an individual in the same Match, a red card
S7.2.4.2. Malicious foul riding must be issued. An individual in receipt of a red
card must be subject to a Match ban pursuant
S7.2.4.2.1. A rider who uses blatant foul tactics inflicting to S7.2.1 to S7.2.4.
injury to an opponent or damage to their
equipment. S7.2.10. The issuing of a red or yellow card to a rider or
Team member in a Team Event shall result in
S7.2.4.3. Offensive or foul language the deduction of four points from the offending
Team’s Match score.
S7.2.4.3.1. A rider or Team member judged to be guilty of
using offensive language.
80 2020 HANDBOOK
CYCLE SPEEDWAY
S7.2.11. The issuing of a red or yellow card to a rider in S8.2.5. A rider may ride for another Club on loan in
an individual competition shall result in the Events not involving their primary Club. Any
deduction of four race points from the offending such arrangement shall only be permitted with
rider’s Match score. the prior permission of the secondary league(s)
involved and both Clubs. A rider loan form must
S7.2.12. The Chief Commissaire’s decision relating to be completed and forwarded to the relevant
disciplinary matters shall be final. Home County or Regional league manager for
approval before the published date set by the
S8. GENERAL COMPETITION Home Country or Region. Rider loans are not
PROVISIONS permitted for British National League or
Championship Events.
S8.1. Organiser
S8.3. Licences
S8.1.1. The host Club must appoint an Organiser who
must be responsible for the overall organisation S8.3.1. A valid Provisional or Racing Licence must be
of the Event. produced before a rider is permitted to
compete in any Event registered with the
S8.1.2. The host Club is responsible for appointment of Federation.
all Officials for all Events except for British
national Events or where appointed by the S8.3.2. Riders must purchase a Day Licence if
competition organising body. competing under the provisions of S8.2.3.
S8.2. Rider Registration S8.3.3. The Day Licence is available for Club
Championships for Under 12s, females and
S8.2.1. For the purposes of Club Events, all riders must Over 40s. In such cases, a Federation
be registered with a Club affiliated to the Membership application for that rider must also
Federation. be received by the Federation within seven
days of that Championship. Failure to achieve
S8.2.2. A rider’s registration can only be transferred to this may result in the disqualification of the Club
another Club by completion of the approved in question from the result of this competition.
Cycle Speedway Commission transfer form,
endorsed by both Clubs concerned and S8.4. Eligibility to Compete
forwarded with the appropriate fee to the
Federation for approval. However, a Member S8.4.1. Both Teams must submit their pairings to the
whose Membership under S8.2.1 has lapsed Chief Commissaire at least 20 minutes prior to
for a minimum continuous period of three Years the declared starting time and no alterations
is permitted to register with a different Club shall be permitted thereafter.
without restriction.
S8.4.2. Riders should be in the Pits and ready for
S8.2.3. Clubs may register new riders on the day of an racing 20 minutes prior to the declared starting
Event, subject to S8.2.2. Once a rider has time. Riders who fail to present themselves to
registered for a Club in this way, this will be the Pits at this time shall be liable for Exclusion
considered their Club for the remainder of that from the Event. Under exceptional
Year. Club secretaries shall be responsible for circumstances, Chief Commissaires shall have
ensuring that the registration is filed with the the authority to delay the start time of the
Federation no later than seven days after the Event.
Event. This Day Licence is not available at
British National Championship Events, with the S8.4.3. In individual Events, any reserves who are
exception of those Club championships for present and ready for racing shall take the
Under 12s, females and Over 40s categories, place of riders who are not in the Pits by the
where the provisions of S8.3.3 shall also apply. required time. They shall be selected by the
drawing of lots. Riders arriving later than 20
S8.2.4. Riders who have transferred from one Club to minutes prior to the declared starting time, but
another during the Year shall represent their before the starting time, may only take their
new Club in individual Events. place in the Event if there are still vacancies
after the inclusion of reserves. In this case the
rider must take their original place in the
BRITISH CYCLING 81
CYCLE SPEEDWAY
programme and any reserve allocated should S8.6.2. If there is only one rider starting in a Race, four
be re-allocated to one of the vacant places by points shall be awarded immediately if the rider
the drawing of lots. In the event of late arrivals arrives at the appropriate starting position with
arriving simultaneously but with less than that their cycle, appropriately dressed and ready to
number of vacancies available, then the start the Event on time.
available places will be allocated by the drawing
of lots. S8.7. Presence in Pits
S8.4.4. For inter-Home Country and/or inter-Regional S8.7.1. Under no circumstances must any person be
Events, the designation of a rider’s entitlement allowed in the Pits during the course of the
to compete for a Home Country or Region will Match other than the competing riders and
be dictated by the location of that rider’s approved Team members and Officials. Riders
primary registered Cycle Speedway Club or the and Team members must not leave the Pits
Home Country or Region in which that rider during a Match without gaining permission from
resides. the Pits Marshal.
S8.5. Number of Laps S8.8. Starting Positions
S8.5.1. All racing shall be in an anti-clockwise direction S8.8.1. In no circumstances shall more than four riders
and shall be over four laps except: compete in any Race.
S8.5.1.1. Racing shall be over three laps in Events S8.8.2. In a Team Match the Chief Commissaire shall
exclusively for Under 8 and Under 10 riders; toss the coin and the visiting captain shall make
and the call. The winner shall have a choice of 1
and 3 or 2 and 4 as starting positions in the first
S8.5.1.2. If there are only two riders, both of the same heat, the positions thereafter alternating
Team, starting a Race within a Team Match, throughout the Event. The riders starting from
only one lap shall be completed. positions 1 and 3 shall take up their starting
positions first and shall not change them. In
S8.5.2. In second-team or combination Matches where individual Events and four-team Events,
Under 10s are riding against older competitors, positions shall be described in the programme.
there shall be no Exclusion of Under 10s for
being lapped provided they are adjudged to not S8.8.3. Where a Run-Off proves necessary the starting
be interfering with the Race. Riders must positions must be determined as follows:
complete the full Race laps for points to be
awarded. It is the responsibility of the Team S8.8.3.1. Two riders: by the toss of a coin, the winner
Manager to make Chief Commissaires aware of choosing any position and their opponent
riders eligible under this provision. taking the position which leaves one vacant
grid between the two riders;
S8.6. Method of Scoring
S8.8.3.2. Three or four riders: by a draw of four
S8.6.1. Scoring in all Races must be as follows: numbered lots; and
S8.6.1.1. First - four points; S8.8.3.3. Five or more riders: a series of Races shall be
run to eliminate the appropriate number of tied
S8.6.1.2. Second - three points; riders.
S8.6.1.3. Third - two points; S8.8.4. In the event of a re-run all riders must assume
their original starting positions of the Race.
S8.6.1.4. Fourth - one point;
S8.8.5. In league Matches, other than combination
S8.6.1.5. Non-finishers - zero points; and fixtures, a Team 12 or more points in arrears
after heat five may claim the choice of starting
S8.6.1.6. Excluded riders - zero points. positions until such a time as that Team is less
than 12 points in arrears whereupon the
positions will then revert to the original gate
82 2020 HANDBOOK
positions. Team Managers wishing to claim S8.10.2. The starting marshal must not take part in any
start positions must notify the Chief communication with the riders approaching the
Commissaire via the Pits Marshal before the grids.
Chief Commissaire has sounded his whistle to
call the riders to the start. No claim for the S8.10.3. Riders shall not encroach the centre green on
choice of starting positions shall be allowed the way to the start. Riders must not change
after the Chief Commissaire’s whistle has been positions once at the rest line.
blown.
S8.10.4. Brushes, rags, water or other materials for
S8.9. Time Limits cleaning tyres must not be brought to the
starting grid.
S8.9.1. The Chief Commissaire must, after ensuring
that the track is clear of obstructions and that S8.10.5. Under the direction of the Chief Commissaire
no additional time is required, indicate that all the riders must move forward to within 25mm
riders have one minute in which to reach the of the tapes, positioning both wheels between
starting area rest line by one sharp blast on a the parallel lines in the starting positions.
whistle.
S8.10.6. When the Chief Commissaire is satisfied that all
S8.9.2. A second blast shall denote the expiry of time riders are ready, riders shall be asked to steady
and the automatic Exclusion of any rider(s) not themselves and then given the command under
at the rest line. Reserves are not allowed to starter’s orders. The riders must then look
replace riders excluded from the Race for straight ahead and watch the tapes. The
exceeding the time limit. Starter shall face away from the gates and
release the tapes between two and five
S8.9.3. A rider who has two consecutive Races shall seconds after the Chief Commissaire’s
be allowed three extra minutes. command, varying the time from Race to Race.
S8.9.4. If a rider requires an extension of time, the rider S8.10.7. When an electrically operated starting gate is
or Team Manager must, via the Pits Marshal, being used the Starter must operate the release
contact the Chief Commissaire who may grant mechanism, facing away from the riders.
one extra minute. A valid reason must be
provided for this request and it must be made S8.10.8. Riders must be excluded if, after the command
before the Chief Commissaire has sounded the “under starter’s orders”, they allow their cycle or
signal for the start of the final minute. person to move or deliberately cause a
distraction to other riders before the tapes rise.
S8.9.5. Where the Chief Commissaire grants an extra
minute, the normal time allowance must elapse S8.10.9. Chief Commissaires shall use their discretion if
before the signal for the final minute is given. there is distinct noise around the starting area
or adverse weather conditions which may affect
S8.9.6. In any cases of extreme injury or cycle damage, the start of an Event.
the Chief Commissaire may extend the time
limit as deemed necessary. S8.10.10. If two or more riders move before the tapes
rise, the first to move must be excluded.
S8.9.7. Any rider or Team Manager who purposely However, if the Chief Commissaire is unable to
delays the progress of the Match without valid determine who did so first, the riders shall be
reason must be excluded from taking any ordered to re-approach the rest line and
further part in the Event. starting orders must be given again.
S8.10. Starting Procedure S8.10.11. If, after this procedure the same issue arises,
the Chief Commissaire must disqualify all riders
S8.10.1. On the signal of the Chief Commissaire, riders guilty of the infringement.
must leave the Pits and proceed to the starting
area where they shall come to rest with the
hubs of their front wheels over the rest line, in
line with their respective starting positions.
BRITISH CYCLING 83
CYCLE SPEEDWAY
S8.11. Completing a Race S8.13.6. The maximum number of rides that a reserve
may take in a 16-heat four-Team Match is four.
S8.11.1. A rider is deemed to have completed the Race
when the front wheel of the cycle crosses the S8.13.7. The maximum number of rides that a reserve
finish line, unless the Chief Commissaire stops may take in an 18-heat Match is five.
the Race in the meantime. The rider must be in
contact with the cycle when it crosses the line. S8.13.8. If a reserve is replaced by another reserve, it
shall count as a ride taken for both reserve
S8.11.2. After completing the Race, riders must continue riders.
in an anti-clockwise direction to return to the
Pits. S8.14. Rider Grading
S8.12. Awarding a Race S8.14.1. All riders shall be graded for participation within
the British National Club Championships and
S8.12.1. If a Race is stopped after three laps have been British Knockout Cup.
completed, the Chief Commissaire shall award
positions to riders in the order they held them S8.14.2. Non-graded riders are:
at the time of the stoppage, having excluded
any rider who breached these Technical S8.14.2.1. Those who have been registered to their existing
Regulations. Clubs for eight or more continuous Years;
S8.12.2. In case of doubt of the riders’ positions, the S8.14.2.2. Those who have only ever been registered to
Race must be re-run. Riders excluded, lapped one Club;
or deemed no longer to be competing in the S8.14.2.3. Youth riders;
original Race at the time of stoppage shall be
prohibited from contesting the re-run.
S8.14.2.4. Over 40s/50s/60s; and
S8.12.3. The duration of the Race completed shall be
that when the incident occurred. S8.14.2.5. Any other rider not meeting the conditions of
S9.26.1.
S8.12.4. Should an excluded or lapped rider fail to
withdraw from the track in a Team Race, the S8.14.3. Graded riders are:
Chief Commissaire shall award no points to the
offending rider’s Team in that stage of the Race.
S8.14.3.1. Those with a Senior Men’s British National Team
appearance in the current or previous season.
S8.13. Reserves
S8.14.3.2. Those who have qualified for the open

S8.13.1. Reserve riders must not be submitted in the
individual final of the most recent Federation,
place of a rider who has been excluded from an ICSF European or ICSF World Championship.
Event by the Chief Commissaire.
S8.14.4. Where a rider qualifies for both graded and
S8.13.2. If a rider is unable to take part in the re-run of a non-graded status, the non-graded status shall
Race, a reserve rider is permitted to deputise,
take precedence.
provided that the reserve rider has not had
the maximum number of rides and S8.13.1 S8.14.5. Only two graded riders can be used in any one
does not apply. Match for any British National Team
Championship Semi-final or Final or the British
S8.13.3. Only reserve riders shall be used in positions Open or Junior Club Championships.
other than those depicted in the programme.
S8.14.6. Regions and Home Countries may create their
S8.13.4. In an individual Match a reserve may take the own rider grading in addition to the above.
place of any rider who withdraws from the
Match. This reserve rider then cannot take the S8.15. Indoor and Temporary Tracks
place of any other rider in the Match.
S8.15.1. The following exceptions to the Cycle
S8.13.5. The maximum number of rides that a reserve Speedway Regulations shall apply at Events
may take in a 12-heat Match is four. held at indoor and temporary tracks:
84 2020 HANDBOOK
S8.15.2. The Chief Commissaire and Organiser shall S8.16.4. For Matches exclusively featuring young riders,
perform a dynamic Risk Assessment of the e.g. Under 8s, Under 10s, these Cycle
track and associated facility prior to the Speedway Regulations may be relaxed with
commencement of the Match; prior agreement of all competing parties
present at the Event; e.g. Races to be held
S8.15.3. Alternative starting methods, if approved by the over three laps, riders may move at the start.
Chief Commissaire and Organiser, may be used
provided that all Officials and riders are made S8.16.5. No outside assistance shall be given to any
aware of these methods prior to the start of the rider of any age.
Event;
S8.16.6. No betting of any kind shall be allowed at the
S8.15.4. Additional restrictions, such as covering wheel track or in conjunction with the track. Any rider,
nuts with plastic caps, may be imposed by Team member or Official found to be connected
Organisers after consultation with the managers with such betting shall receive a disciplinary
of the venues. Any such additional restrictions referral to the Federation.
must be conveyed to the riders in advance of
the Event; S8.16.7. Invitations from Clubs for open Events should
always be approved by the riders’ Clubs.
S8.15.5. The application of any substance on tyres at
any indoor Event is not permitted under any S8.16.8. The Federation shall invite clubs to stage
circumstance; and Events on their behalf. Any terms or conditions
appertaining to the staging of any Event shall
S8.15.6. Any rider considered by the Chief Commissaire be clearly described in the invitations.
to be using excessive bodily contact which is Acceptance of the invitation shall signify
not commensurate with the racing and safety agreement to said terms and conditions, which
conditions of the circuit shall be excluded. cannot be changed after acceptance of the
invitation.
S8.16. Miscellaneous
S8.16.9. Leagues may amend and approve a set of
S8.16.1. A maximum interval of ten minutes shall be additional rules, such as may be deemed
granted at the halfway point of a Match unless necessary for the implementation of Home
the Chief Commissaire decides otherwise. Country, Regional & local Events. Such
additional rules must not contravene the
S8.16.2. Any Match not completed owing to weather Technical Regulations and Bye Laws. A copy of
conditions or other unavoidable circumstances any such rules must be forwarded to the
shall be null and void and shall be re-run. Federation.
However, if at the time of the abandonment of a
Match the score was such that if the Match had S8.16.10. It is not permitted to drink alcohol, smoke or
run the full number of Races, and the result consume drugs in the Pits or within the track
could not have been altered, such a Match perimeter.
shall be considered complete.
S8.17. Course Signals
S8.16.3. Under normal circumstances, no changes shall
be made to the official league fixture list after it S8.17.1. If the chequered flag is shown at the wrong
has been published. Where a Club wishes to time during a Race the Chief Commissaire
make a change due to unforeseen must take the following action:
circumstances, a written request must be
submitted to the Federation at least four weeks S8.17.1.1. After five laps - riders’ positions after four laps
before the scheduled date of the fixture. If the to count as a result; and
reasons given are satisfactory, and the other
Club involved agrees, an alternative date shall S8.17.1.2. After three laps - Race to be re-run with all
be arranged. riders still in the Race when the chequered flag
was shown to be allowed in the re-run, unless
the Chief Commissaire is satisfied that all riders
had realised the mistake and carried on racing.
The re-run must take place immediately.
BRITISH CYCLING 85
CYCLE SPEEDWAY
S9. BRITISH NATIONAL

S8.17.2. The flag Marshal must not stand on the track or

impede the course of any riders in the Race. CHAMPIONSHIPS
S8.17.3. A Race shall be stopped by one blast of the S9.1. British National Championships shall be open
Chief Commissaire’s whistle. to citizens of the United Kingdom and
dependent Territories, the Isle of Man, or the
S8.17.4. A Race shall be stopped by the Chief Channel Islands. For individual Championships
Commissaire in the interests of safety or where this Membership shall be a minimum of Race
a rider has caused other riders to fall and Silver or Gold; for Club and Team
inflicted a positive change in positions. Any Championships this shall be a minimum of
rider who is the direct or indirect cause of the Race Bronze.
stoppage must be excluded.
S9.2. A Club entering any British National Club or
S8.17.5. A Race shall be stopped by the Chief Team Championship must be affiliated to the
Commissaire if two or more riders fall or Federation prior to the closing date for entries.
become entangled during the first half-lap. In
such an instance, the Chief Commissaire S9.3. Riders must be registered with a competing
should re-start the Race with all riders, except Club or Team before the Event, but riders
where a deliberate offence is committed in transferring to a competing Team after the
which case the guilty rider must be excluded by transfer deadline as set for that Year shall not
the Chief Commissaire. be eligible to compete for that Team in any
British National Club or Team Championship
S8.17.6. A Race must be stopped if, in the opinion of Event in that Year.
the Chief Commissaire, a breach of these
Technical Regulations has occurred and an S9.4. If resident in another country the rider must
advantage is gained either by the rider or the hold a United Kingdom passport and must not,
rider’s Team. In this case the Chief Commissaire in the same Year, have competed in the
must exclude the offending rider(s) from the national championship of any other UCI or
re-run. ICSF-affiliated national federation.
S8.17.7. If, for any reason, a Race is stopped after the S9.5. Qualifying age bands for British National
completion of the first half lap, the rider(s) Championships are as follows:
responsible for the stoppage may be excluded
or cautioned.
YEAR OF
2020 AGE CYCLE SPEEDWAY - BRITISH CHAMPIONSHIPS
BIRTH
11 2009 YOUTH C
12 2008 UNDER 12
YOUTH B
13 2007 UNDER 14
14 2006 YOUTH A
15 2005 UNDER 16
16 2004
JUNIOR
17 2003
18 2002 FEMALES
19 2001 SENIOR
MENS SENIOR
20 2000
21 1999
22 1998
23 1997
24 1996
86 2020 HANDBOOK
CYCLE SPEEDWAY
YEAR OF
BIRTH
25 1995
26 1994
27 1993
28 1992
29 1991
30 1990
31 1989
FEMALES
32 1988 MENS SENIOR
SENIOR
33 1987
34 1986
35 1985
36 1984
37 1983
38 1982
39 1981
40 1980
41 1979
42 1978
43 1977
44 1976
VETERAN
45 1975
46 1974
47 1973
48 1972
49 1971
50 1970
51 1969
52 1968
53 1967
54 1966 GRAND
55 1965 VETERAN
56 1964
57 1963
58 1962
59 1961
60 1960
61 1959
SUPER
62 1958
VETERAN
63 1957
64 1956
BRITISH CYCLING 87
CYCLE SPEEDWAY
YEAR OF
BIRTH
65 1955
66 1954
67 1953
68 1952
69 1951
70 1950
71 1949
72 1948 SUPER
73 1947 VETERAN
74 1946
75 1945
76 1944
77 1943
78 1942
79 1941
80 1940
S9.6. Every rider, Club or Team entering a British S9.11. Late entries for any British National
National Championship must pay the Championships must not be accepted after the
appropriate entry fee to the Federation. All draw for the first round has taken place, other
entries must be either online or by using the than under the provisions of S9.19 and S9.20.
appropriate official entry form for which an
additional fee may be payable. When agreeing S9.12. The Federation shall give a minimum of two
to promote a British National Championship, weeks’ notice of the draw to all individual
the host Club may also be required to pay a riders, Teams and Clubs that have entered a
fee. The fees due will be set by the Federation. British National Championship.
S9.7. Entries for all British National Championships S9.13. Starting times for all British National
shall close one calendar month before the date Championship Matches shall be decided by the
of the Event or first qualifying round unless an Federation after consultation with the
alternative deadline is published on the entry Promoting Club(s).
form.
S9.14. In all British National Championships, the
S9.8. The Federation may, at its discretion, cancel the Promoting Club must communicate the results
running of a British National Championship to the Federation immediately after an Event
where there are fewer than eight entries for an has ended.
individual Event, or fewer than four entries for a
Club or Team Event at the closing date. S9.15. In British National Club and Team
Championships, Clubs may change their
S9.9. The Federation shall determine the method of original team line-up, both in terms of riders
qualifying in each British National used and riding order, for subsequent rounds
Championships, depending on the number of including the Final.
entries received.
S9.16. Any Club or Team failing to attend any Match in
S9.10. All Match draws shall be random and the British National Championships shall be
unseeded, must be witnessed by at least two disciplined as appropriate and shall be barred
Members who shall be from different Clubs and from taking part in the corresponding Event the
shall be named on the official draw sheet. following Year, unless an acceptable reason, in
88 2020 HANDBOOK
writing, is provided to the Federation at least S9.21. In the event of a withdrawal or non-arrival for a
seven days prior to the Event. pre-qualifying heat, those drawn below the
missing rider shall move up the draw, and the
S9.17. Riders who are not wearing their Club’s appropriate pre-qualifying formula for the
registered colours shall not be permitted to number of riders present shall be used. Should
take part in British National Championships. the number of riders fall to 16 or below, the
pre-qualifier shall be cancelled and the remaining
S9.18. The official 16 rider, 20 Race formula shall be riders shall proceed directly to the Final, which
used for all individual finals, where numbers shall be run at the pre-arranged time.
permit. Qualifying heats should be run under
the same 20-heat-formula where numbers S9.22. Riders shall only compete in the heat in which
permit (i.e. multiples of 14 riders per round). they were originally drawn.
Where multiples are 13 or less, then the
pre-qualifying method should be used. The S9.23. In the event of two or more riders tying on the
Competitions Officer has the discretion to same number of points for the last qualifying
decide which format to use. place, that final place must be decided by a
Run-Off. The Federation shall decide the
S9.19. Late entries shall be accepted into any method of selecting reserves in subsequent
individual championship only in the following rounds.
circumstances:
S9.24. When a Run-Off is required to determine
S9.19.1. If fewer than 12 entries have been received by qualifiers and/or reserves for the next stage, all
such riders must participate and not withdraw
from the competition.
S9.25. No rider may withdraw from any stage of the

meeting, other than for medical reasons or
S9.19.2. After the draw for the first round has taken other valid reason. Riders must inform the Chief
place, but only where such entries are to fill Commissaire before their withdrawal.
vacant places in a draw to bring a Match up to
the full rider strength for the formula used, i.e. S9.26. British National Club Championships
where a 16-rider 20-heat draw has been made
for a straight Final, or where two 16-rider S9.26.1. The official 4-team, 16 Race formula shall be
20-heat draws have been made for two the preferred formula for all British National
Semi-finals. Where there is more than one Club and Indoor Fours Championship Finals.
vacant place, the order in which these places However, the Federation has the discretion to
shall be filled shall be determined at the time of use other formulae when the number of entries
the initial draw. Late entries shall not be is insufficient to warrant a suitable qualifying
accepted where the initial draw utilises a procedure, e.g. 5-team 20 Race formula,
pre-qualifying format. 6-team 24 Race formula. Formulae other than
the 4-team 16 Race formula may also be used
S9.20. Late entries shall be accepted in order of receipt in qualifying rounds to produce a 4-team Final.
and shall be permitted until midnight on the
Monday prior to the date of the Event. At this S9.26.2. In the event of a withdrawal after a draw has
point, if there are fewer than 12 entries in total, a been made for a Match, or in the case of a
fresh draw shall be made using the closest Club failing to arrive by the stipulated time, the
appropriate formula. Any remaining vacant remaining Clubs drawn below the missing Club
spaces may be filled up to 20 minutes before the shall move up the draw order. However, should
start of the first round. After all vacant spaces one or more withdrawals result in an inequitable
from the initial draw have been filled, late entries or unworkable qualifying procedure, the
may also be accepted to fill any additional Federation has the discretion to amend or
vacant spaces arising from a rider withdrawing re-draw the Event.
from the championship or failing to appear within
20 minutes of the start of the first round. Where S9.26.3. In the event of a draw, the Teams concerned
there is more than one such vacant space, a shall each nominate one rider from the declared
draw shall take place to determine which vacant Team for that Event to represent them in a one
place shall be filled by which substitute rider. Run-Off.
BRITISH CYCLING 89
CYCLE SPEEDWAY
S13. SPECIFIC COMPETITION

S9.26.4. The various outdoor British National Club

Championship Events shall be combined to PROVISIONS – BRITISH YOUTH
produce an overall annual British National Club AND JUNIOR LEAGUE
Champion. Points shall be awarded in each
Event on the basis of 25 points to the winner, S13.1. The Federation shall organise a British Youth
20 points for second place, 18 points for third and Junior League, open to all interested
place, 16 points for fourth place, 14 points for Clubs. This league shall be open to Juniors,
fifth place, then reducing by one point per place Youth A, B, C, D and E category riders. Only
to one point for 16th place. Clubs failing to Junior, Youth A, B and C categories are eligible
reach the Final shall receive equal points to progress to the national rounds.
according to their finishing position in the
qualifying rounds, e.g. first non-qualifiers in two S13.2. Rounds shall be staged using different venues
Semi-finals shall be joint fifth, second on separate dates with all participating teams
non-qualifiers shall be joint seventh etc. being eligible to compete in each round if they
wish. There is no limit as to the number of
S9.26.5. In the event of two Clubs finishing level on teams and eligible riders who can compete in
overall points after all British National Club each round, nor on the numbers of rounds in
Championship Events, the following tie-break which they can compete.
criteria shall apply in order: most first places,
most second places, most third places, most S13.3. Age Categories
fourth places, and if there is still equality,
highest placed in the final Championship Event. S13.3.1. The following age categories shall apply:
S9.26.6. The best five scores shall count for final overall 2020 YEAR OF CYCLE SPEEDWAY – BRITISH
standings. AGE BIRTH YOUTH AND JUNIOR LEAGUE
6 2014 Youth E
S10. HOME COUNTRY AND REGIONAL Under 8
CHAMPIONSHIPS 7 2013
(Eligible for Regional
8 2012 rounds only)
S10.1. INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Youth D
9 2011
Under 10 (Eligible for
S11. SPECIFIC COMPETITION 10 2010 Regional rounds only)
PROVISIONS – CYCLE SPEEDWAY 11 2009 Youth C
CUP PLAY-OFFS Under 12
12 2008
Girls -
S11.1. The Federation shall determine the format and 13 2007 Youth B Youth A
eligibility of the Event. 14 2006 Under 14 Youth B
Youth C
15 2005 Junior
S11.2. In the event of a draw, the result must be
Youth A Under
decided by the following method: each team 16 2004 Under 16 12,14,16,18
tying for a place will nominate one rider to 17 2003 Junior
contest a Run-Off. The overall team positions Under 18
are decided by the outcome of this Run-Off. 18 2002
S12. SPECIFIC COMPETITION S13.3.2. Riders must only ride in one age category at
PROVISIONS – BRITISH NATIONAL any Event. Usually, this shall be the youngest
LEAGUES age group they qualify for but they may ride in
an older age group (e.g. if arriving late). Youth C
S12.1. The Federation shall organise British National girls may choose to ride in the female only
League(s) as deemed appropriate in the category rather than in Youth C.
interests of the sport. Such Leagues may not
be organised each Year. They shall, when S13.4. Starting Times
organised, be open to all interested Clubs or
county associations. The Federation shall apply S13.4.1. Each Home Country, Regional and British
conditions for admission to these leagues. National round shall start at a time agreed with
the Federation with the Youth E Matches first,
90 2020 HANDBOOK
followed by Youth D, Youth C, Youth B, Youth A S13.4.5.1. Individual Grand Prix Series
and Junior female Matches.
S13.4.5.1.1. Immediately after each age category the
S13.4.2. Depending on the number of riders for each top 16 scorers in that age category shall
age category, the official British Junior League contest A to D Finals. Places in the A to D
formulae will be used - 4, 5, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24 Finals will be decided as follows:
or 28 riders (or if more than 28 a combination
of formulae). All Matches for each age group S13.4.5.1.1.1. Points scored in the current British National
should take place simultaneously. All formulae Junior League Match; or if level
give each rider four Races.
S13.4.5.1.1.2. Current Grand Prix Series points; or if level
S13.4.3. For inexperienced riders Chief Commissaires
are expected to make the following allowances: S13.4.5.1.1.3. Points scored in the British National Junior
League that Year to date; or if level
S13.4.3.1. No Exclusion on starting gates except where
clear cheating takes place; S13.4.5.1.1.4. Points scored in the British National Junior
League the previous Year; or if level
S13.4.3.2. No Exclusion for lapping provided no
interference with Race. Riders must complete S13.4.5.1.1.5. Toss of coin or draw of lots.
the full Race laps for a point to be awarded;
S13.4.5.1.2. Starting positions for each Final shall be
S13.4.3.3. No Exclusion for crossing boundaries or drawn.
remounting with steps unless any advantage is
gained; and S13.4.5.1.3. Grand Prix points shall be as follows:
S13.4.3.4. Under 8 and Under 10 riders may use cycles FINAL 1ST 2ND 3RD 4TH
which do not fully comply with the Technical
A 25 20 18 16
Regulations. Starting blocks shall be permitted
for Youth E. B 14 13 12 11
C 9 8 7 6
S13.4.4. In Home Country and Regional League Events,
all individual scores across the Junior, Youth A, D 4 3 2 1
Youth B and Youth C categories count towards
the Team total. League points are awarded in S13.4.5.1.3.1. The overall series winner for each age
respect of Team points with the highest scoring category shall be the rider with the highest
Team receiving league points to the value of the number of Grand Prix Points accumulated over
number of teams competing. The remaining the British National Events. In instances where
Teams receive points in order with the lowest a rider is unable to compete in the Final of any
scoring Team receiving one league point. The round, the rider shall be awarded the Grand
league points are added together over all the Prix points of the fourth place in that Final. This
rounds with the winner being the Team with the shall not apply to riders who are Match banned
highest points total overall. during that day of racing. In such cases the
points allocated shall be discarded and not
S13.4.5. In British National League Events all individual awarded to the next placed rider in the Final.
scores across the Junior, Youth A, Youth B and
Youth C categories of riders count towards the S13.4.5.2. Home Country, Regional & British National
Team total. League points are awarded in Rounds
respect of team points with the highest scoring
Team getting eight league points. The S13.4.5.2.1. The top two Teams on league points from
remaining Teams receive points in order with each Home Country and Region after the four
the lowest scoring Team receiving one league rounds will be invited to compete in the four
point. The league points are added together British National rounds. This is not compulsory.
over all the rounds with the winner being the Points scored in the Home Country and
Team with the highest points total overall. Regional round shall not be carried forward and
the British National rounds shall be scored
separately.
BRITISH CYCLING 91
CYCLE SPEEDWAY
S13.4.5.2.2. Any Junior, Youth A, Youth B and Youth C

rider who has competed in two Regional
rounds, or one round for riders who had not
participated in the previous Year’s competition,
may compete in the national Grand Prix series
rounds.
S14. SPECIFIC COMPETITION

PROVISIONS – INTERNATIONAL
CHAMPIONSHIPS
S14.1. The British National Team Manager(s) shall be

appointed by the Federation.
S14.2. The Federation shall rule on the selection

method of team representation.
92 2020 HANDBOOK
CYCLE SPEEDWAY
APPENDIX S1
Riders who receive a Match ban under S7.2.1 to S7.2.4 and S7.2.9 shall also receive a fine of £21.
Individuals receiving a yellow card under S7.2.8 shall also receive a fine of £10, unless they subsequently receive a Match
ban in the same Match, in which case the higher penalty only shall apply, and the two shall not be aggregated.
Teams that withdraw / walkout of any Event from Regional Level upwards shall receive a fine of £25.
British National Individual Championships
A rider not fulfilling their obligation to compete shall incur a fine of £20.
Arriving late shall incur a fine of £11.
These standard fines shall apply in senior, veterans and junior championships. No financial penalties shall be imposed upon
riders competing in Under 16, Under 14 and Under 12 Championships.
The only justifiable reasons for non-attendance will be bereavement of a close family member or sickness confirmed by a
doctor’s certificate.
British Club Championships, Cycle Speedway Cup Playoffs and Battle of Britain inter-Regional Competitions
Withdrawing from a fixture more than seven days before date of scheduled fixture shall incur a fine of £26.
Withdrawing from a fixture less than seven days before date of scheduled fixture shall incur a fine of £50 with half going to
their opponents to compensate for the loss of the fixture.
Teams that fail to honour a Home Country or Regional League fixture should have the points available for a win deducted
and must rearrange and race the Event at a later date.
All payments must be made to the Federation as per the instructions on the penalty notice. A rider, Official or Club failing to
meet this deadline may be suspended from all activities until the fine is paid.
For international events run within Great Britain, British National Championships, British National Leagues and other similar
levels of competition, the Federation shall be responsible for the collection and retention of fines. For all other categories, the
governing Home Country or Region in the case of Home Country or Regional Events and promoting Clubs in the case of
local events shall be responsible for the collection and retention of fines.
BRITISH CYCLING 93
CYCLE SPEEDWAY
APPENDIX S2 – RACING FORMULAE

18 Heat (Official Federation Formula) – Team Match (8-person team)
HEAT HOME AWAY HEAT HOME AWAY

1 1&2 1&2 10 6&8 4&8
2 3&4 3&4 11 3&4 5&6
3 5&6 5&6 12 1&2 3&4
4 1&7 1&7 13 5&6 1&2
5 2&8 2&8 14 4&7 5&8
6 5&6 3&4 15 3&8 6&7
7 1&2 5&6 16 2&5 1&4
8 3&4 1&2 17 1&4 3&6
9 5&7 3&7 18 3&6 2&5
Numbers 7 and 8 shall be reserve riders and shall be permitted only two replacement rides each in addition to their three
allocated rides, providing all other conditions concerning replacement rides are strictly adhered to.
13 Heat (League Combination Formula) – Team Match (8-person team)
HEAT HOME AWAY HEAT HOME AWAY

1 1&2 1&2 8 2&5 3&4
2 3&4 3&4 9 3&4 5&6
3 5&6 5&6 10 5&6 1&2
4 1&3 1&2 11 1&2 3&4
5 5&6 3&4 12 4&6 5&6
6 1&2 5&6 13 Nominated riders
7 3&4 1&2
Number 7 shall be a reserveriders and shall be permitted a maximum number of four replacement rides.
20 Heat (Official Federation Formula) – Individual Match (16 competitors)
HEAT GRID 1 GRID2 GRID 3 GRID 4 HEAT GRID 1 GRID 2 GRID 3 GRID 4
1 1 2 3 4 11 9 3 8 14
2 5 7 6 8 12 7 4 10 13
3 10 12 9 11 13 7 14 1 12
4 13 14 15 16 14 8 11 13 2
5 13 1 5 9 15 3 16 5 10
6 14 10 2 6 16 15 4 6 9
7 11 15 7 3 17 15 10 8 1
8 16 8 4 12 18 2 9 16 7
9 16 6 11 1 19 6 13 12 3
10 12 5 2 15 20 4 11 14 5
94 2020 HANDBOOK
CYCLE SPEEDWAY
16 Heat (Official Federation Formula) – Four-a-side Event
HEAT GRID 1 GRID2 GRID 3 GRID 4 HEAT GRID 1 GRID 2 GRID 3 GRID 4
1 D1 A1 B1 C1 9 C4 B3 D2 A1
2 D2 A2 B2 C2 10 C3 B4 D1 A2
3 D3 A3 B3 C3 11 C2 B1 D4 A3
4 D4 A4 B4 C4 12 C1 B2 D3 A4
5 B2 C3 A1 D4 13 A1 D3 C2 B4
6 B1 C4 A2 D3 14 A2 D4 C1 B3
7 B4 C1 A3 D2 15 A3 D1 C4 B2
8 B3 C2 A4 D1 16 A4 D2 C3 B1
Number 5 shall be a reserve rider and shall be permitted a maximum of four replacement rides providing all other conditions
concerning replacement rides are strictly adhered to.
BRITISH CYCLING 95
NOTES
NOTES
96 2020 HANDBOOK
CYCLO-CROSS
C Y C L O - C R O S S T E C H N I C A L R E G U L AT I O N S
Contents
1 Application 98
4 Age Categories 99
6 Officials 101
7 Infringements 101
Appendix
1 103
BRITISH CYCLING 97
CYCLO-CROSS
CX1. APPLICATION
CX2.2.3. If not representing a Club, Team, Region or

Home Country, all riders in Junior categories
CX1.1. These Cyclo-Cross Regulations, together with and above must wear predominantly plain
the General Regulations, shall apply to and clothing free of any lettering save for the mark
bind any individual who participates (whether of the manufacturer.
organises, or officiates in any Cyclo-Cross CX2.3. Equipment
Event.
CX2.3.1. All accessories must be securely fastened and
CX2. CYCLES, CLOTHING AND any equipment that is not essential for racing
EQUIPMENT purposes must be removed.
CX2.1. Cycles CX2.3.2. Identification numbers must be securely

attached, not folded, obscured or altered and
CX2.1.1. The following cycles only are eligible for use in displayed in accordance with Organiser’s
Cyclo-Cross Events held under the Technical instructions.
Regulations:
CX3. RIDER ELIGIBILITY AND ENTRY
CX2.1.1.1. For bicycle Events – any two-wheeled, PROCEDURES
one-track cycle carrying one rider which does
not have fixed gears. CX3.1. Events are open to:
CX2.1.2. Any cycle used in Cyclo-Cross Events held CX3.1.1. Members;

under the Technical Regulations must operate
wholly through the motive power of its rider. CX3.1.2. non-Members who have purchased a Day
Licence;
CX2.1.3. Handlebar ends shall be plugged, not merely
covered by tape, and other projections shall be CX3.1.3. those in the Under 12 and Youth age
protected as far as possible. categories (even if not a Member); and
CX2.1.4. British National Championship and British CX3.1.4. holders of a licence issued by any foreign
National Trophy Events are restricted to country recognised by the UCI (in events where
cyclo-cross cycles only, as defined by the UCI such licence holders are eligible).
Regulations. For any other Event, riders may
use any type of cycle. CX3.2. Entrants to British National Championships,
British National Trophy Events, Home Country
CX2.2. Clothing and Regional Championships, Inter Area Team
Championships and international events
CX2.2.1. Riders must be clothed from neck to at least (excluding foreign riders) must be Members.
mid-thigh in appropriate clothing for
Cyclo-Cross. Jerseys must be sleeved beyond CX3.3. Entrants to British National Championships and
the shoulder. British National Trophy Events must be in
possession of a Racing Licence.
CX2.2.2. All riders in Junior categories and above must
wear the registered design or colours of their
Club or Team unless required to wear the
British National, Home Country or Regional
colours, British National Championship jersey,
or, in British National Trophy Events, the series
leader’s jersey.
98 2020 HANDBOOK
CYCLO-CROSS
CX4. AGE CATEGORIES
entries to justify a separate Race. In such
case, Races for Youth riders may be combined
CX4.1. The following age categories for participating in with the Race for the age category above,
Events shall apply: provided that the race durations outlined in
CX8.11 apply.
AGE
AGE
CATEGORIES CX5. ABILITY CATEGORIES,
Under 12 Up to 31 August in the year of 12th birthday EVENT CLASSIFICATION
AND LICENCE POINTS
From 1 September in the year of
Youth 12th birthday to 31 August in the year
of 16th birthday CX5.1. Ability Categories
Youth CX5.1.1. Ability Categories do not apply to the
12th birthday to 31 August in the year
Under 14 Cyclo-Cross Discipline.
of 14th birthday
Junior 16th birthday to 31 August in the year CX5.2. Event Classification
of 18th birthday
CX5.2.1. Events shall be categorised as follows:
Senior
18th birthday
From 1 September in the year of Where the promotion meets the
Under-23 18th birthday to 31 August in the year Category A minimum standards defined in
of 22nd birthday APPENDIX CX1.
From 1 September in the year of All other regional league Events and
Veteran Category B
40th birthday designated non-league Events.
From 1 September in the year of Evening series and other non-league
Category C
Vet 40 40th birthday to 31 August in the year Events.
of 45th birthday
From 1 September in the year of CX5.3. Licence Points
Vet 45 45th birthday to 31 August in the year of
50th birthday
CX5.3.1. Rankings are produced for both male and
From 1 September in the year of female riders for the following categories:
Vet 50 50th birthday to 31 August in the year Senior open, Veteran male 40-49, Veteran
of 55th birthday
50-59, Veteran 60+, Junior, Youth Under 14,
From 1 September in the year of Youth Under 16.
Vet 55 55th birthday to 31 August in the year
of 60th birthday
CX5.3.2. Qualifying Events are those which take place
From 1 September in the year of between 1 September and the end of February.
Vet 60 60th birthday to 31 August in the year
of 65th birthday
CX5.3.3. The Senior open rankings include any Junior or
From 1 September in the year of Veteran rider who gains overall Licence Points
Vet 65 65th birthday to 31 August in the year in Events open to Seniors.
of 70th birthday
From 1 September in the year of CX5.3.4. The Youth, Junior and Veteran rankings are all
Vet 70+
70th birthday discrete categories.
CX4.2. Under 12s shall compete only amongst CX5.3.5. Events run on a Handicap basis do not qualify
themselves. Organisers may choose to for Licence Points.
sub-divide the Under 12 category into separate
Races or starts for different age groups (e.g. CX5.3.6. Only Members with a Racing Licence shall
Under 10s, Under 8s etc). Where such Races qualify for Licence Points, but if non-qualifying
are held, riders may only compete in the riders finish in points scoring positions the
youngest age group for which they are eligible. schedule shall not be adjusted as a result.
CX4.3. Youth riders must only compete against those

within their own category, unless the Chief
Commissaire considers there to be insufficient
BRITISH CYCLING 99
CYCLO-CROSS
CX5.3.7. Licence Points shall be awarded as follows: CX5.3.8.1.1. If there are fewer than 20 eligible riders in
any category the points scale shall default to
Band 4; if there are fewer than 10 eligible riders
Band 1
Band 2
Band 3
Band 4
Band 5
Band 6
Points
Points
Points
Points
Points
Points
Place
in any category the points scale shall default to

1 200 100 40 20 6 3 in any category the points scale shall default to
Band 6.
2 160 80 34 16 4 2
3 140 70 30 12 3 1 CX5.3.8.2. Band 3 (single points) – Category B
4 120 60 26 9 2
CX5.3.8.2.1. If there are fewer than 20 eligible riders in
5 110 55 23 7 1 any category the points scale shall default to
6 100 50 20 5 Band 4; if there are fewer than 10 eligible riders
in any category the points scale shall default to
7 90 45 18 4
8 80 40 16 3 in any category the points scale shall default to
9 70 35 14 2 Band 6.
10 60 30 12 1
CX5.3.8.3. Band 4 - Category C. (Non-league ranking
11 55 27 10 Events).
12 50 24 9
CX5.3.8.3.1. If there are fewer than 10 eligible riders in
13 46 22 8
any category the points scale shall default to
14 42 20 7 Band 5; if there are fewer than 5 eligible riders
15 39 18 6 in any category the points scale shall default to
Band 6.
16 36 16 5
17 34 14 4 CX5.3.9. The following shall also apply to all British
National Trophy Events:
18 32 13 3
19 31 12 2 CX5.3.9.1. Band 2 (single points) – Senior (open)
20 30 11 1
CX5.3.9.2. Band 3 (double points) – Youth Under 16,
21 29 10
Youth Under 14, Junior, Veteran 40-49, Veteran
22 28 9 50-59, Veteran 60+.
23 27 8
CX5.3.10. The following shall also apply to all British
24 26 7
National Championships:
25 25 6
26 24 5 CX5.3.10.1. Band 2 (double points) – Senior (open)
27 23 4
CX5.3.10.2. Band 3 (triple points) – Youth Under 16, Youth
28 22 3 Under 14, Junior, Veteran 40-49, Veteran
29 21 2 50-59, Veteran 60+.
30 20* 1 CX5.3.11. The system of defaulting to a lower points scale

according to entries shall also apply to these
CX5.3.8. The following shall also apply to all categories in National Trophy and Championship Events.
domestic Events (other than British National Where the published scale offers multiple
Trophy and British National Championships): points, the lower scale used shall award points
at the same multiple rate.
CX5.3.8.1. Band 3 (double points) – Category A CX5.3.12. The following shall also apply to all international
events:
100 2020 HANDBOOK

CX5.3.12.1. Band 1 (double points) - Elite and Junior World CX8.1.3. In Category C Events, one or two Equipment
Championships. Pit areas must be provided. In Category B
Events and above two single Equipment Pits,
CX5.3.12.2. Band 1 (single points) - Elite and Junior World or one double Equipment Pit pursuant to
Cups and Continental Championships; Under CX8.1.5, must be provided.
23 World Championships (points allocated to
senior rankings). CX8.1.4. Movement is permitted between Equipment
Pits, but at no time must a pit attendant
CX5.3.12.3. Band 2 (double points) - Under 23 World Cups obstruct riders while changing pit areas.
and Continental Championship (points
allocated to senior rankings). CX8.1.5. If, during each lap, riders pass two points
sufficiently close to each other, just one
CX5.3.12.4. Band 2 (single points) - Category 1 UCI Race Equipment Pit - known as a double Equipment
for Elite riders. Pit - may be set up at that point.
CX5.3.12.5. Band 3 (single points) - Other UCI Race for CX8.1.6. Any rider passing the yellow flag marking the
Elite, Under 23 or Junior riders. exit of the Equipment Pit must continue on the
course until reaching the next pit area.
CX5.3.13. For the purpose of Team awards and Team
classification, six weeks must elapse before a CX8.1.7. A rider must only enter the Pit Lane with the
rider changing Club or Team can qualify as a intention of changing a cycle or wheel or
counting member of their new Club or Team. receiving mechanical assistance.
CX5.3.14. Licence Points shall not be carried from one CX8.2. Riders shall be called up to the start line in a
Year to another. pre-determined order. Riders who miss their
call up shall be relegated to the rear of the
CX6. OFFICIALS starting grid.
CX6.1. At least two Commissaires shall be appointed CX8.3. All Races must be started by an audible or
to officiate at all Events. visual signal. Audible signals must be started
from a point not visible to riders. No indication
CX6.2. The Chief Commissaire for an Event must not must be given to riders of the passing of
be the Organiser, a member of the organising seconds immediately before the start.
Club or related to the Organiser.
CX8.4. Riders found to be causing false starts may be
CX7. INFRINGEMENTS penalised by the Chief Commissaire. The
method of stopping a false start shall be
CX7.1. INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK defined by the Start Official during the pre-race
instructions.
CX8. GENERAL COMPETITION
PROVISIONS CX8.5. Riders must start with the front wheel behind
the start line and with at least one foot on the
CX8.1. Equipment Pits ground.
CX8.1.1. Servicing and changing of cycles shall only be CX8.6. Riders must not receive assistance at the start,
allowed in the Equipment Pits. In Races for or during the Event, other than under the
Under 12s, no servicing or changing of provisions of CX8.1.
equipment is allowed.
CX8.7. Refreshments must not be provided to riders at
CX8.1.2. The provision of Equipment Pits is obligatory in any point during the Event unless permitted by
all Races except those for Under 12s, the Chief Commissaire.
Go-Cross or as One Bike Events. Where a One
Bike Race forms part of a wider Event, riders in CX8.8. Any rider deliberately leaving the course shall
that Race may not use the Equipment Pits or be deemed to have retired from the Event.
enter the Pit Lane. Where a rider accidently leaves the course,
they shall re-join it at the point they left it.
BRITISH CYCLING 101

CYCLO-CROSS
CX9. BRITISH NATIONAL

CX8.9. No rider shall cover any part of the course

without their cycle. CHAMPIONSHIPS
CX8.10. When being lapped or overtaken by a faster CX9.1. British National Championships shall be open
rider from another category, the rider being to Silver and Gold Members who are citizens of
overtaken must be prepared to surrender the the United Kingdom and dependent Territories,
racing line (where safe and practical). the Isle of Man, or the Channel Islands. Riders
must hold a valid UCI-recognised Racing
CX8.11. Events must last as close as possible to: Licence showing the rider nationality as “GBR”
which has been issued at least 28 days prior to
CX8.11.1. 60 minutes for Senior male riders when riding the Event. If resident in another country the
alone or with other categories; rider must hold a United Kingdom passport and
CX8.11.2. 50 minutes for Under 23 male riders when the national championship of any other UCI
riding alone; affiliated national federation.
CX8.11.3. 40 minutes for Senior female, Junior and CX9.2. The list of entries shall be published as soon as
Veteran riders when riding alone or amongst practicable after the advertised closing date.
themselves; After the list of entries has been published, no
CX8.11.4. 30 minutes for Youth riders; and
CX9.3. Where the number of entrants is fewer than
CX8.11.5. 10 to 15 minutes for Under 12 riders. three, a British National Championship shall not
CX8.12. Course Signals British National Championships restricted by
CX8.12.1. The number of laps to go is determined by the the Federation may choose to combine one or
time of the first rider who has ridden two full more adjacent categories to create a new
laps. Beginning with the third lap, the number British National Championship Event where the
of laps to go shall be shown on a board at the number of entries exceeds this limit.
finish line. The last lap is signalled by the ringing
of a bell. The end of the Race is signalled by a CX9.4. Where there are at least three entries, a British
black and white chequered flag. National Championship jersey shall be awarded
to the winner, and medals of British National
CX8.12.2. In official training and during Competition, Championship design shall be presented as
Marshals shall wave a yellow flag and sound follows:
the whistle to indicate a potential hazard on the
course. Riders observing a yellow flag must TYPE OF NUMBER OF
MEDALS
reduce speed and proceed with caution. CHAMPIONSHIPS ENTRIES
Gold, silver
CX8.12.3. On the instructions of the Chief Commissaire, 8 or more
and bronze
Men/Women/Senior/Junior
Marshals shall wave a red flag and sound the
Individual Championships 6 or 7 Gold and silver
whistle to indicate a serious incident on the
course which warrants the stopping of the 3 to 5 Gold
Race. Riders observing a red flag must stop Gold, silver
Veteran/Youth/Disability 5 or more
immediately and await instructions from an and bronze
Individual Championships;
Official. and 4 Gold and silver
All Team Championships
3 Gold
CX10. HOME COUNTRY AND REGIONAL

CHAMPIONSHIPS
CX10.1. INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
102 2020 HANDBOOK

CYCLO-CROSS
APPENDIX CX1
Events shall be awarded Category A status if they meet the following minimum requirements:
1. Visible and unambiguous course marking
2. Toilet facilities
3. Publication of full results
4. Covered changing accommodation
5. Hot showers
6. Race commentary and public address system
7. Refreshment and general spectator facilities
8. Course fully protected by tape, fencing or barriers
9. Pre-published Event technical guide (printed or digital), incorporating minimum prize list
10. Podium or formal prize presentation
11. Provision of an appropriate facility for drug testing services
12. An adequate water supply for jet wash facilities
13. Any other requirement set down by the Federation from time to time
BRITISH CYCLING 103

NOTES
NOTES
104 2020 HANDBOOK

eRACING
e R A C I N G T E C H N I C A L R E G U L AT I O N S
Contents
1 Application 106
4 Age Categories 106
6 Officials 106
7 Infringements 106
BRITISH CYCLING 105

eRACING
E1. APPLICATION E3. RIDER ELIGIBILITY AND ENTRY

PROCEDURES
E1.1. These eRacing Regulations, together with the
General Regulations, shall apply to and bind E3.1. INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
any individual who participates (whether
personally or through another individual), E4. AGE CATEGORIES
organises or officiates in any eRacing Event.
E4.1. Age categories may be defined by Organisers
E2. CYCLES, CLOTHING AND without restriction.
EQUIPMENT
E5. ABILITY CATEGORIES, EVENT
E2.1. Cycles CLASSIFICATION AND LICENCE
POINTS
E2.1.1. The following cycles only are eligible for use in
eRacing Events held under the Technical E5.1. Ability Categories
Regulations:
E5.1.1. Ability categories may be defined by Organisers
E2.1.2. For bicycle Events - any cycle manufactured for without restriction.
two wheels with one-track carrying one rider.
E5.2. Event Classification
E2.2. Clothing
E5.2.1. Event classifications may be defined by
E2.2.1. Riders must be clothed from neck to no shorter Organisers without restriction.
than mid-thigh in appropriate clothing for
eRacing. Jerseys must be sleeved beyond the E5.3. Licence Points
shoulder.
E5.3.1. Federation Licence Points shall not be awarded
E2.3. Equipment for eRacing Events.
E2.3.1. Unless explicitly specified in the Event specific E5.3.2. The Federation shall not produce British
regulations for a Race, riders must compete National, Home Country or Regional rankings
using a power meter or smart trainer, paired for eRacing.
together with a cadence sensor and heart rate
monitor. E5.3.3. Rankings may be produced by eRacing
platform providers without restriction save that
E2.3.2. Riders shall be responsible for following any no British National, Home Country or Regional
manufacturer’s specifications on maintaining rankings shall be produced for riders aged 12
the accuracy of their equipment including but or below.
not limited to conducting a spindown, zeroing
or other calibration or offset procedure for E6. OFFICIALS
power meters or smart trainers immediately
prior to a Race. E6.1. The Chief Commissaire for an Event must not
be the Organiser, a member of the organising
E2.3.3. Riders shall not attempt to tamper with Club or related to the Organiser.
equipment, modify any data recorded, or
otherwise use any mechanical, electronic or E7. INFRINGEMENTS
other device which provides an unfair
advantage or false result. This includes, but is E7.1. INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
not limited to, providing false calibration
information, the modification of data files, and E8. GENERAL COMPETITION
the use of third-party applications to control PROVISIONS
equipment, provide information not readily
available to other riders or otherwise interfere E8.1. Any Remote Races need not be registered with
with the running of an Event. the Federation.
106 2020 HANDBOOK

eRACING
E8.2. All Live Races shall be registered in accordance E8.4.7. Event Platform providers may impose additional
with the provisions of G6. rules and regulations for use of their software,
save that no such addition may conflict with the
E8.3. All national level Events must be held using a guidance, rules and regulations of the
Live Race format. Federation.
E8.4. eRacing Platforms E8.5. A rider’s weight, height and any other such data
used to calibrate equipment or the Event
E8.4.1. Any software associated with running an Event Platform shall be measured between 60 and 90
is the responsibility of the Event Platform minutes before the start of a Race. Such
provider and the Event Platform provider shall measurements should be measured when
take all reasonable steps to ensure that any clothed in cycling shorts and jersey.
software used is free from any defects that may
interrupt the running of an Event or otherwise E8.6. The Federation reserves the right to verify any
produce an unfair result. performances. Riders that produce an
unverifiable, unusual, inconsistent or unrealistic
E8.4.2. The Federation accepts no liability for any result shall be disqualified unless the rider can
software defects, downtime, server disruptions, provide to the Federation evidence
lagging or technical issues which may affect demonstrating their ability to produce similar
any Events. In the event that any such outcome performances in other events.
has a material effect on the outcome of an
Event, the Chief Commissaire’s decision is final. E8.7. Where an Organiser provides any equipment
for an Event, all such equipment must be the
E8.4.3. The Federation cannot be held responsible for same for all riders.
any defect as described above which results in
any loss, including the loss of prize money. E8.8. Event Formats
E8.4.4. Event Platform providers shall ensure that their E8.8.1. Event formats may be defined by Organisers
software generates and retains sufficient without restriction. In the absence of any
metrics and data to allow any Commissaires commentary on how an Event should be
and/or Officials to perform their duties and organised in the guidance, rules and regulations
ensure that any instances of alleged of the Federation, the Event Platform’s
infringements can be investigated and acted regulations will be used. Unless explicitly
upon. Such information shall be available to specified in the Event specific regulations for a
review on demand, both during and after each Race, when using Event formats that are
Race. defined for other cycling Disciplines, the
applicable rules and regulations for those
E8.4.5. Event Platform providers shall take all Disciplines shall apply.
reasonable steps to ensure the safe
participation of any individual. This must include E8.8.2. In the event of any conflict between the Event
providing warning about any issues with the Platform’s regulations and the guidance, rules
Event Platform that may create risk for any and regulations of the Federation, the
participant, including but not limited to the regulations of the Federation shall prevail.
presence of flashing images, or dangers of
excessive use, particularly in respect of the use
by minors.
E8.4.6. Event Platform providers should use reasonable

endeavours to ensure that its software is
compatible with a wide range of equipment
which may be used by any riders, including but
not limited to turbo trainers, televisions,
laptops, tablets and mobile phones. It is
however ultimately a rider’s responsibility to
ensure that any equipment they use is
compatible with the Event Platform they choose
to race on
BRITISH CYCLING 107

eRACING
E9. BRITISH NATIONAL E10. HOME COUNTRY AND REGIONAL

CHAMPIONSHIPS CHAMPIONSHIPS
E9.1. British National Championships shall be open E10.1. INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
the United Kingdom and dependent Territories,
the Isle of Man, or the Channel Islands. Riders
must hold a valid UCI-recognised licence
has been issued at least 28 days prior to the
Event. If resident in another country the rider
must hold a United Kingdom passport and
the national championship of any other UCI
E9.2. The list of entries shall be published as soon as

After the list of entries has been published, no
E9.3. Where the number of entrants is lower than

three, a British National Championship shall not
the Federation may choose to combine one or
more adjacent categories to create a new
British National Championship Event where the
E9.4. Where there are at least three entries, a

British National Championship jersey shall be
awarded to the winner, and medals of British
National Championship design shall be
presented as follows:
TYPE OF NUMBER OF
MEDALS
CHAMPIONSHIPS ENTRIES
Gold, silver
8 or more
and bronze
Men/Women/Senior/Junior
3 to 5 Gold
Gold, silver
Veteran/Youth/Disability 5 or more
and bronze
and 4 Gold and silver
All Team Championships
3 Gold
108 2020 HANDBOOK

MOUNTAIN BIKE
M O U N TA I N B I K E T E C H N I C A L R E G U L AT I O N S
Contents
1 Application 110
6 Officials 113
7 Infringements 113
11 Specific Competition Provisions – Cross Country 116
12 Specific Competition Provisions – Individual Downhill 119
13 Specific Competition Provisions – Four Cross, Dual Slalom and Pump Track 120
14 Specific Competition Provisions – Other 122
BRITISH CYCLING 109

MOUNTAIN BIKE
M1. APPLICATION
M2.2.3.2. Protection for the nape of the neck and the

cervical vertebrae;
M1.1. These Mountain Bike Regulations, together
with the General Regulations, shall apply to and M2.2.3.3. Padding on shins and thighs;
bind any individual who participates (whether
personally or through another individual), M2.2.3.4. Full-length trousers made from rip-resistant
organises or officiates in any Mountain Bike material incorporating protection for the knees
Event. and calves, or broad-cut shorts made from
rip-resistant material plus knee and calf
M2. CYCLES, CLOTHING AND protectors with a rigid surface;
EQUIPMENT
M2.2.3.5. Long sleeved jersey; and
M2.1. Cycles
M2.2.3.6. Full finger gloves.
M2.1.1. The following cycles only are eligible for use in
Mountain Bike Events held under the Technical M2.3. Equipment
Regulations:
M2.3.1. All accessories must be securely fastened and
M2.1.1.1. For bicycle Events - any two-wheeled one-track any equipment that is not essential for racing
cycle carrying one rider. purposes must be removed.
M2.1.2. Any cycle used in Mountain Bike Events held M2.3.2. All Riders shall be issued with a front number
under the Technical Regulations must operate plate which must be secured to the front of the
wholly through the motive power of its rider. cycle. The number must be displayed at all
times (including in any practice sessions) before
M2.1.3. Handlebar ends must be plugged, not merely a rider is permitted to ride on the course.
covered by tape, and other projections shall be
protected as far as possible. M2.3.3. The dimensions of all front number plates must
not exceed 18 cm by 18 cm. The figures on the
M2.1.4. All cycles used in Mountain Bike Events must number plates must have a minimum height of
have brakes on both wheels, except in Pump 8 cm, be legible and of uniform width. The
Track Racing where only a rear brake is number plates must be waterproof, must not
required as a minimum. be cut, folded or otherwise altered in any way
and, where applicable, displayed in accordance
M2.2. Clothing with an Event’s race manual.
M2.2.1. Riders must be clothed from neck to no shorter M2.3.4. The space above and below the race number
than mid-thigh in appropriate clothing for may be used for advertising. Only the Organiser
Mountain Bike. Jerseys must be sleeved or the Federation may place advertising on the
beyond the shoulder. front number plate. Any such advertising must
not exceed 6 cm in height.
M2.2.2. Except in British National Events, Youth riders M2.3.5. The use of headphones, earpieces or any other
and those who do not hold Racing or Day communication devices by riders in Events,
Licences are permitted to wear any suitable including during training, is prohibited.
clothing whilst competing.
M2.3.6. A full-face helmet is compulsory for Downhill,
M2.2.3. For Downhill, Four Cross and Dual Slalom Four Cross and Dual Slalom. The helmet must
Events, the Federation strongly recommends be properly secured in both training and racing
that riders also wear the following protection: and must be fitted with a visor.
M2.2.3.1. Back, elbow, knee and shoulder protection

made of rigid materials;
110 2020 HANDBOOK

MOUNTAIN BIKE
M3. RIDER ELIGIBILITY AND ENTRY
M4.4. Licensed 4X riders in their 12th year or older
PROCEDURES may request dispensation from the Federation
to compete in the next higher age or ability
M3.1. A Racing Licence must be held in order to category.
compete in any British National
Championships, other national level Events, to M5. ABILITY CATEGORIES, EVENT
qualify for medals at Regional and Home CLASSIFICATION AND LICENCE
Country Championships and to qualify for POINTS
British National ranking points from any Event
sanctioned by the Federation. M5.1. Ability Categories
M4. AGE CATEGORIES M5.1.1. INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
M4.1. The following age categories for participating in M5.2. Event Classification
Events shall apply:
M5.2.1. The following categories are recognised:
AGE
AGE Juvenile, Youth, Junior, Elite, Expert, Sport
CATEGORIES (XCO only), Master (DH and 4X only), Veteran,
Under 12 To 31 December of year of 12th birthday Grand Veteran, Super Veteran (XCO only).
From 1 January in year of 13th birthday to
Juvenile M5.2.2. In Downhill, unless otherwise authorised by the
31 December in year of 14th birthday
Federation, all ranking Events must offer the
Youth following categories, but not be limited to:
From 1 January in year of 17th birthday to M5.2.2.1. Male: Juvenile, Youth, Junior, Senior, Expert,
Junior
Elite, Master, Veteran and Grand Veteran; and
Under 23
31 December in year of 22nd birthday M5.2.2.2. Female: Under 19 (Juvenile, Youth, Junior) and
Senior From 1 January in year of 19th birthday Over 18 (Senior, Elite, Master, Veteran, Grand
Veteran).
From 1 January in year of 30th birthday
Master to 31 December year of 39th birthday
(Downhill & 4X only) M5.2.3. Any category with three or more entries at the
point of pre-entry closing must run.
Veteran
31 December year of 49th birthday
M5.3. Licence Points
Grand Veteran
31 December year of 59th birthday
M5.3.1. Licence Points gained in ranking Events shall
From 1 January in year of 60th be utilised to determine the British National
Super Veteran
birthday onwards rankings calculated in accordance with the
following:
M4.2. In British National Championships and British
National Series Events, riders in Junior, Master M5.3.1.1. International A Double points: Olympic Games,
or Veteran or categories may only ride in Senior Senior World Championships, Junior World
or ability category Races on the agreement of Championships;
the Federation.
M5.3.1.2. International B Single points: World Cup and
M4.3. Riders participating in competitive Races Senior Continental Championships, Under 23
classified as Cross Country Endurance or World Championships (XC only), Junior
Marathon (XCM) must be in their 19th year or Continental Championships;
older. Junior riders may participate in Races up
to a maximum distance of 25km or which are M5.3.1.3. National A Double points: British National
planned to be no more than two hours Championships (other than Under 23 XC),
duration, whichever is greater. Under 23 Continental Championships (XC only),
Masters Continental Championships;
BRITISH CYCLING 111

MOUNTAIN BIKE
M5.3.1.4. National B Single points: British National Series, Senior Sport, Veteran (40-49), Grand Veteran
British National Under 23 XC Championship, (50+), and Super Veteran (60+). Ranking points
Other UCI classified events at elite level, Master are not awarded for single speed, hardtail, fat
World Championships; bike or other such category Races; and
M5.3.1.5. Regional A Double points: Home Country/ M5.3.4.2. For British National Senior Championships,
Regional Championships, Single points: British National Under 23 Championships, and
Designated Home Country/Regional Series for Home Country/Regional B & C Events
Events, Sport Race at British National XC where Senior riders are amalgamated into one
Championships; Race, only one set of points shall be awarded.
The ability categories shall not be separated,
M5.3.1.6. Regional B Other Regional level ranking Events, but riders shall receive points in their own ability
Short Course DH events; and category.
M5.3.1.7. Regional C Eligible Short Course XC Events. M5.3.5. Downhill
M5.3.2. Rankings are produced for both male and M5.3.5.1. For the British National Championships, Expert
female riders in Cross Country Olympic (XCO), and Elite are combined as one category (Senior
Downhill Individual (DHI) and Four Cross (4X) Championships) but shall be separated for
disciplines. points so that the top 40 Elites and top 40
Experts all receive points. All Senior riders
M5.3.3. A rider’s best eight performances count wishing to gain ranking points must race the
towards their ranking. Senior Non-Championships Race.
M5.3.4. Cross Country M5.3.5.2. The Downhill ranking season commences on 1

January and ends on 30 October. There shall
M5.3.4.1. Where separate Events/starts are arranged, be no ranking Events in November and
points are awarded to riders of both genders in December unless exceptional circumstances
each of the following categories: Juvenile, dictate otherwise.
Youth, Junior, Senior Elite, Senior Expert,
112 2020 HANDBOOK

MOUNTAIN BIKE
M5.3.6. Licence Points are awarded as follows:
International
International
International
Regional B
Regional C
Regional A
Regional A
National
National
Position
Position
Position
1st 300 150 60 40 20 21st 90 26 10 41st 26
2nd 260 125 50 34 18 22nd 85 24 9 42nd 24
3rd 220 110 45 30 16 23rd 80 22 8 43rd 23
4th 200 100 40 26 14 24th 75 20 7 44th 22
5th 190 90 36 23 12 25th 70 18 6 45th 21
6th 180 80 32 20 10 26th 65 16 5 46th 20
7th 170 70 28 18 9 27th 60 14 4 47th 19
8th 160 65 26 16 8 28th 55 12 3 48th 18
9th 150 60 24 14 7 29th 50 10 2 49th 17
10th 145 55 22 12 6 30th 48 8 1 50th 16
11th 140 50 20 10 5 31st 46 7 51st 15
12th 135 47 19 9 4 32nd 44 6 52nd 14
13th 130 44 18 8 3 33rd 42 5 53rd 13
14th 125 41 17 7 2 34th 40 4 54th 12
15th 120 38 16 6 1 35th 38 4 55th 11
16th 115 36 15 5 36th 36 3 56th 10
17th 110 34 14 4 37th 34 3 57th 9
18th 105 32 13 3 38th 32 2 58th 8
19th 100 30 12 2 39th 30 2 59th 7
20th 95 28 11 1 40th 28 1 60th 6*
M5.3.7. Licence Points shall not be carried from one M7.2. Jersey pulling, pushing or pulling another
Year to another. competitor (whether given or received), leaning
on another competitor (except Dual/Four
M6. OFFICIALS Cross), irregular assistance between riders of
different Teams may lead to relegation in the
M6.1. At least one Commissaire shall be appointed to results and repeated occurrences may result in
officiate at all Events (save for “Go” Events). disqualification.
Dependent upon the nature of the Event, the
Federation may determine that additional M7.3. Obstruction of any rider in the final sprint,
Commissaires are required. unsporting conduct towards another rider with
the intention of restricting movement, taking a
M6.2. The Chief Commissaire for an Event must not shortcut, substitution for another rider, taking
be the Organiser, a member of the organising both hands off the handlebars in the final sprint
Club or related to the Organiser. may result in relegation or disqualification.
M7. INFRINGEMENTS M7.4. Indecent conduct or foul language, disrespect

to Officials, other riders and/or to the public
M7.1. Illegal repairs to the cycle, change to the cycle, shall be penalised. Repeated occurrences may
unauthorised feeding or any assistance lead to disqualification and a certain offences
received from any person who is not a member may justify a referral to the Disciplinary Officer.
of the same Team shall result in disqualification.
BRITISH CYCLING 113

MOUNTAIN BIKE
M7.5. Any walking, running or riding by a rider which M7.11.5. Missing a gate and going beyond the next gate;
is carried out without the intention of directly
re-joining the course, or other activity in breach M7.11.6. Running over a gate;
of these Technical Regulations, which takes
place outside of the marked course area, may M7.11.7. Missing the last gate and going over the finish
result in disqualification. line; and
M7.6. Fighting between riders, with an Official, M7.11.8. Making a false start or barging the starting
Member or the public shall be penalised by gate.
disqualification and exclusion from the result. A
severe offence may justify referral to the M7.12. When an offence is committed, the Chief
Disciplinary Officer. Commissaire shall inform the rider or the rider’s
representative of the penalty.
M7.7. In Downhill competition, any rider starting a
training run below the start line during a full run M7.13. Riders who believe they have been prejudiced
only-session may be penalised. by any action during the Event may submit a
protest to the Chief Commissaire after crossing
M7.8. In Pump Track competition, time penalties may the finish line.
be imposed for making a false start, not
finishing in possession of the cycle, and not M7.14. A protest must be submitted in writing and it
keeping both wheels within the course. must be signed and presented within 15
minutes of posting of results along with a fee of
M7.9. The Federation shall respect suspensions £25.00.
imposed on riders by other affiliated
organisations and other federations. M7.15. If a protest involves one of the top five finishers,
the awards ceremony shall be delayed until the
M7.10. Penalties can be imposed according to the decision is reached by the Chief Commissaire.
nature of the offence and one or more of the
following can be used: M8. GENERAL COMPETITION
PROVISIONS
M7.10.1. Verbal warning;
M8.1. An Organiser may determine specific rules for
M7.10.2. Written Warning; an Event but these must not conflict with these
Technical Regulations. All such specific rules
M7.10.3. Fine (Minimum £20.00); together with any possible last-minute changes
to Event procedures must be advertised and
M7.10.4. Relegation of position (by one or more made known to the riders before the start of
positions); their Race.
M7.10.5. Time or points penalty; M8.2. Safety systems, including first aid and
evacuation arrangements, shall be installed in
M7.10.6. Disqualification; and order to give assistance to all riders at all points
of the course with the least possible delay.
M7.10.7. Referral to Disciplinary Officer.
M8.3. Only essential vehicles of the organisation,
M7.11. In Dual Slalom Events, maximum time penalties security, safety and the media where
shall be imposed for the following: applicable, are permitted access to the course.
M7.11.1. Changing from one course to another; M8.4. The Event course shall be finalised before the
start and each rider must have access to a
M7.11.2. Interfering with the opposing rider’s progress; map of the course when signing on.
M7.11.3. Not finishing in possession of their cycle; M8.5. The list of riders must be finalised before the
Race starts and shall record the Team,
M7.11.4. Not passing both wheels around a gate; category, type of Race, distance, start time
and, if appropriate, the start order.
114 2020 HANDBOOK

MOUNTAIN BIKE
M8.6. Only riders displaying a valid number plate on M8.18. A rider may only change their cycle between
the front of their cycle, their coaches and Races or stages.
Officials wearing a helmet shall be allowed onto
the course during official training periods. M8.19. When being lapped or overtaken by a faster
rider from another category, the rider being
M8.7. Wherever practical, all Events shall be subject overtaken must be prepared to surrender the
to a start order based upon Series, British racing line (where safe and practical).
National or other appropriate ranking lists.
M8.20. Riders must not attempt to ride the “A” Lines
M8.8. At mass start events a briefing shall be given to unless confident in their ability to safely
all starters on the line. complete these sections.
M8.9. Prior to the start of a mass start event a tape or M8.21. The rider must avoid polluting the area and
ribbon shall be held across the start line, behind must not leave any waste or litter.
which the riders shall line up when called. The
tape or ribbon shall be raised 30 seconds M8.22. The Organiser shall provide enough Marshals to
before the start. ensure the safety of riders and spectators
during competition and official training
M8.10. For mass start events, the time remaining to the sessions. A Chief Marshal shall be appointed to
start shall be announced at 1-minute intervals, co-ordinate marshal activities and liaise with the
commencing at a minimum of 2 minutes to go Organiser and Chief Commissaire.
and a maximum of 5 minutes, then at 30
seconds and 15 seconds. No countdown M8.23. All crossing points must be supervised by at
announcement shall be given when there are least one Marshal. At crossing points where
less than 15 seconds remaining. The Starter significant use is anticipated, Marshals shall be
shall start the Race at a random time after the deployed on both sides of the course.
15-second-announcement.
M8.24. In areas identified by the Risk Assessment, the
M8.11. Mass start events shall be started by an audible course must be taped off with two parallel
signal such as a pistol or whistle. lengths of tape to create a Security Zone
between the course boundary and spectator
M8.12. For Events with multiple start waves, additional area. No persons shall be allowed in the
countdowns shall take place. These Security Zone. For any potentially dangerous
countdowns shall not overlap. obstacles such as walls, tree stumps, or tree
trunks, hay bales or padding must be used to
M8.13. Riders who jump the start may be penalised. adequately protect the riders. Nets or mesh
The Starter has the discretion to declare a false fencing with openings greater than 5 cm x 5
start and restart the Race if any riders have cm must not be used.
been placed at a disadvantage.
M8.25. Any wooden bridges or ramps must be
M8.14. No training is permitted on the course while a covered with a non-slip surface, such as
Race is in progress. carpet, roofing felt or anti-slip paint.
M8.15. Riders must not take any shortcuts, omit any

sections of the course or act in a similar
manner.
M8.16. Riders who exit the course for any reason must
return to the course at the exact same point
from which they exited.
M8.17. Riders must not receive any Technical

Assistance along the course from anybody,
including other riders, other than as permitted
by M11.6.
BRITISH CYCLING 115

MOUNTAIN BIKE
M9. BRITISH NATIONAL

M9.6. Cross Country and Downhill British National

CHAMPIONSHIPS Championships Organisers are encouraged to
promote non-championship Events for Sport/
M9.1. British National Championships shall be open Senior category riders. The category shall be
to Silver and Gold Members who are citizens of eligible for Federation ranking points. Sport/
the United Kingdom and dependent Territories, Senior riders wishing to race the Championship
the Isle of Man, or the Channel Islands. Riders category can do so but shall be ineligible for
must hold a valid UCI-recognised licence Federation ranking points.
has been issued at least 28 days prior to the M9.7. The British National Champion’s jersey must be
Event. If resident in another country the rider worn during racing and on the podium at all
must hold a United Kingdom passport and British National and international events other
must not, in the same Year, have competed in than when the rider competes as a member of
the national championship of any other UCI a British representative team, i.e. Olympic,
affiliated national federation. World or European Championship events. The
only other exception shall be if the British
M9.2. The list of entries shall be published as soon as
practicable after the advertised closing date. National Champion wins the leader’s jersey of a
After the list of entries has been published, no Stage Race, particular international competition
further entries shall be accepted. or series, or the World or Olympic Champion’s
jersey.
M9.3. Where the number of entrants is less than
three, a British National Championship shall not M9.8. As an alternative to the standard British
be held and no awards shall be given. For National Champion jersey design, British
British National Championships restricted by National Champions in Downhill and Four Cross
age categories, after the entries have closed have the option of wearing a jersey with the left
the Federation may choose to combine one or arm sleeve representing the Union Jack. No
more adjacent categories to create a new advertising is permitted on that left arm sleeve.
British National Championship Event where the Apart from the left arm sleeve the remaining
number of entries exceeds this limit. spaces (e.g. front, back and right arm sleeve)
are left at the disposal of the riders for their
M9.4. Where there are at least three entries, a usual sponsors.
British National Championship jersey shall be
awarded to the winner, and medals of British M10. HOME COUNTRY AND
National Championship design shall be REGIONAL CHAMPIONSHIPS
presented as follows:
M10.1. INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
TYPE OF NUMBER OF
MEDALS
CHAMPIONSHIPS ENTRIES M11. SPECIFIC COMPETITION
Gold, silver PROVISIONS – CROSS COUNTRY
8 or more
and bronze
Male/Female/Junior
M11.1. Competition Types
3 to 5 Gold M11.1.1. Cross Country Olympic: XCO
Gold, silver
Masters/Youth/Disability 5 or more
and bronze M11.1.1.1. Each lap shall be between four and six km in
and 4 Gold and silver length in British National and international
All Team Championships events or 16 to 21 minutes in duration for the
3 Gold leading Elite men. The lap length may be
extended to a maximum of 9 km for other
M9.5. There shall be no separate Sport or Expert Events. The number of laps to be completed
British National Championship racing as these shall vary from category to category.
are not Championship categories. To enable
riders to score Licence Points, Expert and Elite
riders are combined as one category.
116 2020 HANDBOOK

MOUNTAIN BIKE
M11.1.1.2. The optimum duration for a Cross Country M11.1.4.1. Any Event using a lap length below the Olympic
Olympic Event shall be within the below listed format minimum of 4 km, with a maximum
ranges (in hours and minutes) or as close as Race duration of 60 minutes for Junior and
possible to them. In the event of very severe Senior riders. The lap length and Race duration
weather conditions, the Chief Commissaire may be reduced for younger riders. The start
shall aim for a race time as close as possible to and finish shall be in the same area.
the minimum time. The times apply to the
winning rider in each category. In British M11.1.4.2. For Cross Country Short Circuit Races of less
National Events the UCI time limits shall apply. than 15 minutes in duration a maximum
number of riders may be set. Where required, a
MINIMUM MAXIMUM system of heats and Final may be employed.
Under 12 0:30
M11.1.5. Cross Country Eliminator: XCE
Juvenile Men 0:30 1:00
Juvenile Women 0:30 1:00 M11.1.5.1. A series of short lap Races run over a course of
less than one kilometre and contested by heats
Youth Men 0:30 1:00
of up to six riders, with the leading riders
Youth Women 0:30 1:00 progressing to the next round. The format
Junior Men 1:00 1:30 (1:15*) employed by the UCI shall be used, unless
otherwise agreed by the Federation.
Junior Women 1:00 1:30 (1.15*)
Senior Men Under 23 1:15 1:45 (1:30*) M11.1.6. Cross Country Time Trial: XCT
Senior Women Under 23 1:15 1:45 (1:30*)
M11.1.6.1. Any Event where riders are set off individually or
Senior Men Elite 1:30 2:00
in Teams and timed over a set distance. When
Senior Women Elite 1:30 2:00 part of a Stage Race, the distance should not
Masters Men 1:15 1:45 exceed 15 km.
Masters Women 1:15 1:45

M11.1.7. Cross Country Team Relay: XCR
Veteran Men 1:15 1:45
Veteran Women 1:15 1:45 M11.1.7.1. A competition between Teams of two or more
riders, each completing one lap or eliminator
*max time under UCI regulations type course.
M11.1.2. Cross Country Endurance and Marathon: XCM M11.1.8. Cross Country Stage Race: XCS
M11.1.2.1. Cross Country Endurance includes any cross M11.1.8.1. An event judged on total time or points
country Race scheduled for a race time of two resulting from two or more stages which may
hours or more but falling outside the definition be of the same or differing cross country
of a Stage Race. Individuals and Teams may disciplines. Riders must complete each stage
participate in these Events. The format of the according to the specific procedures for the
Event may be defined by a specific distance or Event in order to be eligible for the next stage.
by the number of laps to be completed in a
predetermined period of time. M11.2. The Course
M11.1.2.2. The classic Cross Country Marathon format, M11.2.1. The course for a cross country Race shall
including British National Championships, shall include a variety of terrain such as roads, forest
be a minimum distance of 60km. The Race tracks, fields and earth or gravel paths. Paved,
may be run over a single lap or multiple laps. tarred or asphalt roads should not exceed 15%
of the total course. Extended single-track
M11.1.3. Cross Country Point to Point: XCP sections must have periodic passing sections.
M11.1.3.1. Any Cross Country mass start endurance Race M11.2.2. It must be possible to ride the whole course on
starting in one location and finishing elsewhere. a cycle regardless of the terrain and weather
The course should be a minimum of 25 km. conditions. Brief and unavoidable dismounts
may be approved by the Chief Commissaire.
M11.1.4. Cross Country Short Circuit: XCC
BRITISH CYCLING 117

MOUNTAIN BIKE
M11.2.3. Where Cross Country and Downhill disciplines M11.4. Course Marking
are part of the same Event, their respective
courses should not overlap. If this cannot be M11.4.1. Replicas of the following signs must be used:
achieved, exclusive training periods must be
allocated on each course.
STRAIGHT ON CAUTION
M11.2.4. In areas where there are steep or potentially
hazardous downhill sections, the course must LEFT AT RIGHT AT
JUNCTION JUNCTION
be additionally marked with plastic fence posts
or ski slalom gates (PVC piping) or similar, 1.5 CAUTION – EXTREME
to 2 metres high. For Downhill and 4X course SLOW DOWN CAUTION
design, plastic fence posts must not be used.
WRONG RIVER
Only ski slalom gates (PVC piping) or similar are DIRECTION CROSSING
permitted.
BRIDGE AHEAD
M11.3. Start and Finish
M11.3.1. The start and finish lines must be clearly M11.4.2. The final kilometre of the Race or lap must be
marked with a temporary paint that can clearly marked by a sign indicating 1 km to go.
withstand all weather conditions. Where start or In Marathon (XCM) format, the course/lap
finish banners are used, they must be placed distance should be clearly indicated every
immediately above the line with a minimum 10 km.
clearance of 2.6 metres and cover the whole
width of the line. M11.5. Feed/Technical Assistance Zones
M11.3.2. The start zone for mass start events should be M11.5.1. Each Feed/Technical Assistance Zone must be
at least 6 metres wide for a minimum distance located on flat or uphill sections which are slow
of 30 metres before and 100 metres after the and wide enough for this purpose.
start line. It must be on a flat or uphill section of
the course and the first narrowing after the start M11.5.2. For Olympic format Events one double or two
must allow the riders to pass easily. single Feed/Technical Assistance Zones shall
be set up. Additional zones may be required for
M11.3.3. The finish zone for mass start events should be Marathon format, dependent upon the distance
at least 4 metres wide for a minimum distance of the course or lap.
of 50 metres before and 20 metres after the
finish line. It must be on a flat or uphill section M11.5.3. Physical contact between feeders/mechanics
of the course. and riders is permitted only in Feed/Technical
Assistance Zones. Water bottles and food must
M11.3.4. The course should be secured before and after be passed to the rider by hand by the feeder or
the start and finish lines for a minimum of 50 the mechanic. The feeder or mechanic is not
metres. Barriers must be used where available permitted to run alongside the rider or place
and are obligatory for British National Events. water bottles on to the cycle.
The start and finish zones must be free of
obstacles. M11.5.4. The spraying of water on riders or cycles is
forbidden.
M11.3.5. In Cross Country Olympic format events, when
the race leader of a category finishes the Race, M11.5.5. No rider may turn back on the course to reach
all other riders in the same category shall also a Feed/Technical Assistance Zone. Any rider
finish their Race when they next cross the finish doing so shall be disqualified. Only within the
line. They shall be awarded their race position Feed/Technical Assistance Zone itself may a
and, where appropriate, be classified according rider turn back without obstructing other
to the number of laps down on the winner. competitors.
M11.6. Authorised Technical Assistance
M11.6.1. Technical assistance during a Race is only

permitted subject to the conditions below.
118 2020 HANDBOOK

MOUNTAIN BIKE
M11.6.2. Authorised technical assistance during a Race M12.3. A single run format must be used. This may
consists only of repairs to or the replacement of involve one of the following systems:
any part of the cycle other than the frame.
Cycle changes are not permitted and the rider M12.3.1. A system in which a qualification round leads to
must cross the finish line with the same a Final in which the fastest time wins.
handlebar number plate that they started with.
M12.3.2. A seeding run, followed by a single run by all
M11.6.3. Authorised technical assistance may only be riders based on the seeding run, with the
given in the Feed/Technical Assistance Zones. fastest time winning;
M11.6.4. Spare equipment and tools for repairs must be M12.3.3. A two-run system with the fastest single time
kept in the Feed/Technical Assistance Zones. from either run counting to the result; or
Repairs and equipment changes may be carried
out by the rider or with the help of a Team M12.3.4. A training session followed by a single run is
member, Team mechanic or neutral technical acceptable for Regional B and non-ranking
assistance. Small items such as an inner tube or Events.
a small tool may be passed to the rider from the
Feed/Technical Assistance Zones. M12.4. Two runs with a combined or average time is
only an acceptable system at short course or
M11.6.5. Riders may carry small tools and spare parts non-ranking Events.
provided that they do not cause any risk of
danger or distraction to themselves or other M12.5. If the Final cannot take place due to unforeseen
riders. circumstances, the qualifying round or seeding
run shall determine the result.
M11.7. Course Signals
M12.6. In Events registered with the UCI, only Junior,
M11.7.1. Course Marshals shall be equipped with yellow Senior, Expert and Elite category riders are
and red flags and a whistle in order to indicate eligible for UCI points.
race incidents.
M12.7. Course Design Parameters
M11.7.2. In official training and Events, Marshals shall
wave a yellow flag and sound the whistle to M12.7.1. The start area must be at least one metre wide
indicate a potential hazard on the course. and the finish area must be of adequate width
Riders observing a yellow flag must reduce for the speed of entry and the size of the field.
speed and proceed with caution.
M12.7.2. The finish line must be clearly marked.
M11.7.3. On the instructions of the Chief Commissaire,
Marshals shall wave a red flag and sound the M12.7.3. A braking area must be provided after the finish
whistle to indicate a serious incident on the line which has adequate protection and is
course which warrants the stopping of the event. completely cordoned off from spectators. The
Riders observing a red flag must stop immediately distance between the finish line to the end of
and await instructions from an Official. the braking area must be adequate for the
speed and conditions.
M12. SPECIFIC COMPETITION
PROVISIONS – INDIVIDUAL M12.7.4. The minimum duration of a standard course
DOWNHILL downhill event is approximately two minutes
based on the expected fastest winning time.
M12.1. A time trial for an individual rider classified as
either “short course” or “standard” based on M12.7.5. The maximum duration of a short course
the expected fastest winning time. downhill event is approximately 1:30 minutes
based on the expected fastest winning time.
M12.2. A downhill course must follow a descending There is no minimum time.
route. The course shall include a mixture of
single track, fire road, field tracks, forest tracks M12.7.6. If the course utilises drops that cannot be rolled
and rocky tracks. There should be a mixture of down, all short course Downhill Events must
rapid and slower technical sections which test have alternative routes.
the technical skills of the riders.
BRITISH CYCLING 119

MOUNTAIN BIKE
M12.8. Any transport provided as part of an Event M13.4. Crossing the start line with any part of the front
must be capable of moving at least 100 riders wheel before the official signal to start shall
per hour, with their cycles, to the top of the result in the maximum time/race position
course. penalty for that run.
M12.9. A radio communications system capable of M13.5. Gate Marshals must have flags which are raised
covering the entire course without dead spots when a gate is missed or run over.
from start to finish is mandatory for Downhill
Events. M13.6. If all riders fall or fail to finish in the same heat,
the winner shall be the rider that travelled
M12.10. All riders in Downhill Events must complete at furthest down the course.
least two practice runs over the full course
before their Race. It is the responsibility of the M13.7. The course must, wherever possible, be held
rider to ensure that this requirement is fulfilled. on land with a gradual moderate slope and may
include Berms, jumps, dips and table tops.
M13.8. Drop gates which can be operated
M12.11.1. Course Marshals shall be equipped with yellow simultaneously shall be used at the start line of
and red flags and a whistle in order to indicate each Event.
race incidents.
M12.11.2. Each Marshal shall signal the arrival of riders
with a short blast on a whistle. M13.10. Course Marshals shall be equipped with yellow
and red flags and a whistle in order to indicate
M12.11.3. In official training, Marshals shall wave a yellow race incidents.
flag and sound the whistle to indicate a
potential hazard on the course. Riders M13.11. In official training, Marshals shall wave a yellow
observing a yellow flag must reduce speed and flag and sound the whistle to indicate a
proceed with caution. potential hazard on the course. Riders
observing a yellow flag must reduce speed and
M12.11.4. In official training and Events, Marshals shall proceed with caution.
wave a red flag and sound the whistle to
indicate a serious incident on the course which M13.12. In official training and Events, Marshals shall
warrants the stopping of the Race. Riders wave a red flag and sound the whistle to
observing a red flag must stop immediately and indicate a serious incident on the course which
await instructions from an Official. warrants the stopping of the Race. Riders
observing a red flag must stop immediately and
M13. SPECIFIC COMPETITION await instructions from an Official.
PROVISIONS - FOUR CROSS,
DUAL SLALOM AND PUMP M13.13. Four Cross Racing: 4X
TRACK
M13.13.1. Head to head competition between a minimum
M13.1. Riders shall start from a stationary position. of two and a maximum of four riders on a single
course, which may be interspersed with flexible
M13.2. Forward movement of the cycle resulting in a poles forming ‘gates’ that have to be
barge of the starting gate shall result in a negotiated. The nature of the Event is such that
penalty being awarded against the offending there shall be some measure of potential
rider on that run. It is considered a barge when contact between riders, which shall be
a rider causes a gate or other starting tolerated when the contact is in the spirit of
mechanism to malfunction by hitting it or by racing, sportsmanship, and fairness to fellow
forcing it to open by leaving before the competitors.
command to start.
M13.13.2. Training sessions must be scheduled on the
M13.3. Breaking the gate shall result in disqualification. day of the Final.
120 2020 HANDBOOK

MOUNTAIN BIKE
M13.13.3. For qualification, each rider completes one M13.13.14. If deemed appropriate by the Organiser, a three
timed run on the course. A qualifying system or four Moto qualification event can replace the
involving Motos is also acceptable. timed run before moving into the single round
elimination phase.
M13.13.4. A start list shall be prepared which must be
adhered to. Riders not appearing for their start M13.14. Dual Slalom Racing: DS
time shall not be permitted to qualify. Riders
shall start on the Starter’s command. M13.14.1. Dual Slalom Racing is contested by a maximum
of two riders competing over two parallel
M13.13.5. Following the qualification round the top 32 courses interspersed with flexible poles forming
men and top 16 women (or other multiples of 8) ‘gates’ that have to be negotiated. The courses
are seeded according to their time in are designed to avoid the potential of contact
qualification and shall move into the main event. between the two riders.
M13.13.6. The quartets shall be organised in such a way M13.14.2. Unless authorised, training on the course is not
to ensure that the only time the fastest and permitted in advance of competition. The
second fastest seeded riders meet is in the courses should only be inspected on foot prior
Final. to the commencement of racing.
M13.13.7. The first two riders to pass the finish line, M13.14.3. Any riders training on the course with a cycle
without incurring a penalty, shall move to the without authorisation may be subject to a
next round. There shall be one heat only. penalty and disqualification.
M13.13.8. The rider with the fastest qualifying time of any M13.14.4. The two parallel courses shall be as close to
quartet shall choose their start position. identical as possible, marked with gates around
which the riders ride with an average time
M13.13.9. In addition to the Final, a further Race shall take difference of less than 5%.
place between the third and fourth placed
riders from the penultimate round, to determine M13.14.5. Riders may be selected on a predetermined
fifth to eighth place. basis laid down by the Organiser or via a
qualifying round. The chosen method of
M13.13.10. Riders finishing ninth onwards shall have their selection shall be advertised prior to the day of
positions determined firstly by which round they racing.
reached and secondly by their qualifying time.
M13.14.6. Where a qualification round is held, there is a
M13.13.11. The first five metres of the course must be free choice of qualifying systems:
of any obstacles and there may be white lines
dividing the separate starting lanes. In M13.14.6.1. Each rider completes one run on the
qualification rounds, riders who cross, or ride same course;
on the white line, shall be placed last. In later
rounds the penalty shall be disqualification. M13.14.6.2. Each rider rides each course once and the
times for the two runs are added together; and
M13.13.12. The duration of the courses shall be between
30 and 60 seconds, with the optimum being M13.14.6.3. A multiple number of runs on either
45-60 seconds. course in a given period of time, with the rider’s
best run on either course counted as their
M13.13.13. Riders are required to pass through each gate qualifying time.
without running over it, i.e. both wheels of the
cycle must trace a path inside each gate. M13.14.7. The seeding list shall be announced after riders
During the knock-out phases any rider who present from the pre-selected entry are
misses a gate (that is not returned to and confirmed or after the completion of any
passed correctly), or who runs over a gate, qualifying runs. The highest ranked competitor
shall be disqualified. If a Moto format is used, or fastest qualifier shall be seeded against the
then the penalty during the Motos stage shall lowest ranked or slowest qualifier, the second
be to award the offending rider last place highest ranked or second fastest qualifier
points. Clipping or dislodging a flag is not in against the second lowest ranked or second
itself considered an offence. slowest qualifier, and so on.
BRITISH CYCLING 121

MOUNTAIN BIKE
M13.14.8. The riders shall race head-to-head on each M13.15.3. Following the qualification round the top men
course with the rider holding the faster and top women are seeded according to their
combined time moving to the next round of the time in qualification and shall move into the
competition. main competition starting with the slowest time.
M13.14.9. Any rider that misses their start time by more M13.15.4. Both wheels of the cycle must stay on the
than two minutes after the final call shall be course at all times.
disqualified.
M13.15.5. The course shall be a minimum of one metre
M13.14.10. The duration of the course should be between wide.
20 seconds and 45 seconds, with the optimal
time being 30 seconds. M14. SPECIFIC COMPETITION
PROVISIONS – OTHER
M13.14.11. Alternating left and right, riders must ride
around each gate, ensuring that both tyre M14.1. Course Signals
tracks pass the outside of each gate. A missed
gate (that is not returned to and passed M14.1.1. Course Marshals shall be equipped with yellow
correctly), or a run over a gate, shall result in and red flags and a whistle in order to indicate
the maximum time penalty for the rider race incidents.
concerned on that run.
M14.1.2. In official training and Events, Marshals shall
M13.14.12. The most a rider can lose by is the maximum wave a yellow flag and sound the whistle to
time penalty which is determined for that indicate a potential hazard on the course.
particular course. Riders observing a yellow flag must reduce
speed and proceed with caution.
M13.14.13. The maximum time penalty is calculated by
taking 10% of the fastest time recorded in the M14.1.3. On the instructions of the Chief Commissaire,
qualification runs. Marshals shall wave a red flag and sound the
whistle to indicate a serious incident on the
M13.14.14. Where there is no qualification round, by taking course which warrants the stopping of the
10% of the time of the fastest rider in the first Event. Riders observing a red flag must stop
round of the competition proper to that point in immediately and await instructions from an
time. The time may be rounded out to the Official.
nearest 1/10th of a second.
M14.2. Hill Climb: HC
M13.14.15. If there is a tie in the combined times after two
runs have been completed by both riders in a M14.2.1. A point to point course containing at least 80%
heat, the winner of the second run advances to of uphill riding. Group or individual starts are
the next round permitted. The course starts in one location
and finishes in another at a higher elevation.
M13.15. Pump Track Racing: PTR
M14.3. Urban Races: XCU & DHU
M13.15.1. Individual Race runs over a course combining
Berms, jumps and other obstacles. Courses M14.3.1. Urban Downhill (DHU) and Cross Country (XCU)
can be looped with a parallel start and finish Races utilise off road, paved and asphalt
area or point to point. The emphasis shall be on surfaces and may also include man made
technical skills rather than pedalling. The course obstacles. Events held on public roads or
shall be traversed one rider at a time with the spaces are required to follow all relevant
fastest riders progressing to the next round. highway regulations and bye-laws.
M13.15.2. For qualification, each rider completes one M14.3.2. Courses must be fully marked with barriers or
timed run on the course. A list of start times course tape. Where spectators have access,
shall be prepared which must be adhered to. barriers must be used.
Riders not appearing for their start time shall
not be permitted to qualify. Riders shall start on
the Starter’s command.
122 2020 HANDBOOK

MOUNTAIN BIKE
M14.3.3. Additional signs must be used to direct
participants to the top of the course ensuring
that the safest route is utilised.
M14.3.4. Events that take place during the hours without

daylight must be lit by permanent or temporary
lighting to normal street light levels.
M14.4. Mixed Competitions: MMX
M14.4.1. Any Event which combines a series of Events,

trials or tests to determine an overall
classification, but which falls outside the
definition of a Stage Race. Such Events may
include Mountain Bike disciplines as defined in
these Technical Regulations, cycle handling
trials, skills tests or other formats, but all should
be performed using a mountain bike-style
cycle. Generally, the same cycle should be
used for all elements of the competition.
M14.4.2. Organisers wishing to run such an Event under

these Technical Regulations should submit to
the Federation a technical guide detailing the
format and regulations of each element of the
competition.
BRITISH CYCLING 123

NOTES
NOTES
124 2020 HANDBOOK

ROAD
R O A D T E C H N I C A L R E G U L AT I O N S
Contents
1 Application 126
3 Licences 127
6 Officials 133
7 Infringements 133
11 Specific Competition Provisions – Road Race 136
12 Specific Competition Provisions – Closed Circuit or Criterium Race 136
13 Specific Competition Provisions – Stage races 137
14 Specific Competition Provisions – Time Trials 137
Appendix
1 Scottish Time Trial Equipment Regulations 140
BRITISH CYCLING 125

ROAD
R1. APPLICATION
R2.1.4. Cycles used for any Road Events (save for

Scottish Time Trial Events):
R1.1. These Road Regulations, together with the
General Regulations, shall apply to and bind R2.1.4.1. must have dropped handlebars; and
any individual who participates (whether
personally or through another individual), R2.1.4.2. must not have tri-bars, arm extensions or arm
organises or officiates in any Road Event (which pads.
shall include all competition types referred to in
these regulations). R2.1.5. Handlebar ends shall be plugged, not merely
covered by tape, and other projections shall be
R2. CYCLES, CLOTHING AND protected as far as possible.
EQUIPMENT
R2.1.6. Cycles used for any Road Events (save for
R2.1. Cycles Scottish Time Trial Events) must be fitted with a
freewheel and two independent brakes, with
R2.1.1. Unless expressly authorised by the format of their brake levers securely fastened to the
the competition, Events held under these handlebars. The use of disc brakes is
Technical Regulations are restricted to cycles permitted.
that are compliant with UCI Regulations. Under
all circumstances, Events held under these R2.1.7. Appendix R1 deals with the equipment to be
Technical Regulations are restricted to cycles used in Scottish Time Trial Events.
that are compliant with the following Technical
Regulations. R2.1.8. Youth and Junior Cycles
R2.1.2. The following cycles only are eligible for use in R2.1.8.1. Riders shall be restricted to a maximum gear
Road Events held under the Technical such that the distance covered per crank
Regulations: revolution is as shown in the following table:
R2.1.2.1. For bicycle Events - any two-wheeled one-track CATEGORY ROAD RACING
cycle carrying one rider;
Junior 7.93 metres
R2.1.2.2. For tandem bicycle Events - any two-wheeled Youth A 6.93 metres
one-track cycle carrying two riders seated one Youth B 6.45 metres
directly behind the other;
Youth C 6.05 metres
R2.1.2.3. For tricycle Events – any three-wheeled cycle, Youth D 5.40 metres
two or more tracked, carrying two or more Youth E 5.10 metres
riders; the width of the track made by its
wheels being at least 18 inches and having all
wheels on the ground; R2.1.8.2. Gear checks must be performed on the
equipment of all riders subject to gear
R2.1.2.4. For tandem tricycle Events - any three-wheeled restrictions. Supplementary gear checks may
cycle, two or more tracked, carrying two riders take place after the Event.
seated one directly behind the other; the width
of the track made by its wheels being at least R2.1.8.3. Cycles used by riders in Youth B and younger
18 inches and having all wheels on the ground; categories for any Road Events (including
and Scottish Time Trial Events) must:
R2.1.2.5. For paracycling Events - tandems, tricycles and R2.1.8.3.1. have wheels with:
handcycles in accordance with UCI
Regulations. R2.1.8.3.1.1. a maximum rim depth of 35mm; and
R2.1.3. Any cycle used in Road Events held under the R2.1.8.3.1.2. a minimum of 16 and a maximum of 40
Technical Regulations must operate wholly spokes. Spokes can be round, flattened or oval
through the motive power of its rider(s). but must not exceed 10mm in width; and
126 2020 HANDBOOK

ROAD
R3. RIDER ELIGIBILITY AND
R2.1.8.3.2. not have tri-bars, arm extensions or arm pads.
ENTRY PROCEDURES
R2.2. Clothing
R3.1. A Racing Licence must be held in order to
R2.2.1. Riders must be clothed from neck to at least mid- compete in any British National
thigh. Jerseys must be sleeved beyond the Championships, other national level Events and
shoulder. Home Country and Regional Championships.
R2.2.2. Save where R2.2.4 applies, riders must wear the R4. AGE CATEGORIES
registered design and colours of the Club, Team,
R4.1. The following age categories for participating in
Region or Home Country they are representing
Events shall apply:
unless required to wear the clothing prescribed
by the Event they are participating in.
AGE
AGE
CATEGORIES
Save where R2.2.4 applies, riders not
R2.2.3.
representing a Club, Team, Region or Home Youth E -
Until 31 December in year of 8th birthday
Under 8
Country must wear predominantly plain clothing
free of any lettering save for the mark of the Youth D - From 1 January in year of 9th birthday until
manufacturer. Under 10 31 December in year of 10th birthday
Youth C - From 1 January in year of 11th birthday until
R2.2.4. Except in British National Events, Youth riders, Under 12 31 December in year of 12th birthday
4th Category riders and those who do not hold Youth B - From 1 January in year of 13th birthday until
Racing Licence or Day Licence are permitted to Under 14 31 December in year of 14th birthday
wear any suitable clothing whilst competing. Youth A - From 1 January in year of 15th birthday until
Under 16 31 December in year of 16th birthday
R2.3. Equipment
From 1 January in year of 17th birthday until
Junior
R2.3.1. All accessories must be securely fastened and
any equipment that is not essential for racing Senior
purposes must be removed.
Under 23
31 December in year of 22nd birthday
R2.3.2. In Road and Circuit Events, including Stage
Races, two identi ication numbers (whether on a From 1 January in year of 30th birthday
one-piece panel or not) must be worn on the Master who is not a member of a UCI WorldTeam
or UCI ProTeam
body.
R2.3.3. In Time Trial Events, single identi ication numbers R4.2. The Masters category shall be sub-divided
must be worn on the body. as follows:
R2.3.4. Identi ication numbers must be securely

attached, not folded, obscured or altered and MASTERS GROUP AGE
displayed in accordance with Organiser’s Group A 30 to 34
instructions.
Group B 35 to 39
R2.3.5. The use of non-shatterproof vessels of any kind is Group C 40 to 44

prohibited. Group D 45 to 49
Group E 50 to 54
Group F 55 to 59
Group G 60 to 64
Group H 65 to 69
Group I 70 to 74
Group J 75 to 80
Group K 80+
BRITISH CYCLING 127

ROAD
R5. ABILITY CATEGORIES,

R5.1.2.2. 3rd Category - any rider who has gained any

EVENT CLASSIFICATION Licence Points in Youth category Events in the
AND LICENCE POINTS previous Year.
R5.1. Ability Categories R5.1.2.3. 2nd Category male - any rider who has
achieved:
R5.1.1. The following ability categories shall apply:
R5.1.2.3.1. a top 15 ranking in the Youth A Boys British
R5.1.1.1. 4th Category - any new or existing Junior or National Circuit Race Series in the previous
Senior Licence Holder who shall not fall within Year;
any other ability category.
R5.1.2.3.2. a top 3 ranking in any Road Youth A Boys
R5.1.1.2. 3rd Category - any Junior or Senior Licence British National Championship in the previous
Holder who has gained at least 12 Licence Year; or
Points during any one Year whilst being a 4th
Category rider. Members are not downgraded R5.1.2.3.3. a top 10 ranking in Youth A Boys British
to 4th Category once 3rd Category status has National Rankings in the previous Year.
been achieved.
R5.1.2.4. 2nd Category female - any rider who has
R5.1.1.3. 2nd Category - any Junior or Senior Licence achieved:
Holder who has gained 40 Licence Points
during any one Year whilst being a 3rd R5.1.2.4.1. a top 5 ranking in the Youth A Girls British
Category rider. National Circuit Race Series in the previous
Year;
R5.1.1.3.1. To retain 2nd Category status for any
subsequent Year, a rider must obtain at least 25 R5.1.2.4.2. a top 3 ranking in any Road or Track Youth A
Licence Points from Events open to that Girls British National Championship in the
category of rider. previous Year; or
R5.1.1.4. 1st Category - any Junior or Senior Licence R5.1.2.4.3. a top 5 ranking in Youth A Girls British National
Holder who has gained at least 200 Licence Rankings in the previous Year.
Points during any one Year whilst being a 2nd
Category rider. R5.1.3. Junior riders will not be eligible for Elite status.
R5.1.1.4.1. To retain 1st Category status for any R5.1.4. Senior riders selected for Great Britain shall be
subsequent Year, a rider must obtain at least in the Elite Category in that Year and the
100 Licence Points from Events open to that following Year. Junior riders selected for Great
category of rider. Britain shall be in the 1st Category in that Year
and the following Year.
R5.1.1.5. Elite status - any Senior Licence Holder who
has gained at least 300 Licence Points during R5.1.5. Riders who have changed category during the
any one Year whilst being an Elite or 1st course of any Year shall start the following Year
Category rider. in that new category, even if they have not
obtained the required number of points for the
R5.1.1.5.1. To retain Elite status for any subsequent Year, a new category.
rider must obtain at least 300 Licence Points.
R5.1.6. Upon an application by the rider, the Chief
R5.1.2. Junior Riders – On reaching the Junior age Executive may:
category, the following ability categories shall
apply: R5.1.6.1. grant any status to any rider;
R5.1.2.1. 4th Category – any rider who has not gained R5.1.6.2. grant 1st Category status to Master riders who
any Youth category Licence Points in the have achieved Elite status;
previous Year.
R5.1.6.3. authorise a Youth B rider who has gained 50
Licence Points in a Year to compete for the
remainder of their time as a Youth B in Closed
128 2020 HANDBOOK

ROAD
Road Circuit Events restricted to Youth A riders. R5.2.1.1.3.5. The total prize monies paid must be a
This authorisation will not extend to British minimum of £2,000. Prize money must be paid
National Events, Home Country and Regional to riders placed 1st to 20th in accordance with
Championships. the following structure:
R5.1.6.4. authorise a Youth A rider who has gained 50 R5.2.1.1.3.5.1. 1st-3rd = 20%;
Licence Points in a Year to compete for the
remainder of their time as a Youth A against R5.2.1.1.3.5.2. 4th-6th = 8%;
riders of any older category in Closed Road
Circuit Events. This authorisation will not apply R5.2.1.1.3.5.3. 7th-9th = 5%; and
to British National A Events or to British
National, Home Country and Regional R5.2.1.1.3.5.4. 10th-20th = 3%.
Championships.
R5.2.1.2. National A (Female) – open to senior female
Riders receiving authorisation under R5.1.6 Elite, 1st, 2nd and 3rd Category riders. All
shall be issued with a card by the Federation Races except the National Road Race
which must be produced by the rider when Championships shall also be open to junior
signing on at any relevant Events. female 1st, 2nd and 3rd Category riders.
R5.2. Event Classification R5.2.1.2.1. Only one National A (Female) Event shall be
held on the same day.
R5.2.1. Road and Circuit Events other than those
exclusively for Youth, Junior or Masters riders R5.2.1.2.2. The minimum distance for a single day Road
shall be classified as follows: Race shall be 100km.
R5.2.1.1. National A (Male) – open to male Senior Elite, R5.2.1.2.3. The minimum time for a Circuit Race shall be
1st and 2nd Category male riders. 45 minutes
R5.2.1.1.1. National A Closed Road Circuit Events shall R5.2.1.2.4. The minimum distance for a Road stage of a
also be open to 1st and 2nd Category Junior Stage Race shall be 70km.
riders.
R5.2.1.2.5. British National Championship Time Trials for
R5.2.1.1.2. British National Time Trial Championships for female riders shall be run as National A Events.
male riders shall be run as National A (Male).
R5.2.1.3. National B – open to male Senior Elite, 1st,
R5.2.1.1.3. The following shall apply to all National A 2nd and 3rd Category riders, male Junior 1st,
Events: 2nd and 3rd Category riders and female Senior
Elite, 1st and 2nd Category riders.
R5.2.1.1.3.1. Only one National A Event can be held on a
particular day. R5.2.1.3.1. Where the minimum distance for a Road Event
is not achieved, the National B Event shall be
R5.2.1.1.3.2. The minimum distance for a single day open to all male Junior 1st, 2nd and 3rd
Road Event shall be 130 km if terrain is Category riders and all female Junior 1st and
demanding (to be determined by the 2nd Category riders.
Federation), rising to a maximum of 180 km on
flatter terrain (to be determined by the R5.2.1.3.2. The following should apply to all National B
Federation). Events:
R5.2.1.1.3.3. The minimum distance for a Road stage of R5.2.1.3.3. The minimum distance for a Road Event shall
a Stage Event shall be 80 km. be 120 km on demanding terrain (to be
decided by the Federation), or 100 km with a
R5.2.1.1.3.4. The minimum duration for a Circuit Event minimum of 1,500m of climbing over the
shall be 60 minutes, and the maximum duration course of the Event distance; and
shall be 90 minutes.
R5.2.1.3.4. The minimum duration for a Circuit Event shall
be 60 minutes.
BRITISH CYCLING 129

ROAD
R5.2.1.4. National B (Female) - open to Senior female R5.2.1.9.1. A Regional C or Regional C+ Event may be run
Elite, 1st, 2nd and 3rd Category riders and 1st, as a Handicap Event or other appropriate
2nd and 3rd Category Junior riders. format. Such Events may also be restricted to
4th Category riders only.
R5.2.1.4.1. The minimum distance for a Single Day Road
Race shall be 80km. R5.2.1.9.2. The following shall apply to all Regional C+ and
Regional C Events:
R5.2.1.4.2. The minimum time for a Circuit Race shall be
45 minutes. R5.2.1.9.2.1. The maximum duration shall be 90
minutes.
R5.2.1.5. Regional A – open to Senior and Junior 2nd,
3rd and 4th Category male riders and Senior R5.2.1.9.2.2. Where the circuit is too small to allow for a
and Junior female riders of all categories. Handicap Event which meets the minimum time
requirement, the Organiser may choose to use
R5.2.1.5.1. The minimum distance for a Road Event shall another appropriate format, provided such
be 80 km. format reasonably caters for the widest
possible range of ability.
R5.2.1.5.2. The minimum duration for a Circuit Event shall
be 50 minutes. R5.2.1.9.3. Except the British National Championships, all
other Time Trials shall be run as Regional C+ or
R5.2.1.6. Regional A (Female) - open to senior female Regional C Events.
2nd, 3rd and 4th Category and Junior riders.
R5.2.1.10. Regional C and Regional C+ (Female)
R5.2.1.6.1. The minimum distance for a Road Race shall - open to female riders of all Categories, to be
be 70km. run as a Handicap or other appropriate format.
Such Events may also be restricted to 4th
R5.2.1.6.2. The minimum time for a Circuit Race shall be Category riders only.
40 minutes.
R5.2.1.10.1. The minimum time for a Circuit Race shall
R5.2.1.7. Regional B – open to male Senior and Junior be 30 minutes.
3rd and 4th Category riders and female Senior
and Junior female riders of all categories.
R5.2.1.7.1. The maximum distance for a Road Race shall

be 90 km.
R5.2.1.7.2. The minimum duration for a Circuit Race shall

be 40 minutes.
R5.2.1.8. Regional B (Female) - open to senior and

junior female 3rd and 4th Category riders.
R5.2.1.8.1. The minimum distance for a Road Race shall

be 60km.
R5.2.1.8.2. The minimum time for a Circuit Race shall be

40 minutes.
R5.2.1.9. Regional C and Regional C+ – open to

Senior and Junior male and female riders of all
Categories.
130 2020 HANDBOOK

ROAD
R5.3. Licence Points
R5.3.1. Licence Points for Road and Track Events shall be awarded as follows:
POINTS BAND 1 2 3 4 5
Nat B Road Reg A Road Reg B Road Reg C+

Position Nat A Road
Nat A Circuit Nat B Circuit Reg A Circuit Reg B Circuit
1 100 60 30 15 10
2 85 52 25 12 8
3 75 45 21 10 7
4 66 40 17 8 6
5 58 35 14 6 5
6 51 31 12 5 4
7 45 27 10 4 3
8 39 23 8 3 2
9 34 20 7 2 1
10 29 17 6 1 1
11 25 15 5
12 21 13 4
13 18 11 3
14 15 9 2
15 12 7 1
16 10 6
17 8 5
18 6 3
19 4 2
20 2 1
R5.3.2. Regional C and Go Race Events do not qualify for Licence Points.
R5.3.3. Where the minimum Road Event distance, as defined in R5.2.1, is not achieved, the next lower
Points Band is utilised.
R5.3.4. For Road and Circuit Events, other than those restricted to Youth riders only, the following Points
Bands shall apply:
EVENT POINTS BAND

National A Stage Races: Individual Stage (including Time Trials) 3
National B Stage Races: Individual Stage (including Time Trials) 4
Regional Stage Races: Individual Stage (including Time Trials) 5
National Championship or National Series Event for Juniors 2
Other Event open only to Juniors 3
National Championship or National Series Event for Masters 3
Other Event open only to Masters 4
National Championships for Paracycling sport groups MC5, FC5, MC4, FC4, MB & FB. 3
BRITISH CYCLING 131

ROAD
R5.3.5. For Road and Circuit Events with fewer than 10 R5.3.14. Licence Points shall not be carried from one
rider entries, the Licence Points awarded will be Year to another.
limited to three points for first place, two points
for second place and one point for third place. R5.3.15. British National and Regional Rankings
R5.3.6. Except for Regional C and Go Race Events, or R5.3.15.1. Licence Points gained in National Events shall
Events under G6.4, Points Band 5 shall apply be utilised to determine the following British
to all Closed Road Circuit Events taking place National Road rankings:
between 1st November and the last day of
February and to weekday Closed Circuit Events R5.3.15.1.1. British National Individual Rankings. A
on ‘permanent traffic-free’ facilities taking place ranked list of individual riders shall be
throughout the year. determined by total Licence Points scored in
National Events, and produced for Elite, 1st,
R5.3.7. For Road and Circuit Events restricted to Youth 2nd and 3rd Category riders. Separate rankings
A or Youth B riders, the following Points Bands shall be produced for male and female riders;
shall apply:
R5.3.15.1.2. British National Club/Team Rankings. A
ranked list of Clubs/Teams shall be determined
EVENT POINTS BAND
by cumulative Licence Points scored in National
British National Championship 3 Events by a maximum of three scoring riders
National Series Event 4 per Club/Team per Event;
Standard Event 5 R5.3.15.1.3. British National Regional Rankings. A

ranked list of all Regions shall be determined by
R5.3.8. Where a Youth Event includes riders of both cumulative Licence Points scored in National
genders and/or both Youth A and B Categories, Events by a maximum of three scoring riders
Licence Points shall be awarded as if they per Region per Event;
were riding in separate Races for their category
and gender. R5.3.15.1.4. British National Youth A Rankings. A ranked
R5.3.9. For Stage Events, Licence Points shall be list of all Youth A riders shall be determined by
additionally awarded in accordance with the total Licence Points scored in Youth A Events.
final General Classification. Points scored in non-Youth A Events (for
example, where a rider has authorisation to ride
R5.3.10. In the case of equal placings, the relevant in Junior Events) shall not count towards a
combined points shall be divided amongst the rider’s Youth A ranking; and
riders concerned equally and rounded up to the
nearest whole number. R5.3.15.1.5. British National Youth B Rankings. A
ranked list of all Youth B riders shall be
R5.3.11. A rider who has obtained sufficient points for determined by total Licence Points scored in
upgrading to a different ability category, but has Youth B Events. Points scored in non-Youth B
entered an Event under their current category Events (for example, where a rider has
for which the closing date has passed, may authorisation to ride in Youth A Events) shall not
compete in that Event but shall not be eligible count towards a rider’s Youth B ranking.
for any Licence Points.
R5.3.15.2. No British national rankings shall be produced
R5.3.12. No Licence Points shall be awarded for for Youth C or younger riders.
participation in Events restricted to members of
the same Club. R5.3.15.3. Licence Points gained in Home Country and
Regional Events will be utilised to determine the
R5.3.13. Upon an upgrade to a different ability category, following Regional rankings:
a rider shall forfeit the number of Licence Points
required to achieve that category status. Any R5.3.15.3.1. Home Country and Regional Individual
surplus Licence Points may be carried forward Rankings. A ranked list of individual riders will
to the new category status. be determined by total Licence Points scored in
Regional Events, and produced for 2nd, 3rd
and 4th Category riders. Separate rankings will
be produced for male and female riders; and
132 2020 HANDBOOK

ROAD
R5.3.15.3.2. Home Country and Regional Club/Team R6.4. The conduct of all Stage Races will be in the
Rankings. A ranked list of Clubs/Teams shall be hands of a Race Jury. The Race Jury shall
determined by cumulative Licence Points consist of the Chief Commissaire, Finish
scored in Home Country and Regional Events Commissaire/Chief Judge and the Organiser.
by a maximum of three scoring riders per Club/ All decisions of the Race Jury shall be final.
Team per Event. Licence Points shall only be
scored by a Club/Team if the Event is held in R7. INFRINGEMENTS
the Home Country or Region in which the Club/
Team is registered. R7.1. Where fines are imposed, the guide for Race
infringements shall be:
R5.3.15.4. Licence Points scored by Elite and 1st
Category riders in Regional C+ Events shall R7.1.1. Ignoring road and traffic signs
count towards British national rankings.
R7.1.1.1. Single Day Race
R5.3.15.5. Licence Points scored by 2nd, 3rd and 4th
Category riders in Home Country/Regional C+ R7.1.1.1.1. First offence. Minimum fine £5.00; maximum
Events shall count towards Home Country/ fine £15.00 or all of the prize money won in the
Regional rankings. Race if over £15.00;
R5.3.15.6. Licence Points scored by 2nd and 3rd R7.1.1.1.2. Second offence. Minimum fine £10.00;
Category riders in British national Events shall maximum fine £30.00 or all of the prize money
count towards both British National and Home won in the Race if over £30.00;
Country/Regional rankings.
R7.1.1.1.3. Third offence. Minimum fine £25.00; maximum
R5.3.15.7. For the purpose of British National Region fine £75.00 or all of the prize money won in the
rankings and Regional Individual rankings, Race if over £75.00; and
Licence Points shall be awarded on the basis of
the rider’s Region of permanent residence, and R7.1.1.1.4. Fourth offence. Disqualification.
not of their Club/Team location. Those residing
at a non-permanent address may opt to record R7.1.1.2. Stage Race
their Licence Points in the Region of that
non-permanent address for the purposes of R7.1.1.2.1. First offence. Minimum fine £5.00; maximum
Regional Individual Rankings. fine £15.00 or all of the prize money won on the
stage during which the offence was committed
R6. OFFICIALS if over £15.00 plus a time penalty of 2 minutes;
R6.1. The Chief Commissaire for an Event must not R7.1.1.2.2. Second offence. Minimum fine £10.00;
be the Organiser, a member of the organising maximum fine £30.00 or all of the prize money
Club or related to the Organiser. won on the stage during which the second
offence was committed if over £30.00 plus a
R6.2. The Organiser shall be responsible for the time penalty of 5 minutes;
appointment of Officials other than the Chief
Commissaire and Commissaire(s). These may R7.1.1.2.3. Third offence. Minimum fine £25.00; maximum
include but not be limited to: judges, drivers, fine £75.00 or all of the prize money won on the
starters, gear checkers, recorders, lap scorers, stage during which the third offence was
licence and sign-on stewards, course marshals committed if over £75.00 plus a time penalty of
and other roles according to the needs of the 5 minutes; and
Event.
R7.1.1.2.4. Fourth offence. Disqualification and all prize
R6.3. The appointment of Accredited Marshals and money won during the stage forfeited.
National Escort Group support shall be
managed by a Region or Home Country’s R7.1.2. Pacing – a rider taking shelter behind a vehicle
co-ordinator(s).
BRITISH CYCLING 133

ROAD
R8. GENERAL COMPETITION

R7.1.2.1. Single Day Race. Minimum fine £10.00;

maximum fine £20.00. The Chief Commissaire PROVISIONS
may also disqualify; and
R8.1. Competition Types
R7.1.2.2. Stage Race. Minimum fine £10.00; maximum
fine £20.00 plus a time penalty of 20 seconds R8.1.1. Road Race. A single Race held on public roads,
per offence. whether or not closed to all other traffic. Road
Races may be scratch or Handicap Events.
R7.1.3. Towing – a rider holding on to a vehicle
R8.1.2. Handicap Events may be individual, Team or
R7.1.3.1. Fine £100.00 plus disqualification. group Events. In Team Handicaps all the
members of a Team shall start together. In
R7.1.4. Race conduct group Handicaps each rider shall be individually
handicapped and all riders with the same
R7.1.4.1. Minimum fine £5.00; maximum fine £100.00. allowance shall be started together
The Chief Commissaire may also disqualify.
R8.1.3. Closed Circuit or Criterium Race. A single Race
R7.1.5. Race procedure run over multiple laps of a circuit, held on public
roads closed to all traffic, or in an enclosed area
R7.1.5.1. Maximum fine £10.00. off the public highway such as a park, motor
racing circuit, or disused airfield. Closed Circuit
R7.1.6. Dangerous riding Races may be scratch or Handicap Events.
R7.1.6.1. Single Day Race R8.1.4. Individual Time Trial. A trial against the clock
restricted to individual riders.
R7.1.6.1.1. First offence. Minimum fine £10.00; maximum
fine £30.00 or all prize money won in the Race R8.1.5. Team Time Trial. A trial against the clock
if over £30.00; restricted to Teams of two or more riders.
R7.1.6.1.2. Second offence. Minimum fine £40.00; R8.1.6. Stage Race. A Race comprising two or more
maximum fine £75.00 or all prize money won in stages, with the overall result being determined
the Race if over £75.00; and by a general time classification. Individual
stages may be Road Races, Closed Circuit
R7.1.6.1.3. Third offence. Disqualification. Races or Time Trials.
R7.1.6.2. Stage Race R8.2. Youth competitors must not take part in Events
on the public highway unless all roads are
R7.1.6.2.1. First offence. Minimum fine £10.00; maximum closed to all other traffic, except in Scotland
fine £30.00 or all of the prize money won on the where riders aged 12 years and older may
Stage when the offence was committed if over compete in Time Trials.
£30.00 plus a time penalty of two minutes;
R8.3. Where the number of advance entries received
R7.1.6.2.2. Second offence. Minimum fine £50.00; for an Event exceeds the maximum number
maximum fine £150.00 or all of the prize money permitted, the Organiser may allow reserves of
won in the Race if over £150.00 plus a time up to 25% of the authorised number of starters.
penalty of 10 minutes; and
R8.4. Where appropriate, riders shall indicate on entry
R7.1.6.2.3. Third offence. Disqualification. whether they wish to be nominated as reserves.
R8.5. When more than the permitted maximum

number of riders present themselves for an
Event, entry fees shall be returned to those
reserves who, having signed on for the Event,
are not allowed to start.
134 2020 HANDBOOK

ROAD
R8.6. Organisers may accept substitute riders in R8.16.1.1. The British National or Home Country Flag at
Events for Teams of three or more riders. These the starting point;
substitutions may take place until sign on (or
sign on for the first Stage in a Stage Race) is R8.16.1.2. A black and white chequered flag to denote the
closed, after which no further substitutions will finish;
be permitted.
R8.16.1.3. A yellow flag 200 metres from the finish;
R8.7. Organisers shall not accept entries from riders
in categories other than those to which the R8.16.1.4. A white flag at every prime point;
Event listing indicates the Event to be open.
R8.16.1.5. A green flag with a white border 200 metres
R8.8. It is the responsibility of the rider to keep to the from every prime point;
course.
R8.16.1.6. A blue flag at the commencement of each hill
R8.9. All riders in Events must observe the law of the prime;
land in relation to road travel, and exercise
extreme care at all times. R8.16.1.7. A red flag at danger points;
R8.10. If instructed by the Chief Commissaire, a rider R8.16.1.8. A red and white chequered flag at the start of a
in a Road or Circuit Event when lapped must neutralised area;
retire from the Event and report to the control
point at the finish of the Race immediately. R8.16.1.9. A red and white chequered flag with a wide
black border at the finish of a neutralised area;
R8.11. Where lapped riders are allowed to continue, and
they shall not give pace or shelter to riders by
whom they have been lapped. Otherwise, R8.16.1.10. A black flag on the instructions of the
riders in a Road Race may take pace or shelter Commissaire to stop the Event. All riders must
from each other but not from any other vehicle. stop safely.
R8.12. To be entitled to a finishing time/position, riders R9. BRITISH NATIONAL

when dismounted must wheel or carry their CHAMPIONSHIPS
machines without assistance whilst covering
any portion of the course. R9.1. British National Championships shall be open
R8.13. Having completed an Event, riders must return the United Kingdom and dependent Territories,
their race numbers and (where used) timing the Isle of Man, or the Channel Islands. Riders
chips and retrieve their Racing Licence Cards. must hold a valid UCI-recognised licence
R8.14. Applications for Events to be run under the has been issued at least 28 days prior to the
provisions of the Cycle Racing on the Highway Event. If resident in another country the rider
Regulations, or on public roads closed to all must hold a United Kingdom passport and
traffic, or under the provisions of G6.4, shall be must not, in the same Year, have competed in
submitted to the relevant Home Country or the national championship of any other UCI
Region for approval. affiliated national federation.
R8.15. Once approved, an Event’s course must not be R9.2. The list of entries shall be published as soon as
altered without notification to the relevant police practicable after the advertised closing date.
authorities. After the list of entries has been published, no
R8.16. Course Signals
R8.16.1. In all Events, riders must adhere to the following

flags which shall be displayed as appropriate
and as described:
BRITISH CYCLING 135

ROAD
R9.3. Where the number of entrants is lower than R11.4. Riders may receive service from the technical
three, a British National Championship shall not personnel of their Team or from a neutral
be held and no awards shall be given. For service vehicle.
age categories, after the entries have closed R11.5. Whatever the position of a rider in the Race,
the Federation may choose to combine one or they may only receive such service at the rear
more adjacent categories to create a new of their bunch and on the left-hand side of the
British National Championship Event where the road.
R11.6. Persons riding in service vehicles shall not
R9.4. Where there are at least three entries, a reach or lean out of the vehicle whilst it is in
British National Championship jersey shall be motion.
awarded to the winner, and medals of British
National Championship design shall be R11.7. If motorcycle service is permitted, the only
presented as follows: service equipment to be carried shall be spare
wheels.
TYPE OF NUMBER OF
MEDALS
CHAMPIONSHIPS ENTRIES R11.8. If a breakaway group, or individual, having a
Gold, silver lead of more than 30 seconds, is halted by a
8 or more closed railway level crossing and is caught by
and bronze
Male/Female/Junior
the Main Field, the Chief Commissaire shall
ensure that the waiting time is recorded
3 to 5 Gold accurately and they shall cause the Main Field
Gold, silver to be halted for an identical period of time.
and bronze When only the Main Field is halted by a closed
and 4 Gold and silver railway level crossing the Chief Commissaire
All Team Championships shall take no action to halt any breakaways
3 Gold which have passed through the crossing.
R10. HOME COUNTRY AND REGIONAL R11.9. Any rider who passes the first lead vehicle in an
CHAMPIONSHIPS Event may be disqualified.
R10.1. INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK R12. SPECIFIC COMPETITION

PROVISIONS – CLOSED CIRCUIT
R11. SPECIFIC COMPETITION OR CRITERIUM RACE
PROVISIONS – ROAD RACE
R12.1. Riders shall start with one foot on the ground
R11.1. Riders shall start with one foot on the ground and pushers/holders shall not be permitted.
and pushers/holders shall not be permitted.
R12.2. Circuit Races and Closed Circuit Races for
R11.2. Where a vehicle connected with a rider or riders Under 16’s shall not exceed the following
in a Race (but not being an Official vehicle) distances:
immediately precedes or follows a Race without
the permission of the Chief Commissaire, the DISTANCE PER
rider or riders concerned may be withdrawn CATEGORY SINGLE RACE DAY IN STAGE
EVENTS
from the Race.
Youth A Boys 60 km 80 km
R11.3. With the agreement of the Organiser and Chief Youth A Girls 60 km 80 km
Commissaire, any Team consisting of at least
Youth B Boys 45 km 60 km
three riders starting the Event shall each be
permitted one service vehicle to follow the Youth B Girls 45 km 60 km
Race. Such vehicles shall be provided by the Youth C Boys 20 km 30 km
Club or Team and must be appropriately
insured. The driver and mechanic shall be Youth C Girls 20 km 30 km
Members and one of the occupants of the
vehicle must be the holder of a Team Manager’s
licence.
136 2020 HANDBOOK

ROAD
R13. SPECIFIC COMPETITION
R13.7. Team classification results shall be calculated
PROVISIONS – STAGE RACES as the aggregate of the Team times for each
Stage. Team times for each Stage shall be the
R13.1. Organisers may only impose additional aggregate of the best three individual times
regulations to Stage Events if they deal with from each Team for that Stage.
items which are not already covered by these
Technical Regulations. R13.8. In Team Stage Races, the winner of the Event
shall be the Team having the lowest net time. In
R13.2. Stage Races for Juniors must not exceed four the event of two or more teams having equal
days in duration. Maximum distances for Stage times, the order shall be determined by the
Races for Juniors shall be as follows: number of Stage wins obtained by each Team
and then, if still tied, by the number of second
places and so forth.
PER STAGE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
DISTANCE
AVERAGE
PER TTT
PER ITT
STAGE
STAGE
DAILY
MAX.
MAX.
MAX.
MAX.
R13.9. A rider who does not complete a Stage of the

Race or is disqualified or finishes outside the
time limit shall be excluded from the remainder
30km 40km of the Event.
Junior
100km 120km (half stage (half stage
Males
15km) 25km)
R13.10. Where a time limit (used to eliminate riders) that
Junior is a percentage of the Stage winner’s time is to
60km 80km 15km 20km
females
be applied during a Stage Race, details must
be included in the Event manual. The limit may
R13.3. In the event of any racing incident, mechanical be increased at the discretion of the Race Jury.
issue or puncture occurring within the last 3km
of any Stage, any riders concerned shall be R14. SPECIFIC COMPETITION
credited with the finishing time of the last PROVISIONS – TIME TRIALS
competitor of the group they were with at the
time of the incident, providing that the finishing R14.1. Time Trial Courses
line is crossed by the affected riders within the
time limit in R13.10. R14.1.1. Courses shall be of an out and home or circuit
nature (or of a combination of the two).
R13.4. In timing Stage finishes, each rider in a group
shall be awarded the time of the leading rider at R14.1.2. For all fixed distance Events up to and including
the line save that, where a gap of one full 50 miles and all non-fixed distance Events: no
second or more is recorded between riders, the length of single carriageway road may be
riders after that gap shall be timed as another covered more than three times, regardless of
group and given the time of the leading rider in the direction travelled. On dual carriageways,
that group. each carriageway may be covered no more
than twice.
R13.5. The winner of the individual General
Classification shall be the rider having the R14.1.3. For 100 mile and 12 hours Events,: a length of
lowest total time taken to complete each Stage road may be covered no more than four times,
of the Race plus penalties and less bonuses. regardless of the direction travelled, provided
that overlapping of riders can be strictly
R13.6. In the event of two or more riders having equal monitored.
times, the fractions of a second registered
during the Individual Time Trials shall be added R14.1.4. For 12 Hour Events: riders must cover not less
back into the total time to decide the rankings. than 200 miles out and home or circuit except
If the result is still tied or if there are no as allowed for in R14.1.5 before going onto
individual Time Trial stages the placings the finishing circuit which may be covered as
obtained in each Stage, except Team Time Trial many times as required. The finishing circuit
Stages, shall be added and, as a last resort, must not be less than 7 miles.
the place obtained in the last stage ridden shall
determine the rankings.
BRITISH CYCLING 137

ROAD
R14.1.5. During 12 and 24 hour Events, when it R14.2.7. Riders shall not be accompanied, followed or in
becomes apparent that a rider will not cover any way encouraged by anyone in or on a
sufficient distance in order to reach the finishing motorised vehicle whilst such a vehicle is
circuit and have a total distance accurately moving unless permitted by the Federation.
measured, the Organiser and/or their assistants
may direct a rider to omit part of the course. R14.2.8. Any such permitted vehicle must carry a bold
The exact distance of the section omitted must identification name of the rider and/or number
be accurately known. to the front and rear of the vehicle.
R14.1.6. The straight-line distance between start and R14.2.9. Any permitted following vehicle shall carry a
finish of standard distance Events must not Commissaire/Observer approved by the Chief
exceed: Commissaire. Such following vehicle must
remain at least 20 metres behind the rider and
R14.1.6.1. 1.5 miles in the case of 10 mile Events; is not permitted to pass the competitor or draw
alongside. In the event that service is required,
R14.1.6.2. 2.5 miles in the case of 25, 30, and 50 mile the rider must come to a complete stop.
Events;
R14.2.10. When one rider is catching any vehicle
R14.1.6.3. 5 miles in the case of 100 mile Events; or permitted by R14.2.7 which is following another
rider, that vehicle must drop back behind any
R14.1.6.4. 25 miles in the case of 12 and 24 hour Events. vehicle following the chasing rider as soon as
the distance between the two riders is 100
R14.1.7. Team Time Trials shall be held on courses that metres. When the chasing rider catches
do not include “dead” turns another rider, the vehicle following the chasing
rider must not pass the overtaken rider until
R14.2. Individual Time Trials there is a gap of 60 metres between the riders.
If the gap should subsequently close, that
R14.2.1. All cycles used in Scottish Time Trial Events vehicle must drop behind the overtaken rider.
must comply with Appendix R1 save
where required otherwise by Event R14.2.11. The use of loudhailers or speaker systems for
regulations. the purpose of encouraging riders from
R14.2.2. The maximum number of competitors shall be following vehicles is not permitted.
as approved by the Home Country or Region,
up to a maximum of 120. R14.2.12. With the exception of British National
Championships, the minimum licence status
R14.2.3. Riders not ready to start at their stated time criteria shall be that of Provisional Licence. The
must report to the start when ready. The Chief minimum Membership shall be that of Silver.
Commissaire shall decide if and when such
riders may start. Such riders shall be penalised R14.3. Team Time Trial
by adding the time between their original
starting time and their time of reporting to the R14.3.1. Regulations under R14.2 shall also apply to
start to their finishing time. Team Time Trials as appropriate.
R14.2.4. No rider shall be allowed a re‑start. R14.3.2. Teams must be of two or more riders. All Teams
in any one Race shall consist of an equal
R14.2.5. Riders shall be started at intervals of not less number of riders.
than one minute.
R14.3.3. Teams shall be started at intervals of not less
R14.2.6. Riders must ride entirely alone and unassisted. than two minutes for Teams of two and not less
They must not ride in company with, nor take than three minutes in other cases.
shelter from any other rider or from any vehicle.
If one rider overtakes another they must pass R14.3.4. Incomplete Teams may start but shall not
as widely as possible and no shelter must be qualify for a Team prize - except Teams of three
given or received. The onus of avoiding riding in starting in a competition for Teams of four.
company shall be upon the rider overtaken who
must drop back by at least 25 metres.
138 2020 HANDBOOK

ROAD
R14.3.5. All riders in each Team shall be clothed in
jerseys of similar colour and design.
R14.3.6. Each rider must be issued with a separate

number with such numbers including those of
substitutes being numbered consecutively.
R14.3.7. Teams may nominate one substitute in the case

of Teams of three and two substitutes in the
case of four. The names of all substitutes must
appear on the start sheet.
R14.3.8. When passing other Teams or vehicles, Teams

shall always be in single file.
R14.3.9. No Teams or members of Teams shall take

shelter from other vehicles or members of other
Teams.
R14.3.10. If one Team overtakes another, the onus shall

be upon the overtaken Team to avoid giving
shelter by dropping back at least 25 metres.
R14.3.11. An overtaking Team must pass on the outside

leaving a reasonable gap between itself and the
other Team.
R14.3.12. The time of a Team shall be that recorded by

the last member of the complete Team to finish,
except that in Teams of four the time shall be
that recorded on the third member of the Team
to finish who shall have completed the course.
Awards won by a Team shall be given to all
starting members of that Team and no special
award shall be given to any individual member
of a Team.
R14.3.13. At no time may a following vehicle approach

closer than 20 metres behind the last rider of
the Team or the third rider of a four-rider Team if
the fourth rider has been dropped.
R14.3.14. Any exchange of food, drink and equipment

may only take place among members of the
same Team.
R14.3.15. Pushing between Team members is not

permitted.
BRITISH CYCLING 139

ROAD
APPENDIX R1 – SCOTTISH TIME TRIAL EQUIPMENT REGULATIONS

These regulations shall apply to all Scottish Time Trial Events, The use of the so called “tuck” and “superman” positions
unless otherwise stated in the Event manual: would be a breach of this Appendix and that such use is not
in the best interests of the safety of riders or the welfare of
1. The riding position shall be set so that the rider has the sport.
good forward vision when in a competitive position;
Para-cyclists who are unable to ride a cycle that complies
2. Brake levers must be secured to the handlebars in with this regulation shall apply to the Chief Executive for
such a position as to enable the rider to readily apply dispensation.
both brakes whilst holding the handlebars at their
widest point. The width of handlebars shall be no
less than 35cms;
3. On tricycles and tandem tricycles, two brakes may

operate on the front wheel but otherwise the braking
systems must operate independently on both front
and rear wheels;
4. Bicycles with a fixed wheel shall have a left-hand

threaded locking device securing the fixed sprocket.
Similarly, tricycles with a fixed wheel shall have a
suitable locking device or alternatively shall include
an integral system as part of the design. Cyles with
fixed wheel require only a brake operating on the
front wheel(s);
5. Cycles fitted with triathlon handlebars and

derivations thereof which have forearm supports
may be used provided that when the rider adopts a
competitive position on these bars:
(i) The wrists are no lower than the elbows.
(ii) The height from the ground to the forearm

resting position is no less than 80% of the
height of the saddle from the ground;
6. Tyres shall be in good condition and tubular tyres

shall be securely attached to the rims;
7. Disc wheels may be used only on the rear of a cycle;
8. Deep section rims, tri-spoke and wheels of a similar

design may be used. The front wheel must have at
least 45% of the surface area open; and
9. The use of recumbent cycles, protective shields,

windbreaks or other means of reducing air resistance
is prohibited.
140 2020 HANDBOOK

NOTES
NOTES
BRITISH CYCLING 141

NOTES
NOTES
142 2020 HANDBOOK

TRACK
T R A C K T E C H N I C A L R E G U L AT I O N S
Contents
1 Application 144
6 Officials 149
7 Infringements 149
11 Specific Competition Provisions – Flying Start Time Trial 152
12 Specific Competition Provisions – Sprint 152
13 Specific Competition Provisions – Tandem Sprint 152
14 Specific Competition Provisions – Team Sprint 153
15 Specific Competition Provisions – Time Trial 153
16 Specific Competition Provisions – Individual Pursuit 154
17 Specific Competition Provisions – Team Pursuit 154
18 Specific Competition Provisions – Keirin 155
19 Specific Competition Provisions – Scratch Race 155
20 Specific Competition Provisions – Points Race 156
21 Specific Competition Provisions – Tempo Race 156
22 Specific Competition Provisions – Madison 157
23 Specific Competition Provisions – Elimination Race 157
24 Specific Competition Provisions – Motor Paced 158
25 Specific Competition Provisions – Handicaps 158
BRITISH CYCLING 143

TRACK
T1. APPLICATION
T2.1.8. Youth and Junior Cycles
T1.1. These Track Regulations, together with the T2.1.8.1. All cycles used by any riders of Youth B age or
General Regulations, shall apply to and bind under, save where dispensation under
any individual who participates (whether T2.1.8.3 has been provided, must:
organises, or officiates in any Track Event. T2.1.8.1.1. have wheels with:
T2. CYCLES, CLOTHING AND T2.1.8.1.1.1. a maximum rim depth of 35mm; and
EQUIPMENT
T2.1.8.1.1.2. a minimum of 16 and a maximum of 40
T2.1. Cycles spokes. Such spokes can be round, flattened
or oval but must not exceed 10mm in width;
T2.1.1. Unless expressly authorised by the format of
the competition, Events held under these T2.1.8.1.2. have dropped handlebars; and
Technical Regulations are restricted to cycles
that are compliant with UCI Regulations. Under T2.1.8.1.3. not have tri-bars, arm extensions or arm pads.
all circumstances, Events held under these
Technical Regulations are restricted to cycles T2.1.8.2. All Youth category riders shall be restricted to a
that are compliant with the following Technical maximum gear such that the distance covered
Regulations. per crank revolution is as shown in the following
table:
T2.1.2. The following cycles only are eligible for use in
Track Events held under the Technical T2.1.8.3. Where a Youth A or B rider has received
Regulations: dispensation to compete against riders of an
older category, the rider shall be permitted to
T2.1.2.1. For bicycle Events - any two-wheeled one-track utilise the gearing applicable to that older
cycle carrying one rider. category only when competing in that older
category.
T2.1.2.2. For tandem bicycle Events - any two-wheeled
one-track cycle carrying two riders seated one T2.1.8.4. Juniors may compete with all older categories
directly behind the other. without gear restrictions.
T2.1.2.3. For paracycling Events – cycles in accordance T2.1.8.5. Gear checks must be performed on the
with UCI Regulations. equipment of all riders subject to gear
restrictions. Supplementary gear checks may
T2.1.3. Any cycle used in Track Events held under the take place after the Race.
Technical Regulations must operate wholly
through the motive power of its rider(s). T2.2. Clothing
T2.1.4. All cycles shall have their wheels securely T2.2.1. Riders must be clothed from neck to at least
fastened to their frames, with their tyres firmly mid-thigh. Jerseys must be sleeved beyond the
secured. shoulder.
T2.1.5. Handlebar ends shall be plugged, not merely T2.2.2. Save where T2.2.4 applies, riders must wear
covered by tape, and other projections shall be the registered design and colours of the Club,
protected as far as possible. Team, Region or Home Country they are
representing unless required to wear the
T2.1.6. Cycles used must not be fitted with freewheels, clothing prescribed by the Event they are
quick release wheels, wing nuts, brakes or participating in.
similar accessories.
T2.2.3. Save where T2.2.4 applies, riders not
T2.1.7. Tyres used for grass Track Events must have representing a Club, Team, Region or Home
treads suitable for the terrain. Country must wear predominantly plain clothing
free of any lettering save for the mark of the
manufacturer.
144 2020 HANDBOOK

TRACK
T4. AGE CATEGORIES
T2.2.4. Except in British National Championships,
Youth riders, 4th Category riders and those
who do not hold Racing Licence or Day T4.1. The following age categories for participating in
Licence are permitted to wear any suitable Events shall apply:
clothing whilst competing.
AGE
T2.3. Equipment AGE
CATEGORIES
Youth E -
T2.3.1. All accessories must be securely fastened and Until 31 December in year of 8th birthday
Under 8
any equipment that is not essential for racing
purposes must be removed. Youth D - From 1 January in year of 9th birthday until
Under 10 31 December in year of 10th birthday
T2.3.2. Riders must not carry or use any music player Youth C - From 1 January in year of 11th birthday until
or radio communication system on the track. Under 12 31 December in year of 12th birthday
Youth B - From 1 January in year of 13th birthday until
T2.3.3. Any electronic device with display (for instance Under 14 31 December in year of 14th birthday
speedometer or power meter) used by a rider Youth A - From 1 January in year of 15th birthday until
on the track must be hidden from view from all Under 16 31 December in year of 16th birthday
riders.
Junior
T2.3.4. Identification numbers must be securely
attached, not folded, obscured or altered and From 1 January in year of 19th birthday until
Senior
displayed in accordance with Organiser’s
instructions. From 1 January in year of 19th birthday until
Under 23
31 December in year of 22nd birthday
T3. RIDER ELIGIBILITY AND ENTRY From 1 January in year of 30th birthday
PROCEDURES Master (who is not a member of a UCI pro-dash
tour or professional continental trade team)
T3.1. Youth category riders may only compete
amongst themselves except in the following T4.2. The Masters category shall be sub-divided
circumstances: as follows:
T3.1.1. Where dispensation is issued under the MASTERS GROUP AGE

provisions of T5.1.5, or under the provision of Group A 30 to 34
T5.2.1.2;
Group B 35 to 39
T3.1.2. Events open to Youth A category male riders, Group C 40 to 44

with the exception of National Championships, Group D 45 to 49
shall also be open to 1st Category Junior
Group E 50 to 54
female riders, and 2nd, 3rd and 4th Category
female riders of any age; and Group F 55 to 59
Group G 60 to 64
T3.1.3. All female-only Youth A Events, with the
exception of National Championships, shall Group H 65 to 69
also be open to 3rd and 4th Category female Group I 70 to 74
riders.
Group J 75 to 80
T3.2. A Racing Licence must be held in order to Group K 80+

compete in any British National
Championships, other national level Events and T5. ABILITY CATEGORIES,
Home Country and Regional Championships. EVENT CLASSIFICATION
AND LICENCE POINTS
T5.1. Ability Categories
T5.1.1. The following ability categories shall apply to all

Racing Licence Holders:
BRITISH CYCLING 145

TRACK
T5.1.1.1. 4th Category - any new or existing Junior or T5.1.2.3.1. a top 10 ranking in the Youth A Boys Track
Senior Licence Holder who does not fall within Omnium Series in the previous Year;
any other ability category.
T5.1.2.3.2. a top 3 ranking in any Track Youth A Boys
T5.1.1.2. 3rd Category - any Junior or Senior Licence British National Championship in the previous
Holder who has gained at least 12 Licence Year; or
Points during any one Year whilst being a 4th
Category rider. Members are not downgraded T5.1.2.3.3. a top 10 ranking in Youth A Boys British
to 4th Category once 3rd Category status has National Rankings in the previous Year.
been achieved.
T5.1.2.4. 2nd Category female - any rider who has
T5.1.1.3. 2nd Category - any Junior or Senior Licence achieved:
Holder who has gained 40 Licence Points
during any one Year whilst being a 3rd T5.1.2.4.1. a top 10 ranking in the Youth A Girls Track
Category rider. Omnium Series in the previous Year;
T5.1.1.3.1. To retain 2nd Category status for any T5.1.2.4.2. a top 3 ranking in any Road or Track Youth A
subsequent Year, a rider must obtain at least 25 Girls British National Championship in the
Licence Points from Events open to that previous Year; or
category of rider.
T5.1.2.4.3. a top 5 ranking in Youth A Girls British National
T5.1.1.4. 1st Category - any Junior or Senior Licence Rankings in the previous Year.
Holder who has gained at least 200 Licence
Points during any one Year whilst being a 2nd T5.1.3. Junior riders shall not be eligible for Elite status.
Category rider.
T5.1.4. Upon an application by the rider, the Chief
T5.1.1.4.1. To retain 1st Category status for any Executive may grant any status to any rider.
subsequent Year, a rider must obtain at least
100 Licence Points from Events open to that T5.1.5. The Chief Commissaire of an Event may allow a
category of rider. Youth A or B rider to compete in Track Events
open to Junior riders.
T5.1.1.5. Elite Status - any Senior Licence Holder who
has gained at least 300 Licence Points during T5.1.6. Youth B riders must not compete in Track
any one Year whilst being an Elite or 1st Races against Elite or 1st Category Senior
Category rider. riders.
T5.1.1.5.1. To retain Elite status for any subsequent year, a T5.1.7. Any rider who has improved their ability
rider must obtain at least 300 Licence Points. category status part way through a Year shall
begin the next Year in their new ability category,
T5.1.2. Junior Riders – On reaching the Junior even if they have not obtained the required
age category, the following ability categories number of points for the new category.
shall apply:
T5.2. Event Classification
T5.1.2.1. 4th Category – any rider who has not
gained Youth category Licence Points in the T5.2.1. Events shall be classified as:
previous Year.
T5.2.1.1. Regional C and Regional C+ – open to Senior
T5.1.2.2. 3rd Category - any rider who has gained and Junior riders of all categories.
Licence Points in Youth category Events in the
previous Year. T5.2.1.2. Go Race – open to 4th Category riders,
Members without Racing Licences,
T5.1.2.3. 2nd Category male - any rider who has non-Members and Youth A and B riders
achieved: without any Licence Points in that Year.
146 2020 HANDBOOK

TRACK
T5.3. Licence Points
T5.3.1. Licence Points for Road and Track Events shall

be awarded as follows:
POINTS BAND 1 2 3 4 5
Nat B Road Reg A Road Reg B Road Reg C+

Position Nat A Road
Nat A Circuit Nat B Circuit Reg A Circuit Reg B Circuit
1 100 60 30 15 10
2 85 52 25 12 8
3 75 45 21 10 7
4 66 40 17 8 6
5 58 35 14 6 5
6 51 31 12 5 4
7 45 27 10 4 3
8 39 23 8 3 2
9 34 20 7 2 1
10 29 17 6 1 1
11 25 15 5
12 21 13 4
13 18 11 3
14 15 9 2
15 12 7 1
16 10 6
17 8 5
18 6 3
19 4 2
20 2 1
T5.3.2. Regional C and Go Race events do not qualify EVENT POINTS BAND
for Licence Points.
Senior & Junior World Championships 2
T5.3.3. Save for any Events restricted to Youth riders, Other UCI Calendar Races 3
the following shall qualify for Licence Points: British National Championship or National
4
Series Event
T5.3.3.1. endurance non-Handicap Events, including Final standings in Track Leagues 4
Pursuits and Time Trials of not less than 3km;
Standard Event 5
T5.3.3.2. the final standings in Track leagues;
T5.3.5. Where there are fewer than ten rider entries for
T5.3.3.3. the final standings for Omnium Events. an open meeting Track Event of 3km or over
and it is not restricted to Youth riders, the
T5.3.4. In the Events described in T5.3.3, the Licence Licence Points awarded shall be limited to three
Points listed at T5.3.1 shall apply by reference points for first place, two points for second
to the following table, save that only the first six place and one point for third place. Such points
shall receive points: shall be multiplied by three for British National
Championships.
BRITISH CYCLING 147

TRACK
T5.3.6. For Track Events restricted to Masters E (or 1st, 2nd and 3rd Category riders. Separate
older) riders, the awarding of Licence Points rankings shall be produced for male and
shall be by rider claim. females.
T5.3.7. For Track Events restricted to Youth A or T5.3.14.1.2. British National Club/Team Rankings. A
B riders, Licence Points shall be awarded ranked list of Clubs/Teams shall be determined
as follows: by cumulative Licence Points scored in British
National Events by a maximum of three scoring
riders per Club/Team per Event.
EVENT POINTS BAND
National Championship 3 T5.3.14.1.3. British National Regional Rankings. A
National Series Event 4 ranked list of all Regions shall be determined by
cumulative Licence Points scored in British
Standard Event 5 National Events by a maximum of three scoring
riders per Region per Event.
T5.3.8. Where a Youth Event includes riders of both
genders and/or both Youth A and B categories, T5.3.14.1.4. British National Youth A Rankings. A ranked
Licence Points shall be awarded as if they were list of all Youth A riders shall be determined by
riding in separate Races for their category and total Licence Points scored in Youth A Events.
gender. Points scored in non-Youth A Events (for
example, where a rider has authorisation to ride
T5.3.9. In the case of equal placings, the relevant in Junior Events) shall not count towards a
combined points shall be divided amongst the rider’s Youth A ranking.
riders concerned equally and rounded up to the
nearest whole number. T5.3.14.1.5. British National Youth B Rankings. A
ranked list of all Youth B riders shall be
T5.3.10. A rider who has obtained sufficient points for determined by total Licence Points scored in
upgrading to a different ability category, but has Youth B Events. Points scored in non-Youth B
entered an Event under their current category Events (for example, where a rider has
for which the closing date has passed, may authorisation to ride in Youth A Events) shall not
compete in that Event but shall not be eligible count towards a rider’s Youth B ranking.
for any Licence Points.
T5.3.14.2. No British national rankings shall be produced
T5.3.11. No Licence Points shall be awarded for for Youth C or younger riders.
participation in Events restricted to members of
the same Club. T5.3.14.3. Licence Points gained in Home Country and
Regional Events shall be utilised to determine
T5.3.12. Upon an upgrade to a different ability category, the following Regional rankings:
a rider shall forfeit the number of Licence Points
required to achieve that category status. Any T5.3.14.3.1. Home Country and Regional Individual
surplus Licence Points may be carried forward Rankings. A ranked list of individual riders shall
to the new category status. be determined by total Licence Points scored in
Regional Events, and produced for 2nd, 3rd
T5.3.13. Licence Points shall not be carried from one and 4th Category riders. Separate rankings
Year to another. shall be produced for male and female riders.
T5.3.14. British National and Regional Rankings T5.3.14.3.2. Home Country and Regional Club/Team
Rankings. A ranked list of Clubs/Teams shall be
T5.3.14.1. Licence Points gained in British National Events determined by cumulative Licence Points
shall be utilised to determine the following scored in Home Country and Regional Events
British National Track rankings: by a maximum of three scoring riders per Club/
Team per Event. Licence Points shall only be
T5.3.14.1.1. British National Individual Rankings. A scored by a Club/Team if the Event is held in
ranked list of individual riders shall be the Home Country or Region in which the Club/
determined by total Licence Points scored in Team is registered.
British National Events and produced for Elite,
148 2020 HANDBOOK

TRACK
T5.3.14.4. Licence Points scored by Elite and 1st T8.4. Riders shall refrain from any collusion,
Category riders in Regional C+ Events shall manoeuvre or movement likely to hinder the
count towards British national rankings. conduct or distort the result of the Race. In the
case of collusion between riders, the Chief
T5.3.14.5. Licence Points scored by 2nd, 3rd and 4th Commissaire may disqualify the riders
Category riders in Home Country/Regional C+ concerned.
Events shall count towards Home Country/
Regional rankings. T8.5. The Chief Commissaire may withdraw riders or
teams who fall too many laps behind the
T5.3.14.6. Licence Points scored by 2nd, 3rd and 4th leaders or who, in the opinion of the Chief
Category riders in British national Events shall Commissaire, constitute a danger to other
count towards both British National and Home riders.
Country/Regional rankings.
T8.6. Course Signals
T5.3.14.7. For the purpose of British National Region
Rankings and Regional Individual Rankings, T8.6.1. Except in the case of Flying Start Time Trial, the
Licence Points shall be awarded on the basis of start shall be signalled by a pistol shot, whistle
the rider’s region of permanent residence, and or audible electronic device.
not of their Club/Team location. Those residing
at a non-permanent address may opt to record T8.6.2. The Race shall be suspended by a double
their Licence Points in the Region of that pistol shot or two short sharp blasts of the
non-permanent address for the purposes of whistle. The Chief Commissaire shall determine
Regional Individual Rankings. whether the Race shall be Neutralised or
stopped. Riders must follow the instructions of
T6. OFFICIALS Officials to ensure that the Event is concluded
in a safe manner.
T6.1. The Chief Commissaire for an Event must not
be the Organiser, a member of the organising T8.7. Tracks
Club or related to the Organiser.
T8.7.1. The circumference of a hard track must be
T7. INFRINGEMENTS marked with a 50mm wide black Gauge Line
with its inner edge set at 200mm from the
T7.1. INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK inside edge of the track. This line must be white
on tracks with a dark surface.
T8. GENERAL COMPETITION
PROVISIONS T8.7.2. The measurement of a track shall be along the
inner edge of the Gauge Line.
T8.1. The Chief Commissaire shall prepare formulae
showing the composition of any qualifying T8.7.3. On all hard tracks the following markings are
rounds, heats and/or Finals, including the obligatory and must be painted on before any
number of riders or Teams, distances, points track can be approved for competition:
and other such defining details for each Race.
These shall all be published in advance of the T8.7.3.1. A 40mm wide black Finishing Line in the centre
first Race in any Event. of a 720mm wide white line, painted radially
across the track at the end of the finishing
T8.2. A rider or team qualifying in a preliminary heat straight. This line must continue up the safety
must ride in the next round unless they have fence.
the sanction of the Chief Commissaire to
abandon their position. The Chief Commissaire T8.7.3.2. A 50mm wide red Sprinter’s Line
may allow the next highest qualifier in that heat circumferentially round the track with its outside
to compete in the next round instead. edge 900mm from the inside edge of the track.
T8.3. While riding on the track riders shall, at all T8.7.3.3. A 50 mm wide blue Stayer’s Line
times, be in firm control of the cycle and have circumferentially round the track with its outside
at least one hand on the handlebar (or edge one-third of its width but not less than 2.5
extension). metres from the inside edge.
BRITISH CYCLING 149

TRACK
T8.7.3.4. A 50mm wide white 200 metre line positioned T8.10. British National Records
across the track 200 metres before the
Finishing Line. T8.10.1. The Federation shall decide which records shall
be recognised.
T8.7.3.5. A 50mm wide red line positioned halfway
across the width of the track at the centre of T8.10.2. The Chief Executive shall adjudicate on claims
each straight to indicate the finishing point in by citizens of the United Kingdom for track
Pursuit Races. records. Such records shall be known as British
National Records.
T8.7.4. Numbered marks must be placed at the inside
edge of the track at every 10-metre interval T8.10.3. No claim for a record shall be considered
from the start line. Plain marks must be placed unless the ride has been made:
at every intervening 5 metres from the start line.
T8.10.3.1. On a track approved by the UCI or in
T8.7.5. Where the colour of any painted line does not accordance with T8.7.
provide a sufficient contrast with the track
surface, a suitable alternative colour shall be T8.10.3.2. In the presence of an Official Observer and
used subject to the prior approval of the timed by at least one Chief Timekeeper who
Federation being obtained. have, for the purpose of timing the record or
records, used electronic timing devices
T8.8. Grass Tracks possessing appropriate certification.
T8.8.1. On all grass tracks the Finishing Line must T8.10.3.3. In an open or confined Race or a Time Trial at
consist of three 25mm parallel white lines an open Track meeting or a private Time Trial
distinctly marked across the track. The two authorised by the Federation or in an event
outside lines must not be more than 300mm authorised under the UCI Regulations.
apart and the centre line shall be the official
finish line. T8.10.3.4. Using any gear and equipment restrictions
which are in place for the age category or Event
T8.8.2. The inside edge of all grass tracks must be in question.
marked with a 40mm white line.
T8.10.4. Where any record remains to be established,
T8.8.3. On all grass tracks where pegs or flags are the Federation may set a standard for such
used to mark the inner boundary of the track, record and no claim for the record shall be
such pegs or flags must be placed at least considered unless the standard is equalled or
200mm inside the inner boundary of the track. beaten.
The pegs or flags must be no larger than 200 x
40 x 15mm and must be at an angle with the T8.10.5. All records should be electronically timed and
ground of no more than 45 degrees. where so timed shall be to the nearest
1/1000th of a second. A 1/10th of a second
T8.9. Track Safety beating of an existing record shall establish a
new record.
T8.9.1. A Security Zone must be provided on the inside
edge of all tracks (including grass tracks). The T8.10.6. The area of the track inside the Gauge Line
zone must be a minimum width of 4 metres for must be made unrideable during record
tracks 250 metres or longer, or 2.5 metres for attempts.
tracks shorter than 250 metres. Where the
Security Zone is between 2.5 and 3 metres in T8.10.7. At Olympic Games, World Championships,
width, a smooth, unbroken guard wall of at World Cup, Continental and Regional
least 90cm in height must be provided on its Championships (UCI sanctioned), an event on
inner edge. the UCI International Track Calendar, British
National Championships and any Event which
T8.9.2. During competitions, any personnel standing in conforms with T8.10.3.2, unpaced standing
the Security Zone shall be kept to a minimum. start records may be approved over distances
There shall be no equipment in the Security up to and including 4km when two riders or
Zone. two teams start on opposite sides of the track.
For all other distances and for record attempts
150 2020 HANDBOOK

TRACK
outside such events the rider or team must be complete the lap. The time taken for the last lap
alone on the track. shall be used to calculate the distance covered
during the time remaining to complete the hour
T8.10.8. In all attempts on standing start records, except in accordance with the formula D = (L x TR)/TL.
motor-paced record attempts, a mechanical (D is the additional distance. L is the length of
starting gate shall be the preferred starting the track. TR is the time remaining to complete
method. The time shall start upon the release of the hour. TL is the time for the last lap.)
the starting gate. In motor-paced record
attempts, a running push start shall be T9. BRITISH NATIONAL
permitted. CHAMPIONSHIPS
T8.10.9. No record attempt set up outside the provisions T9.1. British National Championships shall be open
of T8.10 shall be considered unless four weeks’ to Silver and Gold Members who are citizens of
notice of the attempt is given to the Federation, the United Kingdom and dependent Territories,
together with written confirmation that all the the Isle of Man, or the Channel Islands. Riders
relevant provisions of T8.10.3.2 are in place. must hold a valid UCI-recognised licence
T8.10.10. Within the notice period in T8.10.9, the has been issued at least 28 days prior to the
Federation must seek to appoint an Official Event. If resident in another country the rider
Observer and facilities for anti-doping control. must hold a United Kingdom passport and
All other Officials must be obtained by the rider must not, in the same Year, have competed in
or their representative. the national championship of any other UCI
T8.10.11. Records achieved at UCI recognised World
Championships, Continental Championships, T9.2. The list of entries shall be published as soon as
events on the UCI International Track Calendar practicable after the advertised closing date.
and British National Championships shall be After the list of entries has been published, no
recognised on publication of the official result further entries shall be accepted.
communiqué.
T9.3. Where the number of entrants is lower than
T8.10.12. All other records must be claimed by the rider three, a British National Championship shall not
within 14 days of the attempt and upon the be held and no awards shall be given. For
Federation’s record claim form which shall be British National Championships restricted by
provided by the appointed Official Observer age categories, after the entries have closed
present for the attempt. The Federation may, at the Federation may choose to combine one or
its discretion, extend the time within which a more adjacent categories to create a new
record claim may be made. The original time British National Championship Event where the
sheets signed by the Chief Timekeeper, and number of entries exceeds this limit.
which shall record lap by lap times shall
accompany all record claims. T9.4. Where there are at least three entries, a British
National Championship jersey shall be awarded
T8.10.13. No rider must attempt, claim or permit to be to the winner, and medals of British National
published a British National Record unless Championship design shall be presented as
under these Regulations. follows:
T8.10.14. The Federation may decline to recognise any TYPE OF NUMBER OF

MEDALS
claim it considers to be contrary to the interests CHAMPIONSHIPS ENTRIES
of the sport. Gold, silver
8 or more
and bronze
Male/Female/Junior
T8.10.15. Any person improperly claiming or supporting a
record shall be in breach of these Regulations.
3 to 5 Gold
T8.10.16. During attempts on the one-hour record Gold, silver
arrangements shall be made to indicate the last and bronze
lap. To calculate the distance covered in the and 4 Gold and silver
hour, the rider shall, when the time is up, All Team Championships
continue for the additional distance and 3 Gold
BRITISH CYCLING 151

TRACK
T10. HOME COUNTRY AND REGIONAL

T12.2.1. The starting position of each rider shall be

CHAMPIONSHIPS decided by the drawing of lots.
T10.1. INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK T12.2.2. Should the round be on a best of three basis,
each rider shall lead one Race and a further
T11. SPECIFIC COMPETITION draw shall be made should a deciding Race
PROVISIONS – FLYING START prove necessary after two Races.
TIME TRIAL
T12.2.3. The rider on the inside of the track, unless
T11.1. Organisation overtaken, shall lead at least at walking pace
and make no manoeuvre to force their
T11.1.1. A “Flying Start Time Trial” shall be held as a opponent(s) through until reaching the Pursuit
series of individual rides over a distance of Line on the opposite side of the track. A
approximately 200m, with each rider initially maximum of two standstills shall be permitted
given a distance of approximately 800m before for each Race. The maximum period for a
starting their effort. standstill shall be 30 seconds following which,
the leading rider shall be directed by the Starter
T11.1.2. The winner of a Race shall be the rider to continue. If they fail to do so, the Starter shall
recording the fastest time. stop the Race and declare the other rider the
winner of the heat. In a three or four-up Race,
T11.2. Race Procedure the Race shall be immediately rerun as a two or
three-up Race, without the relegated rider.
T11.2.1. Riders shall start as indicated by the Chief
Commissaire. T12.2.4. In the event of a rider failing to appear in a
two-up heat, the other rider, in order to be
T11.2.2. Should two or more riders record the same declared the winner, must be present at the
time, they shall be classified according to the Starting Line but need not cover the distance.
best time in the last 100m. In the case that the
last 100m time cannot be recorded or if the T12.2.5. No rider shall attempt to pass inside the
riders are still tied, the riders concerned shall be Sprinter’s Line when a preceding rider is on
classified by drawing lots. such line or inside it.
T11.3. Mishaps T12.3. Mishaps
T11.3.1. A rider who suffers a Mishap shall be permitted T12.3.1. In the event of a rider suffering a Mishap in the
a restart. No rider shall make more than two first half lap, the Race shall be restarted.
attempts to establish a time.
T12.3.2. Should a Mishap occur after the first half lap,
T12. SPECIFIC COMPETITION the Chief Commissaire shall decide whether to
PROVISIONS – SPRINT allow a new start, with or without the rider
deemed responsible, or whether to consider
T12.1. Organisation the result as having been decided.
T12.1.1. For the purposes of seeding, riders may initially T12.3.3. At each stage of the Event a rider shall only be
ride a qualifying Flying Start Time Trial. permitted one false start or Mishap. Any rider
failing this shall be placed last in that stage of
T12.1.2. A “Sprint” shall be held over a series of rides the competition.
over a distance of approximately 500m to
1000m, each with two or more riders taking the T13. SPECIFIC COMPETITION
start. PROVISIONS – TANDEM SPRINT
T12.1.3. The winner of a Race shall be the rider who T13.1. Organisation
crosses the Finishing Line first.
T13.1.1. A “Tandem Sprint” shall be organised in
T12.2. Race Procedure accordance with the Individual Sprint
Regulations, except as detailed below.
152 2020 HANDBOOK

TRACK
T13.1.2. No more than three tandem cycles may be T14.2.6. If any of the requirements above are not met,
lined up together. the team shall be relegated to the last place in
the stage of the competition.
T13.2. Race Procedure
T14.3. Mishaps
T13.2.1. INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
T14.3.1. During the qualification heats, if a team suffers
T13.3. Mishaps a Mishap at any point during the Race, it may
restart at the discretion of the Chief
T13.3.1. INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Commissaire. It is at the discretion of the Chief
Commissaire whether to allow any other team,
T14. SPECIFIC COMPETITION who may have been hindered by a Mishap, a
PROVISIONS – TEAM SPRINT restart at the end of the qualifying round.
T14.1. Organisation T14.3.2. From the Semi-finals onwards, in the event of a

Mishap at any point in the Race, the Race shall
T14.1.1. A “Team Sprint” shall be held over two or three be stopped and restarted immediately.
laps, with teams of two or three riders each
leading for one lap. T14.3.3. At each stage of the Event, a Team shall only
be permitted one false start or Mishap. Any
T14.1.2. The winner of a Race shall be the Team Team failing to establish a time shall be placed
recording the fastest time. last in that stage of the competition.
T14.2. Race Procedure T15. SPECIFIC COMPETITION

PROVISIONS – TIME TRIAL
T14.2.1. The riders of each team shall start side by side
behind the Starting Line. The lateral distance T15.1. Organisation
between riders shall be 1.5m.
T15.1.1. A “Time Trial” shall be held as a series of
T14.2.2. The rider on the inside of the track shall be the individual rides over a distance of approximately
leading rider from the start and shall be held by 500m to 1000m.
a starting block or an appointed Official. All the
riders in the team shall be only held and not T15.1.2. The winner of a Race shall be the rider
pushed or swung at the start. Riders shall recording the fastest time.
assemble on the track in the order that they
shall lead on subsequent laps. T15.2. Race Procedure
T14.2.3. A false start shall be declared if the rider on the T15.2.1. An appointed holder or mechanical starting
inside of the track crosses the line before the gate shall support the rider at the start. The
signal to start is given or another member of rider must not be swung or pushed.
the team crosses the line before the inside rider
or starts before the signal to start has been T15.2.2. Should two or more riders record the same
given. time, they shall be equally placed.
T14.2.4. At the completion of their lap, the leading edge T15.3. Mishaps
of the leading rider’s front wheel must cross the
Pursuit Line ahead of the leading edge of the T15.3.1. In the event of a rider suffering a Mishap in the
front wheel of the following rider. Thereafter, the first half lap, the Race shall be restarted.
leading rider must draw aside immediately and
ride above the Sprinter’s Line no later than 15m T15.3.2. If a Mishap occurs after the first half lap, the
after the Pursuit Line. rider concerned must drop out and, subject to
the provisions of T15.3.3 be permitted a
T14.2.5. Pushing between members of the same team is restart, but the other rider(s) must continue to
strictly forbidden. complete the distance.
BRITISH CYCLING 153

TRACK
T15.3.3. A rider shall only be permitted one false start or T16.2.10. A caught rider may only re-pass the leading
Mishap. Any rider failing to establish a time shall rider once.
be placed last in the competition.
T16.2.11. In the case of a dead heat at the finish, the
T16. SPECIFIC COMPETITION riders shall be placed according to the best
PROVISIONS – INDIVIDUAL time recorded for the last lap, followed by the
PURSUIT penultimate lap and so on.
T16.1. Organisation T16.3. Mishaps
T16.1.1. An “Individual Pursuit” shall be held as a series T16.3.1. In the event of a Mishap in the first half-lap, the
of individual rides, with two or more riders Race shall be stopped and restarted
taking to the track at the same time, over a immediately.
distance of approximately 2000m to 4000m.
T16.3.2. During any preliminary round (if applicable), in
T16.1.2. The winner of a Race shall be the rider that the event of a Mishap after the first half lap the
catches their opponent before the distance has rider concerned shall drop out, and subject to
been completed, or if that does not occur, the the provisions of T16.3.3 be permitted a
rider recording the fastest time. restart, but the other rider(s) shall continue to
complete the distance.
T16.2. Race Procedure
T16.3.3. A rider shall only be permitted one false start or
T16.2.1. Riders shall take up position on the inside of Mishap. Any rider failing to establish a time shall
the track on the opposite side of the track to be placed last in that stage of the competition.
each other.
T17. SPECIFIC COMPETITION
T16.2.2. In multi-station pursuits riders shall be spaced PROVISIONS – TEAM PURSUIT
around the track at equal distances.
T17.1. Organisation
T16.2.3. A lap board and bell shall be set up at each
finishing point. T17.1.1. A “Team Pursuit” shall be held in accordance
with the Regulations for Individual Pursuit,
T16.2.4. An appointed holder or mechanical starting except as detailed below.
gate shall support the rider at the start. The
rider must not be swung or pushed. T17.2. Race Procedure
T16.2.5. In any preliminary round only the time of each T17.2.1. The riders of each team shall start side by side
rider shall be considered for the purposes of behind the Starting Line. The lateral distance
T16.2 and all riders, including those caught, between riders shall be 1m.
shall continue to cover the full distance to
record a time. T17.2.2. The rider on the inside of the track shall be the
leading rider from the start.
T16.2.6. In all heats a rider who catches their opponent
shall continue for the full distance to record a T17.2.3. An appointed holder or mechanical starting
time. gate shall support the leading rider at the start.
Appointed holders shall support the remaining
T16.2.7. A rider shall be considered caught when the riders. No riders shall be pushed or swung.
pursuer’s cycle draws level with theirs.
T17.2.4. A false start shall be declared if the rider on the
T16.2.8. Riders who are caught must not take pace or inside of the track crosses the line before the
shelter from the leading rider. signal to start is given, or another member of
the team crosses the line before the inside rider.
T16.2.9. A caught rider may unlap themselves provided
that they do not take pace or shelter from the T17.2.5. In the event of any rider interfering with or
leading rider. impeding the other team, the rider’s team shall
be disqualified.
154 2020 HANDBOOK

TRACK
T17.2.6. Pushing between team members is not T18.2.2. The pacesetter (or pacer) shall ride within the
permitted. Sprinter’s Lane. They shall gradually raise the
speed to the maximum and shall not accelerate
T17.2.7. A team shall be considered caught when the sharply.
first rider of the leading team (at least three
riders riding together) is within 1m of catching T18.2.3. For Junior and Senior categories, the start
their opponent team. speed of the pacesetter must be a minimum of
30km/ph. The maximum speed is 50km/ph.
T17.2.8. When a team is about to be caught, they shall, For Youth categories, the speed of the
in order to avoid a collision with the other team pacesetter shall be set by the Chief
or hinder its progress, not effect any more Commissaire.
relays and remain at the bottom of the track
until the opposing team has passed. T18.2.4. The pacesetter must leave the track at a
pre-determined point, in principle 600-700m
T17.2.9. The Race shall be over at the moment that the before the finish.
last counting rider of each team crosses the
Finishing Line for the final time at full distance T18.2.5. The Event shall begin when the pacer
or, in the Finals, at the point that one team (all approaches the Pursuit Line in the Sprinter’s
counting riders riding together) catches the Lane. The riders must then take their positions,
other team. determined by the draw, directly behind the
pacesetter for at least one lap. If the riders fail
T17.3. Mishaps to stay behind the pacer, the Race must be
stopped and riders that failed to comply must
T17.3.1. During any preliminary round (if applicable), be disqualified. At the restart, the remaining
should a Mishap occur after the first half-lap, riders must take the same relative positions as
the team must either drop out or, if there are before.
sufficient remaining riders to record a time,
continue. Should the team drop out, it must do T18.2.6. If any rider passes the leading edge of the front
so within one lap of the Mishap occurring. wheel of the pacer before they have left the
track, the Race shall be stopped and rerun and
T17.3.2. At each stage of the Event a team shall only be the offending rider(s) disqualified.
permitted one false start or Mishap. Any team
failing to establish a time shall be placed last in T18.2.7. Riders must not barge other riders in order to
that stage of the competition. gain advantage behind the pacesetter or other
riders. In such instances the Race must be
T18. SPECIFIC COMPETITION stopped and re-started. The offending rider(s)
PROVISIONS – KEIRIN may be disqualified.
T18.1. Organisation T18.3. Mishaps
T18.1.1. A “Keirin” shall be held over a series of rides T18.3.1. In the event of a rider suffering a Mishap in the
over a distance of approximately 1500m, each first half lap, the Race shall be restarted.
with between five and nine riders taking the
start. Under no circumstances shall a Race T19. SPECIFIC COMPETITION
consist of more than nine riders. PROVISIONS – SCRATCH RACE
T18.1.2. The winner of a Race shall be the rider who T19.1. Organisation
crosses the Finishing Line first.
T19.1.1. A “Scratch Race” shall be held over a single
T18.2. Race Procedure ride over a distance of approximately 5km to
20km.
T18.2.1. The starting positions of the riders shall be
determined by drawing lots. The riders shall be T19.1.2. The winner of a Race shall be the rider who
placed side by side in that order on the Pursuit crosses the Finishing Line first.
Line, the Sprinter’s Lane being left free. The
riders shall be held, but not pushed, by
assistants.
BRITISH CYCLING 155

TRACK
T19.2. Race Procedure T20.2.2. Any rider(s) lapping the Main Field shall cease
to be the Head of the Race. The Head of the
T19.2.1. The winner shall always complete the Race is then taken over by the rider(s) in front of
appropriate distance of the Race. Lapped the Main Field on the track or failing that by the
riders need not fulfil lost laps and will be placed rider leading the Main Field.
in relation to the winner. The bell shall be rung
to indicate the last lap for all riders. T20.2.3. A whistle or bell shall indicate the start of a
sprint lap and must always be for the Head of
T19.2.2. The final placings are determined during the the Race.
final sprint, taking into account laps gained.
T20.2.4. A rider lapped during a sprint lap shall not
T19.2.3. Any riders not finishing the Race shall not be qualify for points in that particular sprint.
placed.
T20.2.5. The final lap shall be that of the Head of the
T19.3. Mishaps Race.
T19.3.1. In the case of a fall or a puncture, a rider shall T20.2.6. Lapped riders need not complete lost laps and
be entitled to a Neutralisation for the number of shall be classified in accordance with points
laps closest to 1,250 metres. The Chief gained. Any rider who retires from the Race
Commissaire shall decide the number of laps shall not be included in the result, regardless of
accorded in such a case. The rider shall re-join the number of points gained.
the Race in the same relative position to the
field as at the time of the incident. Neutralised T20.3. Mishaps
riders may not return to the track within the last
kilometre. T20.3.1. Neutralised riders may not return to the track
within the last kilometre. Should the last
T20. SPECIFIC COMPETITION kilometre start during an allowed Neutralisation
PROVISIONS – POINTS RACE period of a recognised Mishap, and the riders
not be able to return prior to the start of the last
T20.1. Organisation kilometre, these Neutralised riders shall appear
in the final placings depending on the points
T20.1.1. A “Points Race” shall be held over a single ride accumulated prior to the Mishap.
over a distance of approximately 15km to
40km. T21. SPECIFIC COMPETITION
PROVISIONS – TEMPO RACE
T20.1.2. Sprints shall take place on pre-determined laps
with the first four riders over the line gaining T21.1. Organisation
five, three, two and one point(s) respectively.
Double points shall be awarded for the final T21.1.1. A “Tempo Race” shall be held in accordance
sprint. with the Regulations for a Points Race, except
as detailed below.
T20.1.3. Any rider that gains a lap on the Main Field is
awarded 20 points. Any rider that loses a lap T21.1.2. The first sprint lap shall be after a pre-
on the Main Field is deducted 20 points. designated number of laps following which
each lap shall be a sprint lap. For each sprint
T20.1.4. The winner shall be the rider with the highest lap, the first rider shall gain one point including
number of points gained. Where two or more in the final sprint.
riders are equal on points, the rider placing
higher in the final sprint shall be placed higher. T21.1.3. Final placings in Tempo Races are determined
according to accumulated points won by riders
T20.2. Race Procedure during the sprints and by taking laps.
T20.2.1. A rider shall be considered to have gained a lap T21.2. Race Procedure
when they have caught up with the rear of the
Main Field. T21.2.1. INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
156 2020 HANDBOOK

TRACK
T21.3. Mishaps T22.3.4. Neutralised riders or teams may not return to
the track within the last kilometre. Should the
T21.3.1. INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. last kilometre start during an allowed
Neutralisation period of a recognised Mishap,
T22. SPECIFIC COMPETITION and the riders not be able to return prior to the
PROVISIONS – MADISON start of the last kilometre, these Neutralised
riders or teams shall appear in the final placings
T22.1. Organisation depending on the points accumulated prior to
the Mishap.
T22.1.1. A “Madison” shall be held in accordance with
the Regulations for a Points Race, except as T23. SPECIFIC COMPETITION
detailed below. PROVISIONS – ELIMINATION
RACE
T22.1.2. The Race shall be between Teams composed
of two or three riders, who must be wearing the T23.1. Organisation
same design of clothing and number.
T23.1.1. An “Elimination Race” shall be held over a
T22.2. Race Procedure single ride over a distance determined by the
number of riders taking to the start.
T22.2.1. There must be one rider of each team in the
Race at all times. T23.1.2. Elimination sprints shall be set at regular
intervals. The Chief Commissaire shall
T22.2.2. Riders may relieve each other at any time determine the intervals and the number of
during the Race. riders to be eliminated at each sprint.
T22.2.3. Relief shall be given by one rider drawing level T23.1.3. Laps gained shall have no significance.
with the other and touching through a push or
hand sling. T23.1.4. The winner of a Race shall be the remaining
rider who crosses the Finishing Line first.
T22.2.4. Relief shall take place as near to the inside
edge of the track as practicable. T23.2. Race Procedure
T22.2.5. Relieved riders must take up a position outside T23.2.1. The start of the elimination lap may be
the Stayer’s Line as soon as it is safe and indicated by a whistle or a bell. The start of the
practicable. last lap shall be indicated by the ringing of a
bell. The bell to indicate the last lap must be
T22.2.6. A bell will be rung at the start of the last lap. rung when a predetermined number of riders
are left to contest the final sprint.
T22.3. Mishaps
T23.2.2. The rider whose cycle is the last to fully cross
T22.3.1. Should one of the riders suffer a fall or the Finishing Line shall be eliminated. On the
mechanical incident, their team mate shall final sprint, the winner shall be determined by
immediately take the team position in the Race. the position of the front wheel.
There shall be no Neutralisation.
T23.2.3. Regulation T12 shall apply for the duration of
T22.3.2. Any team retiring from the Race shall inform the the elimination lap.
Chief Commissaire immediately.
T23.3. Mishaps
T22.3.3. The Chief Commissaire may Neutralise or
terminate a Race should they consider it T23.3.1. The Commissaires’ Panel shall also eliminate
necessary to do so. any rider who suffers a Mishap, who is not
contesting the Race, or who in the opinion of
the Chief Commissaire has gained an unfair
advantage from the Race.
BRITISH CYCLING 157

TRACK
T24. SPECIFIC COMPETITION

T24.2.6. At all times, the motor pacer must leave

PROVISIONS – MOTOR PACED sufficient space on their right for the other riders
to overtake.
T24.1. Organisation
T24.2.7. Any rider attempting to overtake on the inside
T24.1.1. A “Motor Paced” Event shall be held in of a motor pacer shall be disqualified.
accordance with the Regulations for a Scratch
Race, except as detailed below. T24.2.8. A rider who has been lapped must allow free
passage to the rider who has lapped them
T24.1.2. Motor pacing shall be under the direct control should that rider wish to pass on a subsequent
of the Pacing Marshal, who may be the Chief lap.
Commissaire, and who may order the pacer to
leave the track and enclosure for disobeying T24.3. Mishaps
their directions or for being guilty of
misbehaviour. T24.3.1. A false start must be signalled should a
mechanical failure or puncture occur before the
T24.1.3. The motor cycles used must conform to UCI riders have joined their motor pacers.
Regulations.
T24.3.2. Any disabled pacer or pacing machine may be
T24.1.4. Irrespective of differences in the stature of replaced with the consent of the Pacing
pacers the only clothing that may be worn Marshal.
under the pacing leathers is: normal underwear
of not more than one thickness; a long or short T24.3.3. In the case of a fall or a puncture, a rider shall
sleeved racing jersey without pockets; a pair of be entitled to a Neutralisation for the number of
normal racing shorts; a pair of ankle length laps closest to 2000 metres. The Chief
socks; a pair of racing gloves but not lined or Commissaire shall decide the number of laps
gauntlets; an unpadded one-piece belt free accorded in such a case. The rider shall re-join
from extensions or flaps. No loose padding the Race in the same relative position to the
whatsoever shall be allowed. All clothing so field as at the time of the incident. Neutralised
employed must be tucked into the breeches riders may not return to the track within the last
and secured by means of a belt. kilometre.
T24.1.5. Motor pacers must wear crash helmets of an T25. SPECIFIC COMPETITION
appropriate design. PROVISIONS – HANDICAPS
T24.2. Race Procedure T25.1. Organisation
T24.2.1. Riders must draw lots for the order of start and T25.1.1. A “Handicap” Event shall be held in accordance
line up in that order, one behind the other, with with the Regulations for a Scratch Race, except
the leader on the start line. as detailed below.
T24.2.2. The motor pacers shall get into the same order T25.1.2. Except where an established handicap system
as the riders and circle the track. is in place, all Handicap Races shall be
handicapped by the Chief Commissaire or their
T24.2.3. When the Pacing Marshal is satisfied the riders delegate using their knowledge of each rider’s
and motor pacers are in the correct position ability and performances in previous Races run
and ready to start, they shall instruct the Starter within that same meeting. The decision by the
to commence the Event in accordance with Chief Commissaire or their delegate on the
their instructions. allocation of each rider’s handicap shall be final.
T24.2.4. Riders may receive a running push at the start T25.2. Race Procedure
of a Race.
T25.2.1. Each rider shall be allowed an attendant to
T24.2.5. A motor pacer must not ride outside the push off, but no part of the body of the
Stayer’s Line except when attempting to pass attendant must touch the track in front of the
the rider in front. rider’s mark or Starting Line, failing which the
Chief Commissaire may disqualify the rider.
158 2020 HANDBOOK

TRACK
T25.2.2. Each rider must start from their proper mark, T25.2.4. Where more than one rider starts from the
failing which the Chief Commissaire may same mark, lots may be drawn to decide their
disqualify the rider. The Chief Commissaire may positions counting from the inside of the track.
permit the rider to start from a mark behind the
one allotted to them. T25.3. Mishaps
T25.2.3. At the start, the foremost part of the cycle shall T25.3.1. Any rider who commits a false start shall be put
be in line with the rider’s mark, unless permitted back at the discretion of the Chief Commissaire
otherwise under T25.2.2, and on banked tracks for a distance not exceeding 10% of their
near the base of the banking whenever handicap allowance and, on a repetition of the
possible unless directed otherwise by the Chief offence, shall be disqualified.
Commissaire.
BRITISH CYCLING 159

NOTES
NOTES
160 2020 HANDBOOK

GLOSSARY FOR THE TECHNICAL REGULATIONS
GLOSSARY
G L O S S A RY F O R T H E T E C H N I C A L R E G U L AT I O N S
This Glossary applies to the Technical Regulations.
“A” Line shall mean the direct course line to be taken by a rider.
Accredited
shall mean a trained and accredited public-facing road marshal.
Marshal
shall mean the individual(s) responsible for the registration and classification of all riders at the BMX
Administrators Event, the processing and posting of the Moto sheets, and the processing of all results (both
intermediate and final results).
Anti-Doping
shall mean a doping control officer.
Inspector
Articles of
shall mean the Articles of Association of the Federation.
Association
Berms shall mean a banked turn.
Board shall mean the board of directors of the Federation.
Bye-Laws shall mean the bye-laws of the Federation, as amended from time to time.
Chief
shall mean the most senior Official at an Event.
Commissaire.
shall mean the most senior executive in charge of managing the Federation. The Chief Executive
Chief Executive
may be contacted via the email address: chiefexecutivedirectorate@britishcycling.org.uk.
Chief Judge shall mean the most senior judge in the judging team.
Chief Marshal shall mean the Marshal appointed to lead the team of Marshals.
Chief Timekeeper shall mean the senior Official responsible for timing the Event.
shall mean in Road Events a Race or Racing on roads in an enclosed area such as a park, motor
Circuit Race racing circuit, or disused airfield, and not subject to the provisions of the Cycle Racing on Highways
Regulations, 1960.
shall mean a Single Race run over multiple laps of a circuit , held on public roads closed to all
Closed Circuit
traffic, or in an enclosed area off the public highway such as a park, motor racing circuit, or disused
Race
airfield. Closed circuit races may be scratch or handicap events.
Closed Road shall mean public roads closed to all traffic.
Club shall mean a club affiliated with the Federation.
shall mean a Race or Event open only to members of groups of the same Club, school, or similar
Club Event
organisation.
shall mean the Federation-qualified Official appointed to ensure the observance of the rules
Commissaire
governing the sport and oversee the running of an Event.
Commissaire
shall mean a number of Commissaires appointed to oversee the running of an Event.
Panel
shall mean BMX Freestyle judged Events, in which riders are scored based upon their skill at
Competition executing a routine, including one or more of a variety of different manoeuvres, that are known as
“tricks”.
Competitions
shall mean the individual employed by the Federation to oversee a particular Discipline(s)
Officer
Course Marshal shall mean a race-facing marshal.
Criterium Race shall mean a Closed Circuit Race.
shall mean a temporary license issued to competitors at an Event that is valid for the day on which
Day Licence
it is purchased only.
BRITISH CYCLING 161

Disciplinary shall mean the individual approved by the Board to act on behalf of the Federation in matters
Officer arising under the Technical Regulations.
Disciplinary shall mean the means by which the Federation exercises disciplinary authority in relation to its
Regulations regulations, rules, bye laws, policies, codes and procedures.
Discipline (and all shall mean one of the following cycle sport disciplines: BMX Freestyle, BMX Racing, Cycle
Disciplines) Speedway, Cyclo-Cross, eRacing, Mountain Bike, Road and Track.
DNF shall mean Did Not Finish.
DNS shall mean Did Not Start.
shall mean the section adjoining the course whereby riders can change wheels or cycles or receive
Equipment Pits
mechanical assistance.
Error shall mean certain interruptions in a Run or losses of control.
shall mean a competitive Race, Match, event or Competition (or a programme of competitive
Event
Races, Matches, events or Competitions) sanctioned by the Federation, wherever held.
Event Platform shall mean the computer software used to conduct an Event.
Exclusion shall mean a rider shall be prohibited from participating in a Race.
Federation shall mean the British Cycling Federation.
Feed/Technical shall mean a section or location along the course where team personnel can hand refreshments to
Assistance Zones passing riders or provide mechanical assistance.
Final or Finals shall mean the phase of an Event following the Qualifiers or Semi-Final.
Finish shall mean the Commissaire responsible for recording the finish positions of every rider as they
Commissaire cross the finish line.
Finish Line
shall mean the individuals responsible for controlling the passage of riders and other persons into
Control Area
and out of the finish line area.
Officials
Finishing Line shall mean the point which riders must reach in order to complete a Race.
Gauge Line shall mean the radial black line above which all riders must ride.
General
shall mean the overall standings in a stage race.
Classification
shall mean Events where riders are given different start times or positions to give riders of different
Handicap
abilities a similar chance.
Head of the Race shall mean the leading cyclist or group of cyclists.
Home Country shall mean England, Scotland or Wales.
ICSF shall mean the International Cycle Speedway Federation.
Judge shall mean a person responsible for scoring a rider in a BMX Freestyle Event.
Licence Holder shall mean any individual who holds a licence issued by the Federation.
Licence Points shall mean the points attributed to a Licence Holder following participation in an Event.
shall mean a Race held with riders competing in one or more real-world locations, where each
Live Race
location is under the control of Officials.
Main Field shall mean the largest group of riders in a Race.
Marshal shall mean an appointed individual assisting in the administration of an Event.
shall mean a competition comprising a predefined number of Races between the same riders or
Match or Matches
Teams.
Member shall mean an individual granted Membership of the Federation.
Membership shall mean an individual who has subscribed to the Federation in accordance with the Bye Laws.
162 2020 HANDBOOK

Membership Card shall mean identity document which records the Member’s Membership.
Memorandum shall mean the Memorandum of Association of the Federation.
Mishap shall mean a mechanical failure or crash causing a rider to be unable to continue in the Race.
shall mean the stage of an Event which is subdivided in to 3 (or more) rounds, at the end of which
Moto
the riders with the best overall result shall transfer to the Qualifiers.
National Escort shall mean an accredited group of motorcyclists trained to assist with the safety of Events held on
Group the public highway.
Neutralise or shall mean a situation whereby the rider(s) is temporarily not participating in the Race, or the Race
Neutralisation is temporarily paused while the rider(s) continue to ride.
Observer shall mean an individual who monitors compliance with certain areas of the Technical Regulations.
shall mean an obstruction defined by its front and back slope and can be a single obstacle, double,
Obstacle
triple or multi-jump as well as a 4-pack, 5-pack or multi-pack.
shall mean any individual acting on behalf of the Federation in the administration of an Event or
Official
acting on behalf of the Federation in any other manner from time to time.
shall mean Cyclo-Cross Events which do not allow riders to change cycles during the course of an
One Bike Event
Event.
shall mean the individual with overall responsibility for an Event save for the matters overseen by the
Organiser
Commissaire(s).
Pacing Marshal shall mean the person controlling the speed of the Race.
Pit Lane shall mean the entrance to the Equipment Pits.
Pits shall mean an area fenced off for the exclusive use of riders and Officials engaged in a meeting.
Pits Marshal shall mean an individual who manages access to the Pits.
Points Band shall mean the level of Event which attracts certain Licence Points.
Promoting Club shall mean the host Club at an Event.
Provisional
shall mean the Licence issued to a Silver or Gold Member before being granted a Racing Licence.
Licence
Pursuit Line shall mean radial line on a velodrome at the halfway point along the start and finish straight.
shall mean the elimination phase of the Event. They are subdivided into several stages, which are
Qualifiers (BMX
distinguished from each other by their degree of removal from the final (1/32, 1/16, 1/8, 1/4 and 1/2
Racing)
finals depending on the number of participants).
Qualifiers/ shall mean the phase of the Competition preceding the Final. Riders shall be randomly assigned to
Qualification (BMX each heat unless the Competition is part of a series, at which point the riders shall be assigned in
Freestyle) reverse order to their series ranking.
Race shall mean any single cycling competition which may form part of an Event.
shall mean a number of Commissaires and other Officials appointed to oversee the running of a
Race Jury
Road Race.
Racing Licence shall mean the Federation’s authorisation to participate in certain levels of Events.
Racing Licence shall mean the Member’s identity document which authorises its holder to participate in certain
Card levels of Events.
shall mean any geographical location defined by the Federation or the governing body of the
Region or
relevant Home Country. For the avoidance of doubt, this shall include Cyclo-Cross and BMX Racing
Regional
areas/leagues.
shall mean a race held with riders competing in separate real-world locations from each other
Remote Race
without oversight by event officials for all riders.
BRITISH CYCLING 163

Rider shall mean any competitor taking part in an Event.

shall mean the systematic process and/or record of evaluating potential risks that may be involved
Risk Assessment
at an Event.
shall mean the individual unit of Competition in a BMX Freestyle Event, during which a rider
Run
performs a routine consisting of various tricks, which is evaluated by the judges.
shall mean a one off, head to head Race used to rank riders who are drawing on points after the
Run-Off
predetermined number of Races within the Match.
Security Zone shall mean a designated area connected to a course with restricted access.
Semi-final shall mean the round immediately preceding the Final.
Single Day Race shall mean a Race completed in one day.
Sprinter's Line shall mean the circumferential red line on a velodrome.
Stage Race shall mean a Race completed in more than one round.
Staging Official
shall mean the Official responsible for organising riders into the correct lane.
(BMX Racing)
Start Official or
shall mean the Official responsible for conducting the start of each Race.
Starter
Starting Hill shall mean the Official responsible for informing riders of their correct start lane according to the
Official Moto sheets prior to the start of each Race and checking if riders’ safety equipment is correct.
Starting Line shall mean the beginning point for a Race.
Stayer's Line shall mean the radial line at least halfway up the bank of the Track.
shall mean a sports organisation comprising riders and persons supporting them with the aim of
Team taking part in an Event. Depending on the context the term "team" may also denote the riders of a
Team who are taking part in a given Event.
Team Manager shall mean the individual responsible for the management of a Team.
shall mean the following technical regulations of the Federation: (a) General; (b) BMX Freestyle; (c)
Technical
BMX Racing; (d) Cycle Speedway; (e) Cyclo-Cross; (f) eRacing; (g) Mountain Bike; (h) Road and (i)
Regulations
Track, each as amended from time to time.
Timekeeper shall mean the Official responsible for timing the Event.
Trainee
shall mean an individual who attends Events to shadow and learn from qualified Commissaires.
Commissaire
UCI shall mean the Union Cycliste Internationale.
UCI Regulations shall mean the rules and regulations of the UCI, as amended from time to time.
shall mean 1 January to 31 December inclusive for all Disciplines, save for Cyclo-Cross, BMX
Racing and BMX Freestyle. For Cyclo-Cross, this shall mean 1 September to 31 August inclusive.
Year
For BMX Racing, this shall mean 1 December to 30 November inclusive. For BMX Freestyle, this
shall mean 1 January to 30 November inclusive.
164 2020 HANDBOOK

SCOTTISH NATIONAL CHAMPIONSHIPS AND RECORDS
S C O T T I S H N AT I O N A L C H A M P I O N S H I P S A N D R E C O R D S
Contents
1 Organisation 166
2 Eligibility 166
3 Scottish National Championship Jersey Design 166
4 Scottish National Championship Events 167
5 Scottish Records 170
6 Scottish Road Records 172
BRITISH CYCLING 165

SC1. ORGANISATION
SC2.2. All Scottish Cycling Championships shall be

open to: -
SC1.1. The holding of each Scottish National
Championship shall be at the discretion of the SC2.2.1. Membes whose primary club is affiliated to
Scottish Cycling Board, and it may cancel the Scottish Cycling
holding of any Scottish National Championship
where it is of the opinion that the quantity or SC2.2.2. Scottish Nationals (persons born in Scotland)
quality of the entries received, or the
arrangements made for such Championship do SC2.2.3. Scottish Residents (persons who have lived in
not justify holding the Championship. Scotland for three of the last five years)
SC1.2. Organisers will register events ensuring a SC2.2.4. Persons who have at least one parent who was
separate category is listed for each born in Scotland.
Championship to be contested within the
event. Where Championship categories are SC2.2.5. Members of the armed forces who meet none
combined within one race or start, riders are of the above, but who by necessity are required
eligible to contest only the category they to live in Scotland away from their normal
entered prior to the entry deadline. Where residence.
Championships for different age categories are
held on the same day, riders may only enter the SC2.2.6. For all team championships, eligibility requires
Championship relevant to their age. at least one of the above criteria to be met, as
well as each rider’s licence showing the same
SC1.3. When combining Scottish National club or team. Clubs or teams, in this instance,
Championship categories, Organisers must may be affiliated to any UCI registered
seek approval from Scottish Cycling. governing body. A rider must have this club
listed at the time of entries closing.
SC1.4. Where a National Championship is postponed
during competition, the results of any SC2.2.7. Persons in SC2.2.1-SC2.2.6 must be members
completed rounds shall stand and remaining of an UCI recognised Cycling Federation.
rounds rescheduled, except in cases
specifically approved by the Scottish Cycling SC2.3. Where a Championship exists for male
Board. Where no competition has commenced, competitors, a Championship will also be
the event may be re-scheduled. The closing recognised for the same category of female
date shall be set at 14 days prior to the competitors. In Championships, defined
re-scheduled date. Existing entries will have distances need not be the same for male and
priority over new entries. female competitors.
SC2. ELIGIBILITY SC2.4. In all individual Championships, medals shall be

presented to the 1st, 2nd and 3rd placed
SC2.1. Competitors in all Scottish Cycling competitors.
Championships are required to have a full
Scottish Cycling/British Cycling or UCI racing SC3. SCOTTISH NATIONAL
licence. Exceptions are as follows. CHAMPIONSHIP JERSEY DESIGN
SC2.1.1. In Road Time Trials and Team Time Trials the SC3.1. The design of a jersey for the Scottish National
minimum eligibility is SC/BC Silver membership. Championship shall be approved by the
Scottish Cycling Board.
SC2.1.2. In MTB XC, MTB DH and Cyclocross
disciplines, unlicensed riders may compete in a SC3.2. The design of a jersey for the Scottish National
championship race but will not be eligible for a Championship shall be white with 5cm wide
championship placing. In all other Scottish purple, white and blue bands around the chest,
Championships, only eligible riders shall the purple band being uppermost.
participate in the event.
166 2020 HANDBOOK

SC3.3. The design of a jersey for the Scottish National SC4.1.4. For the Senior Middle Distance B.A.R., medals
Championship shall be the same for all age shall be presented to the 1st and 2nd fastest
categories, genders and disciplines, which are teams consisting of 3 first claim members.
awarded as per the Scottish National
Championship Regulations. SC4.1.5. For the Women’s, Junior and Youth B.A.R.,
medals shall be presented to the 1st fastest
SC3.4. The only inscription which is permitted on the team consisting of 2 first claim members
Scottish National Championship jersey
presented to a rider on the podium immediately SC4.1.6. Best All Rounder Time Trial Championships
after a Scottish National Championship is that categories shall be as follows:
of the garment manufacturer which may appear
once and within a rectangle of no more than of
QUALIFYING
25 square centimetres. CHAMPIONSHIP TITLE
DISTANCES
SC3.5. Advertising inscriptions are permitted on a Senior Middle Distance B.A.R. 25, 50 and 100 miles
replica Scottish National Championship jersey Women’s B.A.R. 10, 25 and 50 miles
as follows:
Junior Men’s B.A.R.; Junior
10 and 25 miles
Women’s B.A.R.
SC3.5.1. if within a rectangle, with a maximum height of
10 cm on the front and back; Youth Boys B.A.R.; Youth Girls B.A.R. 10 and 25 miles
SC3.5.2. if a lateral band, with a maximum height of 9 SC4.2. Scottish National Team Time Trial
cm on each side; Championships
SC3.5.3. if on one line with a maximum height of 5 cm SC4.2.1. Scottish Cycling shall recognise annually a
on quarter sleeves; and Team Time Trial Championship, over a distance
agreed by Scottish Cycling.
SC3.5.4. the garment manufacturer’s mark may also
appear once and within a rectangle of no more SC4.2.2. All riders in each team must be registered with
than of 25 square centimetres. the same Primary Club
SC4. SCOTTISH NATIONAL SC4.2.3. For both Men and Women, teams must have
CHAMPIONSHIP EVENTS four members.
SC4.1. Scottish National Time Trial Best All Rounder SC4.2.4. Medals shall be presented to the 1st, 2nd and
(B.A.R.) Championships 3rd fastest teams.
SC4.1.1. Unless otherwise stated, Scottish National SC4.2.5. The Championship categories shall be; Men,
B.A.R. Championships shall be decided by the and Women.
average miles per hour over the qualifying
distances. This shall be done by adding the SC4.2.6. Entries for all Time Trial Championships and
average speed at each of the qualifying categories must be selected on merit.
distances and dividing by the number of
distances, corrected to the third decimal place. SC4.3. Scottish National Individual Time Trial
Each rider’s fastest performance in eligible Championships
events will be used for Championship
purposes. SC4.3.1. Scottish Cycling shall recognise annually a Time
Trial Championship for each of the following
SC4.1.2. The Scottish Championship shall be limited to categories over the distance indicated in the
those open events over the qualifying distances table below.
which approved on the Scottish Cycling Events
Calendar. SC4.3.2. A gold medal will be awarded to each member
of the fastest team, made up of riders with the
SC4.1.3. The last Sunday in September shall be the final same Primary Club, in each category. For Men,
date for events counting towards the Scottish a team is defined as three riders, for all other
B.A.R. championships. categories, a team is two riders.
BRITISH CYCLING 167

SC4.3.3. Entries for all Time Trial Championships and SC4.5.2. Scottish National Champion’s jerseys will be
categories must be selected on merit. awarded to male and female circuit race
champions in the Youth A categories.
CHAMPIONSHIP
CHAMPIONSHIP DISTANCE
CATEGORIES
SC4.5.3. Entries for all Circuit Race Championships and
10 Mile Time Trial Men, Women, Junior
10 miles
categories must be selected on merit.
Championship Men, Junior Women
25 Mile Time Trial Men, Women, Junior CHAMPIONSHIP TITLE DISTANCE
25 miles
Senior Men 1 hour
50 Mile Time Trial Men, Women, Junior
50 miles Senior Women 40 minutes
100 Mile Time Trial Junior Men 50 minutes
Men, Women 100 miles
Championship Junior Women 30 minutes
Men, Women, Junior Youth A Boys 35 minutes
Olympic Time Trial 30-50miles
Men, Junior Women
Youth A Girls 30 minutes
Men, Women, Junior Minimum 1
Hill Climb
Men, Junior Women mile Youth B Boys 25 minutes
Youth A Boys, Youth Youth B Girls 20 minutes
Youth Time Trial
A Girls, Youth B 10-15miles
Championship Youth C Boys 20 minutes
Boys, Youth B Girls
Youth C Girls 20 minutes
SC4.4. Scottish National Road Race Championships
SC4.6. Scottish National Track Championships
SC4.4.1. Scottish Cycling shall recognise annually a
Road Race Championship for each of the SC4.6.1. Hard Track Championships
following categories over the distance indicated
in the table below. SC4.6.1.1. Scottish Cycling will recognise annually Track
Championships for each of the following
SC4.4.2. Scottish National Champion’s jerseys will be categories, held in accordance with Scottish
awarded to male and female road race Cycling National Hard Track Conditions and
champions in the Senior, Junior, Veteran Regulations.
categories. Scottish National Championship
jersey design will be approved by the Scottish SC4.6.1.2. Scottish National Track Championships shall
Cycling Board. follow as closely as possible the World
Championship Regulations of the UCI, bearing
SC4.4.3. Entries for all Road Race Championships and in mind the number and standard of
categories must be selected on merit. competitors expected. A copy of the Scottish
National Hard Track Event Regulations can be
downloaded at www.scottishcycling.org.uk
CHAMPIONSHIP TITLE DISTANCE
Senior Men 80-100 miles SC4.6.1.3. For Team Sprint and Team Pursuit all riders
Senior Women 40-60 miles must be members of the same club or
belong to clubs registered in the same
Junior Men 55-75 miles
Scottish Region. Clubs not allocated to
Junior Women 40-50 miles a Scottish Region will not be eligible
Veteran Men (40+, 50+) 50-65 miles for a Scottish Region team.
Veteran Women (40+, 50+) 40-60 miles

WOMEN’S INDIVIDUAL
SPRINT
PURSUIT (3000M)
SC4.5. Scottish National Circuit Race Championships
Women’s Scratch Race
Individual Pursuit (4000m)
(10km)
SC4.5.1. Scottish Cycling will recognise Circuit Race
Championships for each of the following Team Sprint Women’s Time Trial (500m)
categories over the distance indicated (where Time Trial (1000m) Women’s Keirin
time is specified in place of distance, this will be
the approximate time for the winner). Scratch Race (20km) Women’s Sprint
168 2020 HANDBOOK

WOMEN’S INDIVIDUAL
SPRINT
PURSUIT (3000M)
SC4.8. Scottish National Cyclo-Cross Championships
Keirin Women’s Team Sprint (500m) SC4.8.1. Scottish Cycling will recognise annually
Points Race (30km) Women’s Points Race (25km) Cyclo-Cross Championships for both male and
female in each of the following categories
Madison (40km) Women’s Madison (25km)
Omnium Women’s Omnium
Youth C
Team Pursuit (4000m) Women’s Team Pursuit (4000m)
Youth B
Junior Men Sprint Junior Women Sprint
Youth A
Junior Men Time Trial Junior Women Time Trial
Junior
(1000m) (500m)
Senior
Junior Men Pursuit (3000m) Junior Women Keirin
Veteran 40
Junior Men Scratch Race Junior Women Individual
(20km) Pursuit (2000m) Veteran 50
Junior Women Points Race Veteran 60
Junior Men Keirin
(20km)
Junior Men Points Race Junior Women Scratch Race SC4.9. Scottish National Mountain Bike
(25km) (10km)
Championships
Junior Men Madison (25km) Junior Women Madison (20km)
Veteran Men Individual Veteran Women Individual SC4.9.1. Scottish Cycling shall recognise annually
Pursuit (3000m) Pursuit (2000m) Mountain Bike Championships for both male
and female, in the following categories:
Youth A Boys Sprint Youth A Girls Sprint
Youth A Boys Time Trial DOWNHILL CROSS COUNTRY
Youth A Girls Time Trial (500m)
(500m)
Juvenile Juvenile
Youth A Boys Individual Youth A Girls Individual Pursuit
Pursuit (2000m) (2000m) Youth Youth
Youth A Boys Scratch Race Youth A Girls Points Race Junior Junior
(10-12km) (15km) Senior Senior
Youth A Boys Points Race Youth A Girls Scratch Race Master Master
(15km) (10-12km)
Veteran Veteran
Youth A Boys Madison
Youth A Girls Madison (15km)
(15km) Grand Veteran
Youth B Boys Omnium Youth B Girls Omnium Super Veteran
Youth B Boys Scratch Race Youth B Girls Scratch Race
(5-8km) (5-8km) SC4.10. Scottish National BMX Championships
Youth C Boys Omnium Youth C Girls Omnium
SC4.10.1. Scottish Cycling shall recognise annually BMX
MB Tandem Time Trial
WB Tandem Time Trial (1000m) Championships for both male and female, in
(1000m)
the following categories:
MB Tandem Sprint WB Tandem Sprint
20” 24”
SC4.7. Scottish National Grass or Cinder Track
9-10 9-12
Championships
11-12 13-16
SC4.7.1. Scottish Cycling shall recognise annually Grass 13-14 17-29
Track Championships, for both male and
15-16 30-39
female, over the following distances:
17-29 40-44
800metres Master 30+ 45-49
1500metres Veteran 40 + 50+
5km
BRITISH CYCLING 169

SC5. SCOTTISH RECORDS

SC5.2. Scottish Track Records
SC5.1. Scottish Track & Road Records Organisation SC5.2.1. No claim for a record shall be considered
unless the ride has been made:
SC5.1.1. The Scottish Cycling Board shall adjudicate on
claims from persons who meet the Scottish SC5.2.1.1. On a track approved by the UCI or measured in
National Championship eligibility criteria, as per accordance with T8.7 and the measurement
SC2.2, for track and road records as specified certified by a qualified surveyor.
below. Such records shall be known as
Scottish National Records. SC5.2.1.2. In the presence of an Official Observer and
timed by at least two Timekeepers who have,
SC5.1.2. The Scottish Cycling Board shall similarly for the purpose of timing the record or records,
adjudicate on claims by all other persons for used timing devices registered with Scottish
track records set up in Scottish territory. Such Cycling. Where electronic timing is being used,
records shall be known as Scottish Allcomers only one Timekeeper is required.
Records.
SC5.2.1.3. In an open or confined race or a time trial at an
SC5.1.3. The onus of making a claim shall rest with the open track meeting or a private time trial for
rider. Records must be claimed by the rider which a permit shall have been granted by
within 14 days of the attempt and upon Scottish Scottish Cycling or British Cycling.
Cycling’s record claim form. The Scottish Cycling
Board may, at its discretion, extend the time SC5.2.1.4. Using any gear and equipment restrictions
within which a record claim may be made. The which are in place for the age category or event
original time sheets signed by the timekeepers in question.
or the approved operator of a fully automatic
timing device as appropriate, and showing lap SC5.2.2. Where any of the records at the times or
by lap times shall accompany all record claims. distances listed in these Regulations remains to
Additionally, claims for records broken at an be established the Scottish Cycling Board may
open or championship meeting shall be set a standard for such record and no claim for
supported by the official result communiqué. the record will be considered unless the
standard is equalled or beaten.
SC5.1.4. No rider shall attempt, claim, or permit to be
published a track record unless under these SC5.2.3. All records may be electronically timed and
Regulations or those of British Cycling or the where so timed shall be to the nearest
UCI, and any rider so attempting, claiming, or 1/1000th of a second. Where hand-held timing
permitting, or any official assisting them, shall devices are used, records shall be timed to
be in breach of these Regulations. Where a 1/100th of a second. A 1/100th second beating
record time or distance is beaten more than of an existing record shall establish a new
once in the same day, each record time or record.
distance will be considered for ratification in the
order the rides were completed. SC5.2.4. The area of the track inside the gauge line (the
black band) shall be made un-rideable during
SC5.1.5. The Scottish Cycling Board may procure and use record attempts.
any evidence bearing upon a record claim, and
shall retain all documents in connection therewith. SC5.2.5. At Olympic Games, World Championships,
World Cup, Continental and Regional
SC5.1.6. The Scottish Cycling Board may decline to Championships (UCI sanctioned), British
consider any claim it may consider to be National Championships, Scottish National
contrary to the interests of the sport. Any Championships and any event which conforms
person improperly claiming or supporting a with SC5.2.1.1-SC5.2.4, unpaced standing
record shall be in breach of these Regulations. start records as detailed in SC5.2.11, may be
approved over distances up to and including 4
SC5.1.7. The Scottish Cycling Competition Record kilometres when two riders or two teams start
Certificate will be issued to all riders (and in the on opposite sides of the track. For all other
case of team records to each member of the distances and for all record attempts outside
successful team) in all cases where a claim has such events and arranged by special permit,
been approved. the rider or team shall be alone on the track
170 2020 HANDBOOK

SC5.2.6. For standing start arrangements for all record SC5.2.10. During attempts on the 1 hour record
attempts, refer to starting procedures in arrangements shall be made to indicate the last
Scottish Cycling Track Championship Technical lap. To calculate the distance covered in the
Regulations. hour the rider shall, when the time is up,
continue for the additional distance and
SC5.2.7. No claim for a record set up outside the complete the lap. The time taken for the last lap
aforementioned events shall be considered shall be used to calculate the distance covered
unless four weeks’ notice of the attempt shall during the time remaining to complete the hour
have been given to Scottish Cycling. in accordance with the following formula:
SC5.2.8. Within the notice period Scottish Cycling shall be D= L x TR

responsible for providing an official observer who TL
shall be at least a National Commissaire and,
where considered appropriate, facilities for an Where: D is the additional distance, L is the
anti-doping control. All other officials must be length of the track, TR is the time remaining to
obtained by the rider or their representative. In complete the hour, TL is the time for the last lap
events covered by SC5.2.5, the appointed Chief If a recognised incident prevents the rider from
Commissaire shall act as the appointed observer. completing the last lap, the time of the
preceding lap shall be taken to calculate the
SC5.2.9. All motor-paced record attempts shall conform distance covered.
to conditions laid down by the Scottish Cycling
Board. SC5.2.11. The following distances and categories will be
recognised for unpaced record attempts:
Standing Start 1km Standing Start 500m

Standing Start 4km Standing Start 3km
Men Standing Start 1 hour Women Standing Start 1 hour
Flying Start 200m Flying Start 200m
Veteran Men Standing Start 3km Veteran Women Standing Start 2km
Standing Start 1km Standing Start 500m
Junior Men Junior Women
Standing Start 500m Standing Start 500m
Youth A Boys Youth A Girls
Youth B Boys Youth B Girls
Youth C Boys Youth C Girls
Club and Regional Club and Regional
Teams Men Teams Women
Club and Regional Team Sprint Standing Club and Regional Team Sprint Standing
Teams Men Start 750m Teams Women Start 500m
MB Tandem WB Tandem
Flying start 200m Flying start 200m
BRITISH CYCLING 171

SC6. SCOTTISH ROAD RECORDS

SC6.1.4. The number of counting riders for Team

records, shall be as per SC4.3.2.
SC6.1.1. No claim shall be considered unless the
performance to which it relates is made in an SC6.1.5. The lowest timing units by which competition
open event sanctioned by British Cycling or has records may be broken shall be one whole
been sponsored by the Scottish Cycling Board. second in the case of fixed distance events and
in the case of 12 hours and 24 hours events
SC6.1.2. No claim shall be considered unless the the lowest unit shall be 1-100th of a mile. In the
time-keeping arrangements in the event case of a claim to a 12 or 24 hours record
concerned comply with the standard laid down where the claimant was not within sight of an
by the Scottish Cycling Board for timekeeping official timekeeper at the conclusion of the ride,
in open events and the course complies with the Scottish Cycling Board will consider official
R14.1 timekeepers’ certificates relating to their
position along the course before and after their
SC6.1.3. Where alterations have been made to a time expired and will decide upon the distance
previously registered course no claim shall be to be recorded.
considered until the course has been
re-registered with the new details. SC6.1.6. The following distances and categories will be
recognised for unpaced record attempts
10 MILES 25 MILES 30 MILES 50 MILES 100 MILES 12 HOURS 24 HOURS

Bicycle Men X X X X X X X
Bicycle Men Team X X X X X X X
Bicycle Women X X X X X X X
Bicycle Women Team X X X X X X X
Veteran Men X X X X X X X
Veteran Men Team X X X X X X X
Veteran Women X X X X X X X
Veteran Women Team X X X X X X X
Tandem Men X X X X X X X
Tandem Women X X X X X X X
Tandem Mixed X X X X X X X
Tricycle Men X X X X X X X
Tricycle Women X X X X X X X
Tricycle Men Team X X X X X X X
Tricycle Women Team X X X X X X X
Bicycle Junior Men X X X X

Bicycle Junior Men Team X X X X
Bicycle Junior Women X X X X
Bicycle Junior Women Team X X X X
Bicycle Youth Boys X X

Bicycle Youth Boys Team X X
Bicycle Youth Girls X X
Bicycle Youth Girls Team X X
172 2020 HANDBOOK

NOTES
NOTES
BRITISH CYCLING 173

BRITISH NATIONAL CHAMPIONSHIPS

B R I T I S H N AT I O N A L C H A M P I O N S H I P S
BMX FREESTYLE WOMEN’S CHAMPIONSHIPS
MEN’S AND WOMEN’S CHAMPIONSHIPS Club Championship

Under-16 Individual Championship
Elite (15+ years old)
BMX RACING Under-16 Club Championship
Under-14 Club Championship
MEN’s AND WOMEN’S CHAMPIONSHIPS
Junior (17-18 years old) Indoor Championship
Note: If a Championship category is not available to women,
then they are permitted to enter the men’s equivalent.
CYCLE SPEEDWAY
MEN’S CHAMPIONSHIPS CYCLO-CROSS
MEN’S AND WOMEN’S CHAMPIONSHIPS

Individual Championship
Junior Individual Championship Senior
Indoor Championship Under 23
Open Club Championship Junior
Junior Club Championship Youth Under 16
Open Indoor Fours Championship Youth Under 14
Junior Indoor Fours Championship Veteran 40-49
Over 40s Individual Championship Veteran 50-59
Over 50s Individual Championship Veteran 60+
Over 60s Individual Championship
Indoor Over 40s Riders Championship
eRACING
Open Club Championship
Over 40s Club Championship MEN’S AND WOMEN’S CHAMPIONSHIPS
Indoor Junior Riders Championship
Indoor Under-16 Riders Championship
Indoor Under-14 Riders Championship
MOUNTAIN BIKE
BOYS’ CHAMPIONSHIPS
CROSS COUNTRY OLYMPIC MEN’S AND WOMEN’S
Under-16 Individual Championship CHAMPIONSHIPS
Super Veterans
Grand Veterans
Veteran 40-44
Veteran 45-49
Masters 30-34
174 2020 HANDBOOK

Masters 35-39 ROAD
Senior
SENIOR MEN’S CHAMPIONSHIPS
Junior
Youth Road Race
Juvenile Closed Circuit Criterium
Espoir (U23 men and women) Senior Individual Time Trial
Under 23 Individual Time Trial
DOWNHILL INDIVIDUAL MEN’S AND WOMEN’S
Under 23 Road Race
CHAMPIONSHIPS
Grand Veterans SENIOR WOMEN’S CHAMPIONSHIPS

Veteran 40-44
Road Race
Veteran 45-49
Closed Circuit Criterium
Masters 30-34
Individual Time Trial
Masters 35-39
Under 23 Road Race
Senior
Under 23 Time Trial
Junior
Youth and Juvenile PARA-CYCLING MEN’S AND WOMEN’S
CHAMPIONSHIPS
If a Junior rider achieves the best time within the Senior
competition he/she shall be awarded the senior title and Para-cycling categories shall be as defined by the UCI.
jersey. The junior jersey is not awarded in this case.
The following Events shall be organised in line with those
FOUR CROSS MEN’S AND WOMEN’S distances as specified within the current UCI regulations for
CHAMPIONSHIPS each gender and rider classification:
Veteran 40+ Closed Circuit Race
Masters 30-39 Individual Time Trial
Senior
JUNIOR MEN’S CHAMPIONSHIPS
Junior
Youth A Road Race at a distance of between 90 and 120 km.
Juvenile An individual time trial over a distance of 20-30 km
MARATHON MEN’S AND WOMEN’S CHAMPIONSHIPS JUNIOR WOMEN’S CHAMPIONSHIPS
Senior A Road Race at a distance of between 60 and 80 km

Veteran 40-49 An individual time trial over a distance of 20-30 km
Veteran 50+
YOUTH A AND B BOYS AND GIRLS’ CHAMPIONSHIPS
ENDURO MEN’S AND WOMEN’S CHAMPIONSHIPS
Circuit Race
Junior
Senior
Master
Veteran
Grand Veteran
BRITISH CYCLING 175

MASTERS MEN’S AND WOMEN’S CHAMPIONSHIPS TRACK

Age Category A SENIOR MEN’S CHAMPIONSHIPS

Road Race at a minimum distance of 140 km
Individual Time Trial of 30-40 km Hard Tracks
Circuit Race
Sprint
1 kilometre Standing Start Time Trial
Age Category B
4000 metres Individual Pursuit
Individual Time Trial of 30-40 km 4000 metres Team Pursuit for Club, Trade and Region teams
Circuit Race (teams may include women)
Age Category C Scratch Race
Road Race at a minimum distance of 120 km Points Race
Individual Time Trial of 30-40 km
Madison for two-up teams
Circuit Race
Omnium
Age Category D
Road Race at a minimum distance of 120 km Keirin
Individual Time Trial of 30-40 km Team Sprint
Circuit Race
Derny – to be run under terms and conditions as
Age Category E laid down by the Board
Grass tracks
Circuit Race
400 metres Sprint
Age Category F
800 metres Scratch Race
Individual Time Trial of 30-40 km 8 kilometres Scratch Race
Circuit Race
Age Category G SENIOR WOMEN’S CHAMPIONSHIPS
Individual Time Trial of 30-40 km Hard Tracks
Circuit Race Sprint
Age Category H 500m Standing Start Time Trial
3000 metres Individual Pursuit
Circuit Race Points Race
Age Category I/J Keirin
Road Race at a minimum distance of 80 km Derny – to be run under terms and conditions as
Individual Time Trial of 30-40 km laid down by the Board
Circuit Race
Scratch Race
Omnium
Team Sprint
Grass Tracks
800 metres Scratch Race
5 kilometres Scratch Race
PARA-CYCLING MEN’S AND WOMEN’S

CHAMPIONSHIPS
Para-cycling categories shall be as defined by the UCI
176 2020 HANDBOOK

Hard Tracks MASTERS MEN’S AND WOMEN’S CHAMPIONSHIPS
The following Events shall be organised in line with those
distances as specified within the current UCI regulations for Hard Tracks
each gender and rider classification: Age Category A
200 metre flying start time trial Sprint, time trial (men 1000m, women 500m), Individual
Pursuit (men 3000m, women 2000m), Scratch Race and
Standing start time trial Points Race.
Pursuit Race Age Category B
Sprint, time trial (men 1000m, women 500m), Individual
JUNIOR MEN’S CHAMPIONSHIPS Pursuit (men 3000m, women 2000m), Scratch Race and
Points Race.
Hard Tracks Age category C
Sprint Sprint, time trial (men 750m, women 500m), Individual
1 kilometre Standing Start Time Trial Pursuit (men 3000m, women 2000m), Scratch Race and
Points Race.
Keirin
Age category D
3000 metres Individual Pursuit Sprint, time trial (men 750m, women 500m), Individual
Points Race Pursuit (men 3000m, women 2000m), Scratch Race and
Scratch Race Points Race.
Madison for two-up teams Age category E

Sprint, 500 metre time trial, 2000 metres Individual Pursuit,
Scratch Race and Points Race
JUNIOR WOMEN’S CHAMPIONSHIPS
Age category F
Hard Tracks Sprint, 500 metre time trial, 2000 metres Individual Pursuit,
Sprint
Age category G
500m Standing Start Time Trial Sprint, 500 metre time trial, 2000 metres Individual Pursuit,
Keirin Scratch Race and Points Race
2000 metres Individual Pursuit Age category H
Points Race Sprint, 500 metre time trial, 2000 metres Individual Pursuit,
Scratch Race
Age category I
Madison for two-up teams Sprint, 500 metre time trial, 2000 metres Individual Pursuit,
YOUTH A BOYS AND GIRLS’ CHAMPIONSHIPS Age category J
Sprint, 500 metre time trial, 2000 metres Individual Pursuit
Hard Tracks
Age category J+
Sprint Scratch Race and Points Race
500 metres Standing Start Time Trial Age category K and older (in 5 year age bands where 3 or
2000 metres Individual Pursuit more entries)
Points Race 200m flying start time trial, 500 metre time trial, 1500 metres
Individual Pursuit
Scratch Race
Omnium
YOUTH B BOYS AND GIRLS’ CHAMPIONSHIPS
Hard Tracks
Omnium
BRITISH CYCLING 177

SYNOPSIS OF AGE CATEGORIES FOR 2020
2020 AGE SYNOPSIS CHART

S Y N O P S I S O F A G E C AT E G O R I E S F O R 2 0 2 0
A rider’s age category is determined as being on the 1st January of the year of the appropriate birthday, with the exception
of Cyclo-Cross where the category is determined as being on the 1st September of the appropriate birthday.
YEAR
ROAD AND BMX BMX BMX BMX
OF MTB
TRACK 20” CRUISER 24” CHAMPIONSHIP FREESTYLE
BIRTH
2015 6 And Under
2014 (Minimum Age 4)

Youth E
2013 Under 8 7
2012 8
Under 12
2011 Youth D 9
2010 Under 10 10
9 - 12 Youth
2009 Youth C 11
2008 Under 12 12
2007 Youth B 13
Juvenile 13 - 14
2006 Under 14 14
2005 Youth A 15
Youth 15 - 16
2004 Under 16 16
2003
Junior Junior Junior
2002
2001
2000
Under 23 17 - 24
1999
1998
1997 17 - 29
1996 Senior
1995
1994 Over 23
Elite
1993 25 - 29 Or
Amateur 15+
1992
Elite
1991 Or
Master 30+
1990
1989
Master A
1988
30 - 34
1987
1986 Master
Master 30 - 39
1985
1984
Master B
1983
35 - 39
1982
1981
178 2020 HANDBOOK

YEAR SPEEDWAY CYCLO-CROSS CYCLO-CROSS
SPEEDWAY
OF BRITISH YOUTH AND UP TO 31ST EFFECTIVE FROM 1ST
BRITISH CHAMPIONSHIPS
BIRTH JUNIOR LEAGUE AUGUST 2020 SEPTEMBER 2020
2015
Youth E
2014 Under 8
2013 (Eligible For Regional

Rounds Only)
2012 Under 12
Under 12
2011 Youth D Under 10 (Eligible
2010 For Regional Rounds Only)
2009 Youth C Youth C
2008 Under 12 Under 12

Youth B Girls - Youth Under
Under 14 Youth A 14
2007 Youth B Youth
Youth B
2006 Under 14 Under 14
Youth A Youth C Youth Under
2005 Under 16 Junior 16

Youth
Youth A Under
2004 Under 16
Under 16 12, 14,
Junior Junior
2003 Junior 16, 18
Under 18 Junior
2002
2001
U23
2000
U23
1999
1998
1997
1996
Senior Women
1995
1994
Senior Men
1993
1992
1991
1990
Senior
1989 Senior
1988
1987
1986
1985
1984
1983
1982
1981
Continued overleaf…
BRITISH CYCLING 179

YEAR
ROAD AND BMX BMX BMX
OF MTB BMX 20”

TRACK CRUISER 24” CHAMPIONSHIP FREESTYLE
BIRTH
1980
1979
Master C
1978 40 - 44
40 - 44
1977
1976
Veteran
1975
1974
Master D
1973 45 - 49
45 - 49
1972
1971
1970
1969
Master E
1968
50 - 54
1967
1966
Grand Veteran
1965
1964
Master F
1963
55 - 59
1962
1961
Elite Elite
1960 Veteran Or Or
1959 Master 30+ Amateur 15+

Master G
1958
60 - 64
1957
1956
1955 50+
1954
Master H
1953
65 - 69
1952
1951
1950 Super Veteran
1949
Master I
1948
70 - 74
1947
1946
1945
1944
Master J
1943
75 - 79
1942
1941
1940 or Master K
earlier 80+
180 2020 HANDBOOK

YEAR SPEEDWAY: CYCLO-CROSS CYCLO-CROSS

SPEEDWAY:
OF BRITISH YOUTH AND UP TO 31ST EFFECTIVE FROM 1ST
BRITISH CHAMPIONSHIPS
BIRTH JUNIOR LEAGUE AUGUST 2020 SEPTEMBER 2020
1980
1979
1978 Vet 40
1977 Vet 40
1976
Veteran
1975
1974
1973 Vet 45
1972 Vet 45
1971
1970
1969
1968 Vet 50
1967 Vet 50
Grand Veteran
1966
1965
1964
1963 Vet 55
1962 Vet 55
1961
Veteran
Senior
1960
Veteran
Senior
1959
1958 Vet 60
1957 Vet 60
1956
1955
1954
1953 Vet 65
1952 Vet 65
1951
Super Veteran
1950
1949
1948
1947
1946
1945 Vet 70+
Vet 70+
1944
1943
1942
1941
1940 or
earlier
BRITISH CYCLING 181

NOTES
NOTES
182 2020 HANDBOOK

THE UK ANTI-DOPING REGULATIONS
The UK Anti-Doping Regulations
T H E U K A N T I - D O P I N G R E G U L AT I O N S
All riders have the right to compete in cycling knowing that they, and their competitors, are clean.
British Cycling believes in clean cycling and works in partnership with UK Anti-Doping (UKAD) and the UCI to ensure
that the integrity of our sport is protected.
The use of performance enhancing drugs and other doping behaviour severely damages the legitimacy of cycling
and undermines the integrity of clean riders.
The fundamental anti-doping principle of strict liability means that a rider is responsible for their conduct, the
decisions they make and the results of any tests they undergo regardless of whether or not they intended to cheat.
It is therefore important that all riders conduct themselves within the rules and make informed decisions to ensure
they race clean.
Please note
The anti-doping rules of British Cycling are the UK Anti-Doping Rules published by UK Anti-Doping (or its successor),
as amended from time to time. Such rules shall take effect and be construed as the rules of British Cycling.
An up to date version of the UK Anti-Doping Rules is available at britishcycling.org.uk/antidoping
BRITISH CYCLING 183

NOTES
NOTES
184 2020 HANDBOOK

DISCIPLINARY REGULATIONS
D I S C I P L I N A RY R E G U L AT I O N S
Contents
1 Introduction 186
2 Interpretation 186
3 Disciplinary Powers 189
4 The Complaint 190
5 Interim Suspension 191
6 Disciplinary Committee Procedures 192
7 Objections to Committee Members 193
8 Hearing 194
9 Decision 196
10 Costs 197
11 Appeals 197
12 Notices 201
13 UCI Regulations 201
14 Publicity 202
15 Multiple Incidents 202
16 Terms of Suspension 202
17 Financial Liability to British Cycling 202
18 Miscellaneous 203
Appendix
1 Table of Recommended Sanctions 204
2 Flowchart of Procedures under the Disciplinary Rules – Disciplinary Hearing 205
BRITISH CYCLING 185

INTRODUCTION
Appellant
means the relevant Respondent appealing a decision
1.1 These Disciplinary Regulations (the ‘Regulations’) are of a Disciplinary Committee in accordance with
binding on all Participants and Affiliates. They are the Regulation 11 of these Disciplinary Regulations;
means by which British Cycling exercises disciplinary
authority in relation to its rules, regulations, bye laws, Board
policies, codes and procedures. The Regulations means the board of directors of British Cycling;
provide uniform procedures for the resolution of
disciplinary issues arising from within the sport of British Cycling
cycling across all regions and all disciplines with the means the British Cycling Federation;
following exceptions.
Bye Laws
(a) Anti-doping violations shall be dealt with means the bye laws of British Cycling, as amended
under the UK Anti-Doping Rules (as from time to time;
amended from time to time);
CAS
(b) Disciplinary issues arising from employees of means the Court of Arbitration for Sport;
British Cycling acting in their capacity as
employees shall be dealt with under the Case File
terms and conditions of their contract of has the meaning given to that term in Regulation
employment; 11.9 of these Disciplinary Regulations;
(c) Safeguarding, which shall be dealt with Chair

under the British Cycling Safeguarding the Legally Qualified person who is appointed from
Regulations. Unless the matter has been time to time, pursuant to Regulations 6.6 or 11.9 (as
referred by the Lead Safeguarding Officer for appropriate) to be the Chairperson of the Disciplinary
consideration by the Disciplinary Officer. Committee or the Appeal Committee under the
Disciplinary Regulations;
1.2 References to the singular include the plural and vice
versa. CMG
means the Case Management Group, as defined
1.3 A summary of these Regulations is provided at within the Safeguarding Regulations;
Appendix 2. If there is an inconsistency between any
of the provisions of these Regulations and Appendix Code of Conduct
2, the provisions of these Regulations shall prevail. means the Code of Conduct of British Cycling, as
amended from time to time;
2 INTERPRETATION
Code of Practice for Cycling Coaches
2.1 In these Disciplinary Rules, the following terms shall British Cycling Code of Practice for Cycling
have the following meanings: Coaches, in conjunction with the British Cycling
Guidelines for Coaching Cycling, as amended from
Affiliate time to time;
means a team or club affiliated to British Cycling,
and their Members or Volunteers; Complaint
a complaint of misconduct or notification of a
Appeal Committee concern regarding particular circumstances and/or
means a panel of 3 individuals selected from the conduct that falls within the jurisdiction of these
Disciplinary Panel, appointed to perform that role Regulations;
pursuant to these Regulations;
Complainant
Appeal Fee the Participant, club or body from whom a
means the sum of £200 that must be sent to British Complaint has been received by the Disciplinary
Cycling by a Respondent when they file a Notice of Officer;
Appeal in accordance with Regulation 11.4 of these
186 2020 HANDBOOK

Contractor Event
any person or organisation engaged to supply means a single race, match or competition (or a
services to British Cycling in the course of their own series of races, matches or competitions) organised,
business undertaking; licensed, convened, authorised or recognised by
British Cycling or any of its Members, affiliate
Cycling Time Trials organisations or Licensees, wherever held;
means Cycling Time Trials, the national governing
body for cycling road time trials in the UK; Independent Person
means a person who is qualified and/or has
Day expertise in the subject matter of the Complaint and
means a calendar day except where expressly who can provide independent advice to the
stated otherwise; Disciplinary Panel/ Committee;
Decision Interested Party

means the written decision of the Disciplinary means any person, Participant, or body that in the
Committee or Appeal Committee; sole opinion of the Disciplinary Officer, will or is likely
to be affected by the outcome of any Disciplinary
Disciplinary Charge Charge under the Regulations;
means the specific Misconduct breach presented to
the Respondent following receipt of a Complaint and Investigation
subsequent investigation; means an investigation conducted by the Disciplinary
Officer pursuant to Regulation 3.4;
Disciplinary Clerk
means the individual appointed to provide impartial Lead Safeguarding Officer
advice to the Disciplinary Committee and or the means the individual employed by British Cycling,
Appeal Committee regarding the Disciplinary Scottish Cycling and/or Welsh Cycling with primary
Regulations, process and other matters of fact responsibility for managing safeguarding concerns
relating to the conduct (explicitly, not content) of a within their organisation. This role is referred to as
hearing; the Wellbeing and Protection Officer by Scottish
Cycling;
Disciplinary Committee
means a panel of 3 individuals selected from the Legally Qualified
Disciplinary Panel, appointed to perform that role means a qualified solicitor registered with the
pursuant to these Regulations; Solicitors Regulation Authority (SRA), or a barrister
called to the Bar of England and Wales;
Disciplinary Complaint
means the document on which a Disciplinary Charge Licensee
and the Specified Sanction is presented to the means any individual (whether they be a rider, coach,
Respondent; agent, Race Official or otherwise) who holds a race
licence issued by British Cycling;
Disciplinary Officer
means the individual approved by the Board to act Member
on behalf of British Cycling in matters arising under means an individual (whether they be a rider, coach,
these Regulations (or their designee); Race Official or otherwise) granted Membership of
British Cycling;
Disciplinary Panel
means a number of individuals with the appropriate Membership
skills and experience that sit on British Cycling’s means being a Member of British Cycling, granted in
standing Disciplinary Panel. To avoid conflicts of accordance with the Bye Laws;
interest, members of the Board shall not be
permitted to be members of the Disciplinary Panel; Misconduct
means any conduct that is unsporting, presents an
Equality Policy actual/ potential risk of harm and/or has the potential
means the equality policy issued by British Cycling, to bring the sport of cycling, other Participants, Race
as amended from time to time; Officials or British Cycling in to disrepute;
BRITISH CYCLING 187

Non-Party Spectator
means any person other than the parties (i.e. the any person who is admitted on-course at an Event
Respondent or Disciplinary Officer) to a disciplinary other than as a rider, Official or Volunteer or who is
proceedings; attending an Event as a spectator only;
Notice of Appeal Senior Race Official

has the meaning given to that term in Regulation means the most senior Race Official present at an
11.4 of these Disciplinary Regulations; Event (in most circumstances, this will be the chief
commissaire) (or their designee);
Notice of Charge
means the notification of the Disciplinary Charge Specified Sanction
against the Respondent issued by the Disciplinary means a sanction specified by the Disciplinary
Officer; Officer in accordance with Regulation 5.9 of these
Official
any person acting in the administration of an Event Technical Regulations
or acting in any other role; including but not limited to means the technical regulations of British Cycling
the administration, coaching and organisation of a consisting of the General & Discipline Specific
British Cycling affiliated team or any promotional or Regulations, as amended from time to time;
coaching activity whatsoever;
UCI
Participant means the Union Cycliste Internationale;
any person participating in an Event or other cycling
related activity promoted or administered by British UCI Regulation
Cycling, including but not limited to any Member, means Part 12 of the UCI Regulations – Discipline
Affiliate, Official, Spectator, Licensee Volunteer or and Procedures, as amended from time to time;
Contractor from time to time;
Volunteer
Race Official any person providing assistance or support to British
means a commissaire, referee, marshal or other Cycling from time to time otherwise than as an
individual involved in the officiating of an Event; employee or Director and including but not limited to
any person providing assistance at an Event;
Respondent
the Participant who is the subject of the Complaint Welsh Cycling Union
Investigation and/or Notice of Charge under the means the Welsh Cycling Union, the organisation
Regulations; responsible for the administration and control of
cycling in Wales.
Safeguarding Policies
means the British Cycling Safeguarding Children and
Young People Policy and Procedures; the British
Cycling Safeguarding Adults Policy and Procedures;
the British Cycling Great Britain Cycling Team
Safeguarding Children and Young People Policy and
Procedures; and, the British Cycling Great Britain
Cycling Team Safeguarding Adults Policy and
Procedures;
Safeguarding Regulations
means the British Cycling Safeguarding Regulations;
Scottish Cyclists’ Union

means the Scottish Cyclists’ Union, the organisation
responsible for the administration and control of
cycling in Scotland;
188 2020 HANDBOOK

3 DISCIPLINARY POWERS
(j) fixing or contriving in any way or otherwise
influencing improperly the result, progress or
Misconduct conduct of any Event in which the Participant is
participating in and/or can influence;
3.1 The following types of behaviour, without limitation,
are examples of Misconduct: (k) placing, accepting or laying a bet in relation to
the result, progress or conduct of any Event in
(a) a breach, or multiple breaches of the Bye Laws which the Participant is participating in and/or
which the Disciplinary Officer, in their absolute can influence;
discretion and for whatever reason considers
sufficiently serious to constitute an act of (l) breaching the terms of any suspension imposed
Misconduct; by British Cycling including but not limited to
suspensions imposed by the Disciplinary Officer,
(b) a breach, or multiple breaches of the Technical Disciplinary Committee, Appeal Committee, and/
Regulations which the Disciplinary Officer, in their or the CMG;
absolute discretion and for whatever reason
considers sufficiently serious to constitute an act (m) failure to provide reasonable assistance in
of Misconduct (including without limitation the connection with, or otherwise disrupting the
non-payment of levies or fines owed to British course of, an Investigation, Complaint and/or
Cycling); Disciplinary Charge;
(c) a breach, or multiple breaches of the Code of (n) failure to assist and/or cooperate with enquiries
Conduct which the Disciplinary Officer, in their deemed necessary under the Safeguarding
absolute discretion and for whatever reason Regulations;
considers sufficiently serious to constitute an act
of Misconduct; (o) carrying out any acts and/or making any
statements that are discriminatory by reason of
(d) a breach, or multiple breaches of the sex, sexual orientation, marital status, race,
Safeguarding Policies and/or the Safeguarding nationality, ethnic origin, colour, religion, belief or
Regulations, which the Lead Safeguarding disability and/or acting in contravention of the
Officer, in their absolute discretion and for Equality Policy;
whatever reason considers sufficiently serious to
refer to the Disciplinary Officer; (p) failure to pay any fine, levies, moneys and/or
compensation awards owed to British Cycling
(e) a concern has been raised under the within the specified period of time;
Safeguarding Policies and/or Safeguarding
Regulations, which the Lead Safeguarding (q) failure to comply with any decisions made by the
Officer, in their absolute discretion and for Lead Safeguarding Officer during and/or on
whatever reason considers sufficiently serious to conclusion of any investigation under the British
refer to the Disciplinary Officer; Cycling Safeguarding Regulations;
(f) a breach, or multiple breaches of the Code of (r) in respect of any Participant in a position of trust
Practice for Cycling Coaches which the or authority over another Participant either
Disciplinary Officer, in their absolute discretion directly (including any coach, doctor,
and for whatever reason considers sufficiently physiotherapist or otherwise) or indirectly
serious to constitute an act of Misconduct; (including any organiser, club, regional or
national official):
(g) serious or repeated disobedience of the
reasonable directions of a Race Official; (i) abusing that trust or authority in any way;
(h) dangerous riding or compromising the safety or (ii) failing to observe confidentiality of such
another Participant; Participant;
(i) verbal or physical abuse of any kind; (iii) failing to act with respect towards such other
Participant by, for example engaging in
bullying or conduct that may induce feelings
of fear and/or harassment;
BRITISH CYCLING 189

(iv) failing to act in a professional manner or 3.5 On completion of the Investigations, the Disciplinary
acting in a way that gives rise to a conflict of Officer shall:
interests and/or brings the sport into
disrepute. (a) take no further action; or
Reporting Misconduct (b) take any further actions to attempt to resolve the
matter without recourse to a formal Disciplinary
3.2 All Participants must report any matter that may Charge - this may include further investigation,
constitute Misconduct to the Disciplinary Officer as helping to resolve conflicts between any parties,
soon as reasonably practicable. or issuing formal warnings; or
Explanatory note: Regulation 3.2 imposes a general (c) bring a Disciplinary Charge against one or more
obligation on all those bound by these Regulations to report Participants.
acts of Misconduct to the Disciplinary Officer. All such reports
shall be in writing, emailed to disciplinary@britishcycling.org. 4 THE COMPLAINT
uk, or by telephone. Without prejudice to this general
obligation, where a Race Official witnesses or receives 4.1 Complaints shall be made to the Disciplinary Officer.
evidence of conduct that may constitute Misconduct under British Cycling shall acknowledge receipt of the
these Regulations at an Event he must report that conduct to Complaint within a reasonable period of time.
the Senior Race Official immediately. The Senior Race Official
must report all matters that may constitute Misconduct at an 4.2 The Disciplinary Officer may, at their discretion,
Event to the Disciplinary Officer within 72 hours of receiving decide that too long has elapsed since the event
notice of such conduct. giving rise to the Complaint and take no action.
The general obligation set out in Regulation 3.2 should not 4.3 On receipt of the Complaint, the Disciplinary Officer
discourage Participants and/or other individuals (whether may do any of the following, as appropriate:
they be relatives or friends of Participants, spectators or
otherwise) from reporting matters that may constitute (a) commence an initial Investigation into the matter
Misconduct to the relevant club welfare officer, where to source information and evidence as soon as
appropriate, in addition to reporting such matters to the practicable;
Disciplinary Officer.
(b) inform the Respondent of the allegations against
3.3 These Regulations are not intended to replace the them and invite a written response from the
powers given to Race Officials to penalise breaches Respondent within a specified period;
of the Technical Regulations committed by
Participants at Events, and cannot be used to (c) undertake any further Investigation the
appeal a penalty issued by a Race Official in Disciplinary Officer sees fit; and/or
accordance with the Technical Regulations. For the
avoidance of doubt, a Participant may be sanctioned (d) inform any other relevant body which has a
under these Regulations for Misconduct that relates legitimate interest in the subject of the
to conduct at an Event even if a Race Official has, or Complaint.
has not, already penalised one or more Participants
for that conduct in accordance with the Technical 4.4 Upon completion of the relevant steps set out in
Regulations. Regulation 4.3 above the Disciplinary Officer may
take any of the following actions:
Investigations
(a) decide that no further action is required, and
3.4 The Disciplinary Officer shall be entitled to undertake where appropriate inform the Respondent;
any Investigations they consider necessary at any
time whether prompted by a Complaint or otherwise, (b) reject the Complaint because it does not fall
and every Participant will be obliged to cooperate within the authority of British Cycling, and if
with those Investigations. A failure to cooperate with appropriate refer it to another relevant body;
any Investigation may itself constitute Misconduct
and will entitle adverse inferences to be drawn from
that failure.
190 2020 HANDBOOK

(c) dismiss the Complaint on the grounds that there (a) the protection of the Respondent or other
is not enough evidence to warrant further action Participants;
being taken and where appropriate inform the
Respondent; (b) the risk to the reputation of British Cycling in
failing to suspend; and
(d) dismiss the Complaint on the grounds that it is
vexatious or malicious and where appropriate (c) the failing to suspend may impede internal
inform the Respondent; investigations or prejudice investigation by
external organisations.
(e) refer the Complaint to another authority deemed
more appropriate in practice or in law to handle 5.4 Interim suspensions may be imposed for a defined
it, including, but not limited to, social services or or indefinite period. The nature of the suspension will
other agencies or the police for criminal matters; be communicated to the Respondent in writing. All
suspensions will be reviewed on a periodic basis as
(f) refer the matter to be dealt with under the ordered by the appointed member of the Disciplinary
Safeguarding Regulations; Panel.
(g) deal with the Complaint informally by way of 5.5 A Respondent who has been suspended may apply
advice or information because it is not serious to the Disciplinary Officer for the suspension to be
enough to warrant the issuing of a Disciplinary lifted. The Disciplinary Officer shall refer the matter to
Charge; and/or, a further Legally Qualified member of the Disciplinary
Panel (who shall have had no prior involvement in the
(h) bring a Disciplinary Charge. matter) to determine whether the decision to impose
a temporary suspension was and remains
4.5 Where appropriate, the Disciplinary Officer shall appropriate in the circumstances and the Disciplinary
inform the Respondent, and any Interested Party or Officer shall communicate the decision to the
Parties of the course of action taken. Respondent within 7 days of their application.
4.6 In the event that a Complaint is withdrawn by a 5.6 The Disciplinary Officer may communicate the fact of
Complainant, British Cycling retains the right at its the suspension to any Interested Party.
absolute discretion to take any action deemed
appropriate against the Respondent under the 5.7 Any interim suspension under these Regulations will
Regulations. automatically cease if either of the following occurs
(whichever is soonest):
5 INTERIM SUSPENSION
(a) The matter has been determined by the
5.1 In the event that the subject matter of the Complaint Disciplinary Committee under the Regulations;
or Investigation is deemed to be sufficiently serious, or
the Disciplinary Officer may seek at any time
following the commencement of the Investigation or (b) Following an investigation, the Disciplinary
receipt of the Complaint to impose an interim Officer concludes no further action is necessary.
suspension upon the Respondent by making an
application to a Legally Qualified member of the 5.8 Interim suspensions may be imposed against the
Disciplinary Panel. Respondent’s British Cycling membership, including
all roles and participation, or, it may be against
5.2 An interim suspension shall not be deemed to be a individual roles.
disciplinary sanction. However, it may be taken in to
account if the matter is determined by the Specified Sanction
Disciplinary Committee, in respect of the imposition
of sanctions. 5.9 The Disciplinary Officer may offer a Specified
Sanction to the Respondent where they consider it
5.3 In determining an interim suspension application, the appropriate. This is at the Disciplinary Officer’s
Legally Qualified member of the Disciplinary Panel discretion.
should consider the following, without limitation:
BRITISH CYCLING 191

6 DISCIPLINARY COMMITTEE
5.10 In order to determine the appropriate Specified

Sanction that is to be imposed, the Disciplinary PROCEDURES
Officer should first determine the seriousness of the
conduct, make reference to Appendix 1, and then Notice of Charge
consider what factors:
6.1 Where the Disciplinary Officer determines that a
(a) aggravate the conduct, namely: Complaint or subject matter of an Investigation shall
be dealt with by way of a disciplinary hearing the
(i) a lack of remorse on the part of the Disciplinary Officer shall be required to inform the
Respondent involved; Respondent of the Disciplinary Charge against them
with specific reference to the rules, regulations or
(ii) previous reports of poor conduct by the codes alleged to have been breached by way of a
Respondent whether under these Notice of Charge.
Regulations or the disciplinary regulations of
any other governing body; 6.2 The Respondent has 14 days from receipt of the
Notice of Charge to submit a written reply to either:
(iii) the need for a deterrent; and/or,
(a) accept the Disciplinary Charge acknowledging
(iv) any other aggravating factors that the that Regulation 8.8 shall govern proceedings,
Disciplinary Officer considers relevant and and submit their representations in relation to
appropriate. mitigation within 7 days; or
(b) mitigate the conduct, namely: (b) accept the Disciplinary Charge requesting that
the matter be dealt with by a full disciplinary
(i) any admission of guilt (the mitigating value of hearing; or
which may depend upon its timing);
(c) deny the Disciplinary Charge in which case the
(ii) a good previous disciplinary record; matter will be dealt with by a full disciplinary
hearing.
(iii) a young age and/or lack of experience;
THE DISCIPLINARY COMMITTEE
(iv) demonstrable remorse for their actions and
any victim; and/or 6.3 Upon response, a Disciplinary Committee shall be
appointed by the Disciplinary Clerk in accordance
(v) any other mitigating factors that the with Regulation 6.6.
Disciplinary Officer considers relevant and
appropriate. 6.4 The Disciplinary Committee shall have jurisdiction to
conduct disciplinary hearings and impose sanctions
5.11 Upon receipt of the Disciplinary Complaint, the upon those persons / bodies subject to the
Respondent can; Regulations.
(a) reject the Specified Sanction and the Disciplinary 6.5 The following provisions set out procedural
Charge will proceed to a hearing in accordance guidelines for the conduct of proceedings before
with Regulation 6; or Disciplinary Committees. In each case, the
Disciplinary Committee may depart from these
(b) accept the Specified Sanction, no hearing will be guidelines as it sees fit in the circumstances of the
held, and the Specified Sanction will have case. Any such departure will not invalidate any
immediate effect from the date of acceptance. finding or decision of the Disciplinary Committee
unless it is shown to render that finding or decision
5.12 Should the Respondent fail to respond to the unreliable.
Disciplinary Complaint within 14 days, no hearing will
be held and the Specified Sanction will have 6.6 Within 7 days of the response from the Respondent
immediate effect following completion of the 14 made in accordance with Regulation 6.2(b) and
days. 6.2(c), the Disciplinary Clerk shall appoint three
members of the Disciplinary Panel to the Disciplinary
Committee and will designate one of those members
to act as Chair. The Disciplinary Clerk shall act as the
192 2020 HANDBOOK

secretary and administrator for the Disciplinary 7.4 Where the objection is made against all of the
Committee and shall not be a member of the Disciplinary Committee then another Legally
Disciplinary Committee. Qualified member of Disciplinary Panel must assess
the objection.
6.7 No person on the Disciplinary Committee may have
a close interest in the matter under consideration. 7.5 The Disciplinary Clerk shall notify both parties in
writing within 7 days from the date of receipt of any
6.8 If one or more members of a Disciplinary Committee objection to the composition of the Disciplinary
are unable or unwilling, for whatever reason, to hear Committee that either:
the matter referred to the Disciplinary Committee,
then the Disciplinary Clerk may, at their absolute (a) the composition of the Disciplinary Committee
discretion: has changed (in which case the Disciplinary
Clerk shall provide details of the new Disciplinary
(a) appoint another member of the Disciplinary Committee); or
Panel as a replacement; or
(b) the composition of the Disciplinary Committee
(b) appoint a new Disciplinary Committee. has not changed (in which case the Disciplinary
Clerk will give reasons why the party’s reasons
6.9 The Chair of a Disciplinary Committee will be entitled for objecting has not been accepted).
to seek specialist advice from an Independent
Person (including legal advice, medical advice, and 7.6 The decision given in accordance with Regulation
advice on cycling matters) as they deem appropriate. 7.5, shall be final.
6.10 The Disciplinary Clerk shall send a written notice, DIRECTIONS

setting out the identity of the Disciplinary Committee
members, to the Respondent and the Disciplinary 7.7 The Chair of the Disciplinary Committee shall
Officer within 14 days of the response. determine all directions within the case relating to the
provision of evidence and/or the conduct of the
7 OBJECTIONS TO hearing.
COMMITTEE MEMBERS
7.8 The Chair of the Disciplinary Committee shall have
7.1 Either party may object to the composition of the power to make such further directions as, in their
Disciplinary Committee by notifying the Disciplinary sole discretion, are deemed necessary. These may
Clerk in writing of the objections and setting out the include, but shall not be limited to:
reasons for such objections no later than 7 days
from the date of being informed of the composition (a) pre-hearing meetings of the Disciplinary
of the Disciplinary Committee. Committee to agree procedural issues;
7.2 The Disciplinary Clerk shall immediately forward any (b) production, inspection and/or exchange of
objection received to the Chair of the Disciplinary documents, witness statements and other
Committee who shall consider the objections and evidence;
determine:
(c) exchange of skeleton arguments;
(a) they are valid in their opinion, and uphold the
objection; or (d) any direction concerning the determination of
any issue on paper in advance of the hearing or
(b) there are no grounds for objection, in which case the extent to which evidence shall be agreed;
the Chair shall reject the objection. and
7.3 If the objection is made against the Chair of the (e) if deemed appropriate, rule that the hearing take
Disciplinary Committee then another member of the place on paper.
Disciplinary Committee must assess the objection.
7.9 If no evidence and/or documentation is submitted in
accordance with the directions, the Disciplinary
Committee may consider the Disciplinary Charge in
the absence of such evidence, and based upon the
facts and statements in its possession.
BRITISH CYCLING 193

7.10 If a direction is not complied with by either party, the 8.7 The standard of proof in all disciplinary cases
Chair of the Disciplinary Committee, may at their (including appeals) is the balance of probabilities.
discretion order further directions.
8.8 Where a Disciplinary Charge is referred to the
7.11 Unless otherwise directed by the Chair of the Disciplinary Committee and the Respondent admits
Disciplinary Committee, each party shall inform the the offence in accordance with Regulation 6.2(a), the
Disciplinary Clerk no less than 14 days before the matter will be dealt with summarily (i.e. without a
hearing if they will be legally represented or hearing) by the Disciplinary Committee who may
accompanied by another third party. impose any sanction which a Disciplinary Committee
could have imposed had the alleged breach been
7.12 It shall be the duty of the parties at their own cost to referred to it and a breach been established to its
notify and arrange the attendance of any legal satisfaction. When imposing such a sanction, the
representation and /or any witnesses they may wish Disciplinary Committee shall give due consideration
to call. to any arguments provided in mitigation by the
Respondent in accordance with Regulation 6.2(a).
7.13 Time limits referred to in the Regulations can be
extended at the discretion of a Legally Qualified 8.9 The Disciplinary Committee and Appeal Committee
member of the Disciplinary Panel before the will not be obliged to follow strict rules of evidence.
appointment of a Chair of the Disciplinary Committee They may admit such evidence as they think fit and
and thereafter only by the Chair of the Disciplinary accord such evidence such weight as they think
Committee. Either party may apply to the Chair of appropriate in all the circumstances. Where the
the Disciplinary Committee to extend or vary any Disciplinary Charge has been the subject of previous
time limits set out in the Regulations including civil or criminal proceedings, the result of such
retrospectively. proceedings and the facts and matters upon which
such result is based will be presumed to be correct
8 HEARING and the facts presumed to be true unless it is shown
by clear and convincing evidence that this is not the
8.1 Where the Respondent has replied to the Disciplinary case.
Charge in accordance with Regulation 6.2 (b) or 6.2
(c), the matter shall proceed to a hearing. 8.10 The Disciplinary Committee shall decide any issue by
majority but shall not be required to indicate whether
8.2 The Disciplinary Clerk shall liaise with the Disciplinary a decision has been taken unanimously or not. No
Committee, Respondent and the Disciplinary Officer member of the Disciplinary Committee may abstain
to schedule a hearing. from voting.
8.3 All hearings before Disciplinary Committees will be 8.11 The procedure for the hearing shall be flexible and
held in private, unless otherwise ordered by the shall be at the discretion of the Chair of the
Disciplinary Committee or agreed by the Parties. Disciplinary Committee, who may make such
Decisions as necessary to ensure the orderly and
8.4 In any case in which a witness refuses or fails to effective conduct of the hearing, subject to the
attend before the Disciplinary Committee, the overriding requirement of fairness. The Chair of the
Disciplinary Committee may, in its discretion, allow or Disciplinary Committee will outline the basic
refuse to allow the evidence of that witness to be procedure of the hearing.
given in any other form.
8.12 Usually, this will be as follows:
8.5 The conduct of disciplinary proceedings will be in
accordance with the principles of natural justice as (a) the case against the Respondent will be
determined by and consistent with the laws of presented by British Cycling or their
England and Wales. representative, together with relevant evidence,
including witness evidence.
8.6 Proceedings, findings or decisions of a Disciplinary
Committee shall not be invalidated by reason of any (b) the Respondent or their representative will be
minor defect, irregularity, omission or technicality asked to admit or deny the Disciplinary Charge
unless such defect, irregularity, omission or and will then have the opportunity to challenge
technicality amounts to a material irregularity and the evidence presented against them, submit
forms a ground of appeal. their own evidence, call witnesses and make
representations to the Disciplinary Committee.
194 2020 HANDBOOK

(c) before being called, witnesses will not be 8.14 The Chair of the Disciplinary Committee has the
allowed in the room while evidence is being absolute discretion to adjourn the hearing if at any
given; time they think the interests of justice require it (for
example to secure the attendance of a key witness
(d) questions may be put by the Disciplinary or other important evidence) and/or if they consider it
Committee to the Respondent and British important and relevant in reaching a decision. The
Cycling and each witness on conclusion of their decision by the Chair of the Disciplinary Committee
evidence; to adjourn the hearing, or not, will be final.
(e) the Respondent and British Cycling may be able 8.15 The Chair of the Disciplinary Committee may
to raise questions in cross-examination, at the determine that persons other than the parties shall
discretion of the Chair of the Disciplinary be permitted to attend the hearing where this is in
Committee; the interests of justice.
(f) the Respondent and British Cycling will be 8.16 The Chair of the Disciplinary Committee may
allowed to make a closing statement to the determine that attendance by the Complainant,
Committee; Respondent and any witnesses involved may be via
conference call, video link or other suitable method.
(g) the room will be cleared, and the Committee will The Chair of the Disciplinary Committee may also
deliberate and determine whether, on the determine that any written evidence may be
balance of probabilities, the Disciplinary Charge admitted where giving evidence and being cross
has been proved; examined in person is not reasonably possible or
desirable, but the Disciplinary Committee should
(h) the disciplinary hearing will reconvene and the take the relative weight of such evidence into
Chair of the Disciplinary Committee will account when making its determinations.
announce whether or not the Disciplinary Charge
has been proved, unless the Chair of the 8.17 If the Respondent does not attend the hearing
Disciplinary Committee deems it fit to defer the arranged as above, provided that the Disciplinary
Disciplinary Committee’s decision in accordance Committee is satisfied that notice of the hearing was
with Regulation 9.1(b); served properly, it may proceed to hear the evidence
in the absence of the Respondent.
(i) if the Respondent admits the Disciplinary Charge
or the Committee decides the Disciplinary 8.18 In the light of the evidence presented to it, the
Charge has been proved, the Disciplinary Disciplinary Committee may find a Respondent guilty
Committee will review the Respondent’s of a less or more serious Disciplinary Charge than
previous disciplinary record, where relevant, to originally set out in the Notice of Charge.
consider sanctions and costs;
8.19 If the alleged Disciplinary Charge has not been
(j) the Disciplinary Committee will invite the proved, the Chair of the Disciplinary Committee shall
Respondent to set out any mitigating arguments so state and the Disciplinary Committee shall dismiss
and any submissions on costs; the Complaint.
(k) the room will again be cleared and the 8.20 The Chair of the Disciplinary Committee may limit
Committee shall determine the appropriate cross-examination, subject to the principles of
sanction in accordance with the Regulations; natural justice.
(l) those representing a Respondent at a hearing 8.21 In circumstances where a Non-Party is present at
may present and sum up their case, but they are the hearing and it appears to the Chair of the
not permitted to answer questions put to the Disciplinary Committee that any person giving
Respondent. evidence may expose themselves to unnecessary
risk, the Chair may require that Non-Party to
8.13 If the Chair of the Disciplinary Committee feels it is withdraw whilst that evidence is given.
necessary, bearing in mind all the circumstances
surrounding the case, the Disciplinary Committee 8.22 The Disciplinary Committee proceedings may be
may, at its discretion, request an Independent audio recorded at the discretion of the Chair of the
Person to act as adviser to the Disciplinary Disciplinary Committee.
Committee.
BRITISH CYCLING 195

8.23 The Disciplinary Committee shall not be bound by (f) The sanction (if any) to be imposed on the
the rules of Court (or any legislative provision) Respondent in accordance with the Regulations;
governing procedures. All hearings shall be
conducted in a fair and orderly manner, with each (g) Any order for costs; and
party having a reasonable opportunity to give and
call evidence, address the Disciplinary Committee (h) The appropriate appeals procedure in
and present their case. accordance with the Regulations.
8.24 Disciplinary Committee hearings shall generally be Sanction

heard within 60 days of the Notice of Charge.
9.5 In the event that a Complaint is upheld, the
8.25 A failure to observe the time limits specified in the Disciplinary Committee will be entitled to impose any
Regulations shall not nullify any proceedings, but one or more of the following sanctions as it deems
such failure may be a cause for a hearing to be appropriate, having regard to all of the
adjourned. circumstances of the case (all of which may be
suspended):
9 DECISION
(a) words of advice and/or other appropriate
9.1 The Chair of the Disciplinary Committee may: management action;
(a) Announce the decision of the Disciplinary (b) caution, reprimand and/or warning as to future
Committee on the date of the hearing and any conduct;
sanction to be imposed in accordance with
Regulation 9.5; or (c) a fine;
(b) Defer the Disciplinary Committee’s decision to a (d) in the case of Misconduct at or in relation to an
later date, which will be as soon as practicable. Event disqualification from the Event (in which
case all benefits obtained in connection with the
9.2 Any deviation from these regulations by a Disciplinary Event will be forfeited);
Committee shall not invalidate any finding, procedure
or decision unless that deviation raises material (e) withdrawal of the Respondent’s Licence for a
doubt as to the reliability of the finding, procedure or specified period;
decision.
(f) withdrawal of the Respondent’s Membership for
9.3 The Disciplinary Committee shall normally provide a specified period;
the written reasons of the Decision to the
Respondent, the Complainant and British Cycling (g) withdrawal of some or all of the benefits of
within 14 days of the Decision. affiliation;
9.4 The written reasons of the Decision shall include: (h) compensation payments to any person or entity
affected by the Misconduct; and/or
(a) The identity and composition of the Disciplinary
Committee; (i) a suspension from competing and/or
participating in future Events and/or
(b) The names of the parties; disqualification of past results from the date
of the original offence in accordance with
(c) A summary of the facts; Regulation 16 below.
(d) The Rule / Regulation on which the Decision is (j) in the case of Misconduct referred by the
based; Lead Safeguarding Officer, consideration
must had as to managing the risk presented
(e) The grounds of the Decision; by the individual concerned.
196 2020 HANDBOOK

9.6 In order to determine the appropriate sanction that is sanction which is subsequently upheld, then the
to be imposed in each case, the Disciplinary suspension of the sanction is automatically revoked,
Committee should first determine the seriousness of and that sanction is added to the sanction
the conduct, and then consider what factors: pronounced for the new breach.
(a) aggravate the conduct, namely: 9.10 All fines and financial sanctions should be paid within
28 days from the notice of the fine or financial
(i) a lack of remorse on the part of the sanction being applied or this failure to pay will be
Respondent involved; classed as a disciplinary matter and action will be
taken by British Cycling in accordance with the
(ii) previous reports of poor conduct by the Regulations. Interest shall be paid at the rate
Respondent whether under these applicable to judgment debts in England from the
Regulations or the disciplinary regulations of end of the 28-day period until the actual date of
any other governing body; payment.
(iii) the need for a deterrent; and/or 10 COSTS
(iv) any other aggravating factors that the 10.1 Ordinarily, any costs incurred by the parties will lie
Disciplinary Committee considers relevant where they fall. However, the Disciplinary Committee
and appropriate. will have the discretion to order the Respondent to
pay some or all of the costs of holding the hearing
(b) mitigate the conduct, namely: where the Disciplinary Charge is upheld (including
any travel or accommodation costs incurred by
(i) any admission of guilty (the mitigating value of members of the Disciplinary Committee and/or any
which may depend upon its timing); costs incurred as a result of the Disciplinary
Committee obtaining specialist advice in accordance
(ii) a good previous disciplinary record; with Regulation 6.9).
(iii) a young age and/or lack of experience; 11 APPEALS
(iv) good conduct prior to and at the hearing; Note: An appeal against the decision of the Lead
Safeguarding Officer made in accordance with Regulation 6
(v) demonstratable remorse for their actions and of the Safeguarding Regulations shall be governed by these
any victim; and/or Regulations, where applicable and/or save where the
Safeguarding Regulations provide otherwise, in which case
(vi) any other mitigating factors that the they shall prevail.
Disciplinary Committee considers relevant
and appropriate. 11.1 An Appeal against a Decision can be made on one
or more of the following grounds:
9.7 Sanctions will be effective immediately upon
notification of the Disciplinary Committee’s decision (a) the Decision was based on error of fact or could
pursuant to Regulation 9.1, subject to the not have been reasonably reached by a
Disciplinary Committee’s discretion to start the Disciplinary Committee when faced with the
sanction on another date, backdated to take evidence before it;
account of any interim suspension imposed under
Regulation 5.2 or otherwise. (b) serious procedural or other irregularity in the
proceedings before the Disciplinary Committee;
9.8 If no appeal is filed in accordance with Regulation 11
below, then the decision of the Disciplinary (c) significant and relevant new evidence has
Committee will be final. become available which was not available before
the conclusion of the hearing but, had it been
9.9 The Disciplinary Committee may order that any part available, may have caused the Disciplinary
of sanction be suspended for a specified period (not Committee to reach a materially different
exceeding 12 months). If the Respondent commits decision; and/or
another breach of the rules and regulations of British
Cycling or is the subject of a further Disciplinary
Charge during the period of such suspended
BRITISH CYCLING 197

(d) the sanction imposed was manifestly proceedings determines that the sanction be
unreasonable in the light of the facts before the lifted pending the outcome of the appeal. This
Disciplinary Committee. will only be done if the Appellant produces new
evidence that casts a material doubt on the
11.2 In accordance with Regulation 8.8, where a case reliability of the decision such as mistaken
which has been dealt with summarily, the parties identity or similar truly exceptional
may only appeal on the grounds set out in circumstances.
Regulation 11.1(d).
11.8 The following provisions of this Regulation 11 set out
11.3 The party seeking to appeal (the ‘Appellant’) shall procedural guidelines for the conduct of an appeal
serve a Notice of Appeal in writing upon the before an Appeal Committee. In each case, the
Disciplinary Clerk within 14 days following receipt of Appeal Committee may depart from these guidelines
the written grounds of the Decision. as it sees fit in the circumstances of the case. Any
such departure will not invalidate any finding or
11.4 The Notice of Appeal shall: decision of the Appeal Committee unless it is shown
to render that finding or decision unreliable.
(a) State the date and decision of the Disciplinary
Committee against which the appeal is lodged; Appeal Committee
(b) State the grounds of appeal relied upon in 11.9 Once a Notice of Appeal is validated under
accordance with Regulation 11.1; Regulation 11.6 above, the Disciplinary Clerk will
appoint three members of the Disciplinary Panel to
(c) Set out the statement of facts upon which the sit as an Appeal Committee to hear the appeal and
appeal is based, specifying whether the appeal will designate one of those members to act as Chair
is against finding and sanction or just sanction of that Appeal Committee. The Disciplinary Clerk will
alone and include any supporting documentation send copies of the Notice of Appeal and the Case
upon which the Appellant will rely; and File to the members of the Appeal Committee and
both parties.
(d) be accompanied by the Appeal Fee which shall
be held by British Cycling and re-paid to the 11.10 None of the members of the Appeal Committee may
Appellant in the event that the Appeal have previously been involved in the matter being
Committee so decides. heard.
11.5 In the case of appeals the time limits specified in the 11.11 No person on the Appeal Committee may have a
Regulations must be complied with. close interest in the appeal under consideration.
11.6 Within 7 days of the filing of a Notice of Appeal, the 11.12 If one or more members of an Appeal Committee are
Disciplinary Clerk will provide this to a Legally unable or unwilling, for whatever reason, to hear the
Qualified member of the Disciplinary Panel with no matter referred to the Appeal Committee, then the
previous involvement in the matter. They shall Disciplinary Clerk may, at their absolute discretion:
determine if an appeal is validly made in accordance
with Regulation 11.4. (a) appoint another member of the Disciplinary
Panel as a replacement; or
11.7 If an appeal is validly made:
(b) appoint a new Appeal Committee.
(a) any fine, compensation or costs award made by
the Disciplinary Committee will be postponed 11.13 Appeal Committees will be entitled to seek specialist
pending the outcome of the appeal hearing; and advice (including legal advice, medical advice, and
advice on cycling matters) from an Independent
(b) any other sanction imposed by the Disciplinary Person as they deem appropriate.
Committee, including disqualification, and the
withdrawal of Licence/Membership or 11.14 Either party may object to the composition of the
suspension, will remain in place and have effect Appeal Committee by notifying the Disciplinary Clerk
pending the outcome of the appeal hearing of the objections and setting out the reasons for
unless a Legally Qualified member of the such objections no later than 7 days from the date of
Disciplinary Panel not previously involved in the being informed of the composition of the Appeal
Committee.
198 2020 HANDBOOK

11.15 The Disciplinary Clerk shall immediately forward any 11.20 The Chair of the Appeal Committee shall have power
objection received in relation to the members of the to make such further directions relating to the
Appeal Committee to the Chair of the Appeal provision of information/evidence or the conduct of
Committee who shall consider the objections and the hearing as, in their sole discretion, are deemed
determine whether they are valid or in their opinion, necessary.
the grounds for objection are frivolous, unfounded or
ill informed, in which case the Chair shall reject the 11.21 The Appeal Committee shall have the power to hear
objection. evidence from any third party not directly involved in
the appeal if the Appeal Committee is of the view
11.16 If the objection is made against the Chair of the that such third party may be materially or adversely
Appeal Committee then another member of the affected by any decision it may make.
Appeal Committee must assess the objection.
11.22 Where either party wishes to rely upon any new
11.17 The Disciplinary Clerk shall notify the parties in evidence it must notify the Chair of the Appeal
writing within 7 days from the date of receipt of any Committee at least 14 days ahead of the hearing.
objections that either: The Chair of the Appeal Committee will then give any
other party to the hearing as much notice of the new
(a) The composition of the Appeal Committee has evidence as is reasonably possible. The Chair of the
changed (in which case the Disciplinary Clerk Appeal Committee shall determine the weight to be
shall provide details of the new Appeal given to such evidence.
Committee); or
11.23 Where a party appeals against the sanction alone,
(b) The composition of the Appeal Committee has they may request that the Appeal Committee review
not changed (in which case the Disciplinary the sanction without the need for a personal hearing.
Clerk will give reasons why it has not accepted If the Chair of the Appeal Committee agrees that a
the party’s reasons for objecting). personal hearing is not necessary, then the parties
shall be entitled to make representations in writing to
11.18 The decision by the Chair of the Appeal Committee the Appeal Committee.
or relevant Appeal Committee member on the
composition of the Appeal Committee under this Appeal hearing
provision shall be final.
11.24 All hearings before Appeal Committees will be held in
Appeal Pre-hearing private, unless otherwise ordered by the Appeal
Committee or agreed by the Parties.
11.19 The Chair of the Appeal Committee shall then decide
the appropriate course of action for the appeal. 11.25 The Appeal Committee will be entitled to conduct
Upon making its decision which shall be no longer and regulate the appeal proceedings as it sees fit in
than 7 days after the Appeal Committee has been the circumstances of the case, and will determine
convened, the Disciplinary Clerk will send notice to the basis on which the appeal will proceed.
all the parties including:
11.26 At the hearing, the Appellant may not, without the
(a) the directions determined by the Disciplinary express consent of the Appeal Committee, advance
Appeal Committee relating to the provision of any ground of challenge that was not specified in the
evidence and/or the conduct of the hearing; Notice of Appeal.
(b) notification to all parties of the date, time and 11.27 The Appeal Committee may consider evidence not
place of the hearing ensuring that that all parties previously offered, provided that the party offering
are given at least 14 days’ notice of the hearing; the evidence shows that it was not available on
reasonable enquiry at the time of those proceedings.
(c) asking the parties, whether they will be
represented or accompanied by an advocate or 11.28 The Chair of the Appeal Committee will be entitled,
other third party, whether they wish to call where the circumstances warrant
witnesses to give evidence, and who they intend
to have present at the hearing; and (a) to adjourn or postpone proceedings as it thinks
fit; and/or
(d) inviting Interested Parties to attend the hearing
and make any submissions deemed necessary. (b) to issue further directions prior to the hearing.
BRITISH CYCLING 199

11.29 Where the matter relates to an appeal from a 11.34 Proceedings, findings or decisions of an Appeal
Disciplinary Committee hearing, save where Committee shall not be invalidated by reason of any
otherwise directed by the Appeal Committee; all minor defect, irregularity, omission or technicality
parties present at the Disciplinary Committee unless such defect, irregularity, omission or
hearing, should attend the hearing before the Appeal technicality amounts to a material irregularity and
Committee. The absence of a party at any hearing forms a ground of appeal.
before an Appeal Committee will not, in itself,
prevent the Appeal Committee from proceeding to a 11.35 The Appeal Disciplinary Committee proceedings may
decision in the matter. The Appeal Committee will be audio recorded at the discretion of the Chair of
have discretion whether to receive written the Appeal Disciplinary Committee.
submissions by or on behalf of such absentee.
11.36 If either party does not attend the Appeal Hearing,
11.30 The Appeal Committee shall determine its own provided that the Appeal Committee is satisfied that
procedures, the following guidelines will apply: notice of the hearing was served properly, it may
proceed to hear the evidence in the absence of that
(a) the Chair of the Appeal Committee will introduce party.
themself and the other members of the Appeal
Committee to the parties and will ordinarily then 11.37 Appeal Committees will not be obliged to follow
read out the Notice of Appeal, or summary of it, strict rules of evidence. It may admit such evidence
before explaining the procedure to be followed; as it deems fit and accord such evidence such
weight as they think appropriate in all the
(b) the Appellant will be invited to make submissions circumstances. Where the subject matter before the
and (where appropriate) call witnesses, who may Appeal Committee has been the subject of previous
be subject to cross-examination through the civil or criminal proceedings, the result of such
Chair of the Appeal Committee; proceedings and the facts and matters upon which
such result is based will be presumed to be correct
(c) the other party or parties to the appeal will be and the facts presumed to be true unless it is shown
invited to make submissions and (where by clear and convincing evidence that this is not the
appropriate) call witnesses, who may be subject case.
to cross examination through the Chair of the
Appeal Committee; 11.38 At the hearing the Appeal Committee shall consider
all the evidence made available to it by both parties,
(d) the parties will each be entitled to make including the written and/or oral testimony of any
concluding submissions; and witnesses supporting that evidence. It may question
both parties and any witnesses present in relation to
(e) the Appeal Committee will retire to deliberate in the matter. Each party will be entitled to question the
private. other’s witnesses and/or evidence. It may call upon
either party to supply additional evidence and may
11.31 In any case in which a witness refuses or fails to adjourn the hearing for that or any other purpose.
attend before the Appeal Committee, the Appeal
Committee may, in its discretion, allow or refuse to 11.39 The Appeal Committee may:
allow the evidence of that witness to be given in any
other form. (a) affirm the decision appealed against;
11.32 A decision of an Appeal Committee will be made by (b) set aside the decision appealed against and
at least a simple majority of the members of the quash any sanction imposed;
Committee. No member of an Appeal Committee
may abstain from any decision. The conduct of (c) set aside only part of the decision appealed
Appeal Committee proceedings will be in against;
accordance with the principles of natural justice as
determined by and consistent with the laws of (d) substitute the findings of the Disciplinary
England and Wales. Committee with its own decision on ‘liability’ or
‘guilt’ (e.g. finding a party culpable of a lesser or
11.33 The standard of proof in all cases before the Appeal greater offence) and/or substitute for the
Committee is the balance of probabilities. sanction imposed with its own sanction;
200 2020 HANDBOOK

12 NOTICES
(e) take any other steps that it considers necessary
to deal justly with the appeal;
12.1 All communications required to be made under
(f) where the appeal is against a decision made by these Regulations must be in English and must be
the Lead Safeguarding Officer, the decision must sent by either email, facsimile or first class registered
be made in accordance with Regulation 6.5 of post, in accordance with this Regulation.
the Safeguarding Regulations.
12.2 Where the email address of the Respondent is not
11.40 For the avoidance of doubt, sanctions may be known to the sender, notice to that Respondent shall
increased as well as decreased on appeal. be accomplished by sending the communication by
first class registered post to the last known address
11.41 Any sanction imposed, confirmed or varied by the of such Respondent.
Appeal Committee shall normally commence on the
day following the date of the decision of the Appeal 12.3 Any document sent under the Regulations will be
Committee unless otherwise stated by the Chair of deemed to be received by the relevant party on a
the Appeal Committee. particular day if it is received by that body or person
(as appropriate) at or before 17:00 hours on a
11.42 The Chair of the Appeal Committee may: business day. If it is received at any time thereafter,
or if it is received during a non-business day, it will be
(a) announce the decision of the Appeal Committee deemed to have been received the next following
on the date of the hearing; or business day (the “Date of Receipt”). Any time
periods stipulated in the Regulations are deemed to
(b) defer the Appeal Committee’s decision to a later commence from the Date of Receipt.
date.
12.4 Any documents served under the Regulations shall
11.43 In any event, the Chair of the Appeal Committee be deemed to be served:
shall, within 14 days, deliver a written decision to the
Disciplinary Clerk who will distribute the written (a) in person: on that day, if it is delivered on a
decision to the Appellant and all Interested Parties. business day before 17:00 hours, failing which it
will be deemed to be served on the next
11.44 Subject to Regulation 13.1, the decision of an following business day after it is delivered;
Appeal Committee shall be final and binding upon
the parties, and there shall be no further right of (b) by first class post or by registered post: on the
appeal from it. second business day after the date of posting;
or
Appeal costs
(c) by facsimile or email transmission: on that day, if
11.45 Ordinarily, any costs incurred by the parties will lie it is transmitted on a business day before 17:00
where they fall. However, the Appeal Committee will hours, failing which it will be deemed to be
have the discretion to order the Appellant to pay served on the next following business day after it
some or all of the costs of holding the hearing is transmitted.
(including any travel or accommodation costs
incurred by members of the Appeal Committee and/ 13 UCI REGULATIONS
or any costs incurred as a result of the Appeal
Committee obtaining specialist advice in accordance 13.1 In accordance with Regulation 12.2.031 of the UCI
with Regulation 11.13 above). Regulation and/or its successors, the UCI
Management Committee may appeal a decision of a
Disciplinary or Appeal Committee to CAS where it
considers such decision to be disproportionate or
contrary to the UCI Regulation.
BRITISH CYCLING 201

14 PUBLICITY 16 TERMS OF SUSPENSION

14.1 Where a Disciplinary or Appeal Committee imposes 16.1 Where a suspension is imposed under Regulation
a suspension on an Individual, British Cycling will 9.5 or 11.39, the Disciplinary or Appeal Committee
notify the UCI of details of that suspension as soon will specify the precise terms and duration of the
as reasonably practicable after such suspension is suspension.
imposed.
16.2 Where a Participant is subject to a suspension
14.2 Subject to Regulation 14.1 above, until such time as imposed by a Disciplinary or Appeal Committee
a decision and/or details of any sanctions imposed under Regulations 9.5 or 11.39, breaches the terms
are published, all parties and participants in the of such suspension, this may constitute an act of
proceedings must treat such proceedings as Misconduct.
confidential. Any breaches of this Regulation may
constitute an act of Misconduct. 16.3 British Cycling will wherever possible recognise and
enforce suspensions imposed by other competent
14.3 British Cycling may, at the discretion of the sporting disciplinary bodies. Such sporting
Disciplinary Officer, publish details of any disciplinary disciplinary bodies will include (for example):
action taken on its website, including publication of
any decision made by the Disciplinary Committee or (a) Cycling Time Trials;
Appeal Committee. Publication, if applicable, on the
home page of the British Cycling website shall be for (b) any national cycling federation affiliated to the
the longer of (i) the length of any suspension UCI.
imposed or (ii) 28 days. Nothing shall prevent British
Cycling from maintaining a publicly accessible library 16.4 If a Disciplinary Charge against a team, club or other
of past disciplinary decisions. entity affiliated to British Cycling is upheld, the
Disciplinary or Appeal Committee will be permitted to
14.4 The Disciplinary Committee or Appeal Committee in impose any sanction that it deems appropriate.
giving a Decision may provide that part of the
Decision will be redacted or that details of or the 17 FINANCIAL LIABILITY TO
Decision itself may not be published. BRITISH CYCLING
14.5 British Cycling may at any time during the disciplinary 17.1 Fines, costs and/or compensation awards imposed
or dispute resolution process notify any other by a Specified Sanction, Disciplinary Committee or
relevant body of any details relating to the Appeal Committee shall be payable within 28 days
Disciplinary Charge as such body may need to know of the final decision.
for the proper exercise of its functions including but
not limited to Members. 17.2 All financial liabilities payable under these Regulations
shall be sent to the headquarters of British Cycling.
14.6 Where it appears that public knowledge of a
Disciplinary Charge exists, prior to its determination, 17.3 If the total sum is not settled within 28 days, the
British Cycling reserves the right to confirm the Participant shall be automatically suspended from
details of such Disciplinary Charge subject to the membership of British Cycling from the 28th day
consent of the Complainant and the Respondent. after the final decision was made until the day
payment is received.
15 MULTIPLE INCIDENTS
17.4 Any such automatic suspension shall apply
15.1 Two or more parties may be dealt with at the same immediately and run consecutively with any other
hearing where the proceedings arise out of the same suspension(s) imposed. The end date of such other
incident or set of facts, or where there is a clear link suspension(s) shall therefore automatically be
between separate incidents. In such a situation, the increased by the period of time the sum was
Disciplinary or Appeal Committee will modify the outstanding for.
procedures adopted at the hearing as may be
appropriate.
202 2020 HANDBOOK

18 MISCELLANEOUS
18.9 These Regulations and all matters and proceedings
arising out of or in connection with them (including
18.1 The previous decisions of the Disciplinary Committee any dispute or claim relating to non-contractual
and the Appeal Committee taken pursuant to these obligations) are governed by and construed in
Regulations shall be of persuasive effect, but shall accordance with the laws of England and Wales,
not be binding on future Disciplinary Committees and the courts of England and Wales have exclusive
and Appeal Committees. jurisdiction in relation to these Regulations and any
decision made hereunder.
18.2 British Cycling will not be liable to any Participant, or
body for any loss, however caused, whether direct, 18.10 It is acknowledged that, by virtue of their
indirect, financial or consequential arising out of or in participation in events organised, licensed,
connection with any disciplinary action taken under convened, authorised or recognised by the UCI,
the Rules. certain Participants may also be subject to separate
Regulations of the UCI, and that the same conduct
18.3 Subsequent resignation from membership or of such Participants may implicate not only these
cessation from being a Club or Participant shall not Regulations but also such other Regulations of the
prevent British Cycling taking disciplinary action in UCI that may apply. In cases where there have been
accordance with the Regulations in relation to a offences under these Regulations and under the
Complaint or Investigation that took place or partially Regulations of the UCI, British Cycling will liaise with
took place whilst the Respondent was a Club or the UCI in order to determine the appropriate
Participant. course.
18.4 Any deviation from any provision of these

Regulations and/or any irregularity, omission,
technicality or other defect in the procedures will not
invalidate any finding, procedure or decision unless it
is shown to render the proceedings unreliable or to
have caused a miscarriage of justice.
18.5 In the event that a particular incident occurs for

which there is no provision in these Disciplinary
Regulations, then the Disciplinary Officer may either
refer the matter to a Legally Qualified member of the
Disciplinary Panel, a Disciplinary Committee, Appeal
Committee (as applicable) or else take such action
that they consider appropriate in the circumstances.
All matters shall be dealt with in accordance with
general principles of natural justice and fairness.
18.6 The Regulations may be amended by the Board

from time to time, with such amendments coming
into effect on the date specified by British Cycling.
18.7 Disciplinary and Appeal Committees may make

recommendations to British Cycling, including
regarding amendments to these Disciplinary
Regulations, which the Disciplinary Officer will, where
applicable, refer to the Board for its consideration.
18.8 If any part of these Regulations is held invalid,

unenforceable or illegal for any reason, these
Regulations will remain in full force apart from that
part, which will be treated as if it had been deleted to
the extent to which it is invalid, unenforceable or
illegal.
BRITISH CYCLING 203

APPENDIX 1: TABLE OF RECOMMENDED SANCTIONS

Act of Misconduct Recommended Sanction Based on Scale of Seriousness
Minimum sanction:
• £25 fine and/or
• 3-month suspension of Licence and/or of Membership and/or from
Disobedience of the reasonable participation in Events.
1
directions of a Race Official Maximum sanction:
• £250 fine; and/or
• 1-year suspension of Licence and/or Membership and/or from
participation in Events.
Minimum sanction:
Dangerous riding and/or participation in Events.
2 compromising the safety of
another Participant Maximum sanction:
Minimum sanction:
Verbal and/or physical abuse of participation in Events.
3
Race Officials and/or Participants Maximum sanction:
Minimum sanction:
4 Use of offensive or foul language
Maximum sanction:
Minimum sanction:
5 Unsporting Conduct
Maximum sanction:
Minimum sanction:
• 3-month suspension in addition to original suspension
Breaching the terms of any (to be imposed consecutively).
6 suspension imposed by British
Cycling Maximum sanction:
• One-year suspension in addition to original suspension
(to be imposed consecutively).
Failure to pay a fine or levy owed Minimum sanction:

7 to British Cycling within the • Immediate suspension of Licence and/or of Membership and/or from
specified period of time participation in Events until payment has been received.
204 2020 HANDBOOK

DISCIPLINARY RULES
APPENDIX 2: FLOWCHART OF PROCEDURE UNDER THESE DISCIPLINARY RULES
D I S C I P L I N A RY R U L E S
Disciplinary Hearing
Misconduct reported
NO NO
to Disciplinary Q. Does DO bring a Q. Does DO
Officer (DO) as Disciplinary Charge? (Reg consider any further END
soon as reasonably 3.5 (c)) action is required?
practicable (Reg 3.2)
OR
DO conducts own
Investigations (Reg YES YES
3.4)
DO takes further actions to resolve matter (Reg 3.5 (b)).
Q. Does
Q. Does DO offer YES Respondent accept
a Specified Sanction (Reg terms of Specified Sanction or
5.9) does not respond within 14
NO days? (Reg 5.8
(a)/ 5.9)
NO
YES
DC appoints 3 members of Disciplinary

Panel as Disciplinary Committee (Reg 6.3).
Terms of Specified Sanction are
applied and may be published.
DC sends written notice of hearing to all

parties (Reg 6.11). END
Chair of the Disciplinary Committee Decision of Committee is applied

issues directions for all parties (Reg 7.7). and may be published (Reg 14).
Disciplinary hearing ordinarily held within Appeal window open

60 days of Notice of Charge (Reg 8.25) for 14 days (Reg 11.3).
NO
Disciplinary
Q. Does the
Committee informed
Committee uphold the
parties of decision
Disciplinary Charge?
(Reg 9.1).
YES
Disciplinary Committee
informs parties of
decision (Reg 9.1).
Committee applies a
sanction (Reg 9.5).
BRITISH CYCLING 205
APPENDIX 2: DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURE

Appeals
Q. Has
Respondent filed
NO
a Notice of Appeal with the
Disciplinary Clerk within 14 days
of written decision?
(Reg 11.3)
YES
Q. Has
a Legally Qualified
member of the panel
confirmed the appeal is
validly made?
(Reg 11.6)
YES
3 members of Disciplinary Panel appointed as END

Appeal Committee (AC) (Reg 11.9)
Directions sent to all parties involved

(Reg 11.15 )
The AC may:
• affirm the decision appealed against;

• set aside the decision appealed against and
quash any sanction;
• set aside only part of the decision appealed
against;
• substitute decision; and/or
• take any other step it considers necessary
(Reg 11.40)
AC informs parties of decision and confirms in writing Decision of AC applied and may be
within 10 days (Regulation 11.44) published (Regulation 14.3)
206 2020 HANDBOOK

NOTES
NOTES
BRITISH CYCLING 207

EQUALITY POLICY
EQUALITY POLICY 4 DISCRIMINATION / HARASSMENT /

EQUALITY POLICY
BULLYING / VICTIMISATION
1 STATEMENT OF INTENT
4.1 British Cycling is committed to ensuring that its
1.1 British Cycling is fully committed to the principles employees, members and competitors are able to
and active promotion of equality of opportunity. conduct their activities in an environment that is free
British Cycling is responsible for ensuring that no job from harassment, intimidation or bullying.
applicant, employee, member or volunteer receives
less favourable treatment on the grounds of a 4.2 British Cycling regards discrimination, harassment or
protected characteristic. Protective characteristics bullying, as described below, as gross misconduct.
are disability, gender reassignment, marriage or civil Any member of British Cycling or affiliated club, who
partnership, pregnancy and maternity, race, religion discriminates against any other person, may be liable
or belief, sexual orientation, sex and age. to appropriate disciplinary action.
1.2 British Cycling will ensure that there will be open 4.2.1 Direct Discrimination: This occurs by treating a
access to all those who wish to participate in the person worse than someone else because of a
sport or associated recreational activity and that they protected characteristic. In the case of pregnancy
are treated fairly. and maternity this can occur if they have the
protected characteristic without needing to compare
1.3 The “active promotion of equality of opportunity” treatment to someone else. Additionally direct
implies that British Cycling is seeking to move from discrimination can occur because someone is
simply complying with legislation and good practice thought to have a protected characteristic or
towards embracing diversity. because they associate with someone who has a
protected characteristic.
2 PURPOSE OF THE EQUALITY POLICY
4.2.2 Indirect Discrimination: This occurs by putting a rule
2.1 British Cycling will ensure that no sections of the or way of doing things that has a worse impact on
community are denied the opportunity to participate someone with a protected characteristic that
and make progress in the sport or recreational someone without one, when this cannot be
activity. objectively justified.
2.2 British Cycling will take steps to prevent 4.2.3 Discrimination Arising From Disability: This occurs by
discrimination or other unfair treatment for its treating a disabled person unfavourably because of
employees, members or volunteers, whether something connected with their disability when this
intentional or unintentional, direct or indirect. cannot be justified.
3 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS 4.2.4 Failing to make Reasonable Adjustment: This occurs

by failing to make reasonable adjustment for
3.1 British Cycling is required by law not to discriminate disabled people which cannot be justified.
against its employees or members or in the provision
of services and recognises its legal obligations under 4.2.5 Harassment: Is unwanted conduct which has the
current, relevant acts and related obligations. purpose or effect of violating someone’s dignity or
which is hostile, degrading, humiliating or offensive
to someone with a protected characteristic or in a
way that is sexual in nature.
208 2020 HANDBOOK

EQUALITY POLICY
7 MONITORING AND EVALUATION
EQUALITY POLICY
4.2.6 Bullying: Bullying is one form of personal
harassment. It is the misuse of power or position to
persistently criticise or to humiliate and undermine an 7.1 British Cycling will regularly monitor and evaluate the
individual’s confidence. policy, practices, procedures and operations on an
ongoing basis and will inform employees and
4.3 Victimisation: Treating someone less favourably members of their impact.
because they have taken (or might be taking) action
under the Equality Act or supporting someone who 7.2 The Chief Executive has overall responsibility for the
is doing so. implementation of the Equality Policy.
5 IMPLEMENTATION 7.3 The British Cycling Board is responsible for ensuring

that this Equality Policy is followed and to provide
5.1 A copy of this document will be available to all appropriate procedures to deal with the investigation
employees, members and volunteers of British and disciplinary hearing in connection with any
Cycling. alleged breach of the Equality Policy and/or any
related Codes of Practice which may be issued by
5.2 All employees, members and volunteers have the Board from time to time.
responsibilities to respect, act in accordance with
and thereby support and promote the spirit and 8 DISCIPLINARY AND GRIEVANCE
intentions of this policy. PROCEDURES
5.3 British Cycling will take measures to ensure that its 8.1 To safeguard individual rights under the policy an
recruitment and employment practices are non- employee, member or volunteer who believes that
discriminatory. he/she has suffered inequitable treatment within the
scope of the policy may raise the matter through the
5.4 A planned approach will be adopted to eliminate appropriate grievance procedure.
barriers which discriminate against particular groups.
8.2 Appropriate disciplinary action may be taken against
5.5 British Cycling will ensure that consultants, advisers any employee, member or volunteer who
and suppliers used by British Cycling can contravenes the Equality Policy
demonstrate their commitment to the principles and
practice of equality. 8.3 British Cycling is committed to ensuring that
individuals feel able to raise any grievance and no
6 POSITIVE ACTION employee, member or volunteer will be penalised for
doing so unless it is untrue and not made in good
6.1 British Cycling may take positive action for any group faith.
which is under-represented in membership,
representative bodies, workforce or participation
events that share a protected characteristic and
suffer a disadvantage connected to the
characteristic. Additionally British Cycling may take
positive action in the provision of services for people
who share a protected characteristic.
BRITISH CYCLING 209

CODE OF CONDUCT
BRITISH CYCLING INTEGRITY

CODE OF CONDUCT
CODE OF CONDUCT
o Accept personal responsibility for all of our actions
Together with our partners, we are fully committed to and always act with transparency and honesty in
transforming Britain into a great cycling nation. A key part of order to build trust.
this is to provide trusted governance to the sport of cycling.
o Ensure that individuals within cycling are, at all times,
This resource will underpin the sport and activity of cycling by treated with respect and that we are fair, honest and
outlining our values and behaviours whilst offering guidance considerate to riders and other individuals involved in
on good practice, based on our strategic foundations. A the sport.
breach of this Code of Conduct may be considered as
misconduct and result in disciplinary action in accordance o Do not discriminate against an individual for any
with our Disciplinary Regulations. reason, whether it be race, colour, gender, marital
status, sexuality, age, disability, occupation, religion
As an absolute minimum, British Cycling expects affiliated or political persuasion - and challenge discrimination
clubs, members, Regional Board members, Commission in whatever form it takes.
members, coaches, officials, staff, volunteers and anyone
who participates in the sport of cycling to be driven by the o Recognise and understand how to report any
following values. safeguarding concerns relating to children, young
people and adults at risk.
UNITY o Act within the Technical Regulations and the spirit of

cycling at all times and comply with UK Anti-Doping
o Take pride in ourselves with regards to inclusivity and Rules.
diversity and be committed to working in partnership
within our organisation and with others.
PASSION
o Recognise that all people involved in cycling have an
equal right to participate in the sport. o Demonstrate passion to achieve the best results,
and determination to set the standard in everything
o Make every effort to ensure that cycling is a sport in we do.
which everyone is treated as an individual, and which
is open and available equally to all members of o Lead and serve our sport with dignity and humility.
society.
o Always do the right thing with openness and
o Build relationships within the sport which are open accountability.
and honest, and founded on mutual trust and
respect. o Strive to be positive role models for others in the
sport at all times.
o Ensure that cycling, in all its forms, offers the
individual an opportunity to participate without fear
or harassment. INNOVATION
o Pursue innovation and continuously search for new
ideas and improvements.
o Try the unconventional so we can achieve what is

great.
o Challenge one another and ask others to challenge

us as we seek to achieve the exceptional.
210 2020 HANDBOOK

CODE OF CONDUCT
CODE OF CONDUCT
In addition to the minimum standards, the following roles • Professional Road Rider Agreement
carry additional levels of expectation.
• Guest Rider Agreement
Riders, spectators, parents/carers
• Camp Guidance Document
This applies to individuals participating in and/or spectating
cycling within the club environment or competitive sport, or Coaches, team managers, leaders,
as a recreational activity, including parents/carers of those tutors and volunteers
involved in cycling activity.
This section applies to individuals who help others to achieve
These individuals will, at all times: their goals through sport and recreational activity. This could
include coaches, leaders, instructors, teachers, activators
• take responsibility in ensuring that they are and others who are responsible for the planning and delivery,
up-to-date with the rules for their cycling discipline, or facilitation, of cycling activities and for sustaining the
understand and adhere to them and encourage welfare and engagement of participants.
others to do the same;
These individuals will, at all times:
• recognise and respect the valuable contribution
made by all riders, coaches, officials, ride leaders • provide a positive experience, appropriate to the age
and volunteers; and developmental stage of the rider and respecting
their long-term welfare and best interests;
• respect officials and publicly accept their decisions;
• promote the concept of a balanced lifestyle,
• comply with the Highway Code and public rights of supporting the wellbeing of the rider both in and out
way, whilst also respecting any environment in which of cycling;
you are involved in cycling activity, by respecting
other members of the public, by not littering and by • educate the riders as appropriate, including topics
maintaining proper personal behaviour; such as ethics and fair play, rules of competition,
adherence to the Highway Code, Rights of Access,
• remember that all riders gain a wide range of and performance-enhancing and recreational drugs;
benefits from participating in cycling, and the sport is
not just about winning and losing; and • maintain up-to-date knowledge and practice through
a commitment to continuing professional
• provide encouragement and support to all development (CPD);
participants, recognising that we all make mistakes.
• promote good practice in others and challenge any
Further documentation: poor practice that they become aware of, reporting
to British Cycling and other agencies if necessary;
• British Cycling Good Club Guide and
• British Cycling Let’s Ride Terms and Conditions • respect their position of trust and maintain
appropriate boundaries and relationships, particularly
In addition to the above values, British Cycling’s Great Britain with participants under the age of 18 years.
Cycling Team (GBCT) riders will be expected to act in an
empowered and proactive way, engaging with the GBCT Further documentation:
Programmes in line with the below documents (as
appropriate) and working together to achieve a shared • British Cycling Guidelines for Coaching Cycling
collective goal.
• British Cycling Code of Practice for Cycling Coaches
Further documentation:
• British Cycling Guidelines for Leading Rides
• World Class Programme Performance Athlete
Agreement • British Cycling Guidelines for Cycle Training
• GBCT Athlete Agreement (Development & Senior) • UK Coaching Code of Practice for Sports Coaches
BRITISH CYCLING 211

CODE OF CONDUCT
Event officials
CODE OF CONDUCT
Event officials include, but are not limited to, commissaires,

event organisers, judges, timekeepers, marshals, stewards,
drivers and other event support roles, across all disciplines
and levels.
These individuals will, at all times:
• agree to comply with British Cycling’s rules,

regulations, policies, codes and practices in
accordance with current British Cycling membership,
which shall be implied from their acceptance of
appointments/role or event registration;
• understand and stay up-to-date with British Cycling’s

rules and regulations, as well as the principles of
their application;
• behave as an ambassador for the sport of cycling

and, as a representative of British Cycling, show
respect for everyone, the event, and associated
organisations;
• be unbiased, impartial, consistent and objective

when performing roles where decisions affect a race,
competition or its results;
• ensure that clothing, equipment and behaviour is

always seen as being independent and neutral. If
uniform is provided, always and only wear it at
events that they are appointed to;
• always follow the instructions and uphold the

decisions and actions of the appointed
commissaires; and
• never get involved in inappropriate discussions about

events, riders or officials, during or after events, or on
social media.
Further documentation:
• British Cycling Rules and Regulations
• British Cycling Role Profiles and Guidelines
212 2020 HANDBOOK

NOTES
NOTES
BRITISH CYCLING 213

NOTES
NOTES
214 2020 HANDBOOK

SAFEGUARDING CHILDREN AND YOUNG PEOPLE:
POLICY AND PROCEDURES
SAFEGUARDING CHILDREN AND YOUNG PEOPLE

Contents
1 Mandatory Safeguarding Requirements for Clubs/Teams 217
2 Recruitment and Training of Staff and Volunteers 217
3 Complaints, Concerns and Allegations 218
Flow Chart 220
4 Good Practice Guidelines 221
5 Anti-Bullying Procedures 222
6 Children at Increased Risk of Abuse 223
7 Useful contacts 224
8 Categories of Child Abuse 225
9 Poor Practice in Sport 226
In addition to the British Cycling Safeguarding Policies, all our members should make themselves
familiar with the Policies and Procedures applicable to their Home Country.
BRITISH CYCLING 215

INTRODUCTION OBJECTIVES
British Cycling is committed to ensuring that everyone The overall aim of the policy is to ensure that everyone
participating in cycling does so in a safe and enjoyable participating in the sport does so in a safe environment that
environment. supports children and young people to meet their potential.
Everyone working with children and young people has a British Cycling aims to help:
responsibility for keeping them safe, irrespective of their role,
whether or not they are British Cycling members, involved in • Provide a safe environment for children and young
a professional or voluntary capacity or as a parent, spectator people participating in cycling activities and try to
or participant. ensure that they enjoy the experience.
All such individuals are deemed to recognise and adhere to • Ensure robust systems are in place to manage any
the principles and responsibilities embodied in this Policy. concerns or allegations.
Children may be harmed in any environment and those • Support adults (staff, volunteers, coaches, officials,
having regular contact with young people have a key role members and spectators) to understand their roles
putting their welfare first, adopting these practices that and responsibilities with regards to their Duty of Care
protect and support them. and protection of children.
• Provide appropriate level training, support and

KEY PRINCIPLES resources for staff, volunteers, coaches and officials
to make informed and confident responses to
• The welfare of children is paramount. specific safeguarding issues and fulfill their role
effectively.
(A child is defined by law in England and Wales as a
person under the age of 18 years.) • Ensure that children and their parents are informed
and consulted and, where appropriate, fully involved
• All children, regardless of their Age, Race, Religion or in decisions that affect them.
Belief, Disability, Gender identity or Sexual
Orientation, have the right to protection from abuse. • Ensure that everyone involved in a role with children
have been through appropriate pre-recruitment
• All concerns and allegations of abuse and poor checks.
practice will be taken seriously and responded to
swiftly and appropriately. RESPONSIBILITIES AND IMPLEMENTATION
• We recognise the authority of the statutory agencies, British Cycling will work to promote the principles of
Working Together under the Children Act 2004, and safeguarding children by:
any legislation and statutory guidance which
supersedes these. • Reviewing British Cycling policy and procedures
every three years or whenever there is a major
• Everyone will work in partnership to promote the change in legislation or a significant organisational
welfare, health and development of children. change.
• Everyone has a legal duty of care to children on their • Giving guidance on appropriate recruitment
premises or engaged in their activities. That duty is procedures to assess the suitability of volunteers and
to take reasonable care to ensure their reasonable staff working with children and vulnerable groups.
safety and the duty is higher than it would be for
adults. This policy does not imply that British Cycling • Following procedures to report welfare concerns and
assume any of those legal liabilities which remain allegations about the behaviour of adults and ensure
with the relevant club/team or region. that all staff, volunteers, officials, parents and
participants, including children are aware of these
procedures.
216 2020 HANDBOOK


• Directing staff, volunteers, coaches and officials to British Cycling will review affiliation status and/or
appropriate safeguarding training and learning impose disciplinary sanctions against a club/team
opportunities, where this is appropriate to their role. that fails to adopt and implement the Safeguarding
Children and Young People Policy and Procedures.
• Acknowledging the additional vulnerability of some
groups of children (e.g. disabled, looked after (Policies and Procedures are available on the British Cycling
children, those with communication differences). Website or on request from the British Cycling Lead
Ensuring that the environment is appropriate for the Safeguarding Officer as templates for clubs and teams to
child and tailored to their needs. adapt to their own circumstances.)
• Helping affiliated organisations and individual 2. RECRUITMENT AND TRAINING OF

members understand their responsibilities through STAFF AND VOLUNTEERS
the provision of clear guidance and support.
2.1 Recruitment
• Continually developing safeguarding practices,
recognising the need to support and develop a British Cycling will provide guidance on recruitment
network of Club Welfare Officers with lead with the aim that all volunteers and staff working with
responsibility for safeguarding and protecting children and young people are appropriate and
children. suitable to do so. Getting the right volunteers in
place is key to a well organised club/team providing
1. MANDATORY SAFEGUARDING a safe and supportive environment.
REQUIREMENTS FOR CLUBS/TEAMS
Each role which involves an element of responsibility
It is essential that every club/team that has children with regard to children, particularly those involving
(those under the age of 18 years) as members or the regular supervision of children, whether voluntary
users of their services complies with the Mandatory or paid, should be assessed to establish which
Safeguarding Requirements set out below. qualifications, checks and other requirements are
necessary. These will include the following:
• Adopt and implement the British Cycling
Safeguarding Children and Young People Policy, • An application form
ensuring that it is understood by all and procedures
are put in to practice. • A self-disclosure form
• Recruit, appoint, register and arrange for the training • A minimum of 2 reference checks (this may be from
of a Club Welfare Officer (CWO), with a clear role the applicant’s last employer and/or from someone
description, who is the designated contact for able to comment on the applicant’s experience in
Safeguarding issues. working with children or young people. A friend or
neighbour would not be considered a suitable
• Ensure that your Club Welfare Officer holds a current referee)
Disclosure and Barring Service check (DBS) through
British Cycling. • Details of previous volunteering experiences or
relevant employment working with children
• Display and communicate the contact details for the
Club Welfare Officer where possible. • A Disclosure & Barring Service (DBS) check (where
eligible)
• Ensure that all those working or volunteering with
children in Regulated Activity hold a current All volunteers and staff recruited with responsibility
Disclosure and Barring Service check (DBS) through for and significant contact with children must agree
British Cycling. to inform the club/team if they are subsequently
investigated by any agency or organisation in relation
• Display and communicate the club/teams own to concerns about their behaviour towards children
Safeguarding Policy Statement where possible. or young people.
• Follow the British Cycling reporting procedures, The club/team must report this to the British Cycling
referring all concerns and allegations to the British Safeguarding Lead Officer who will advise on the
Cycling Lead Safeguarding Officer. appropriate course of action.
BRITISH CYCLING 217

Where such an individual has significant contact with Scottish Cycling is able to help clubs with the
or responsibility for children in a specified role at an administration of this process
event organised or sanctioned by British Cycling
then that individual must directly inform the British 2.3 Training
Cycling Lead Safeguarding Officer.
All staff, volunteers, coaches and officials should be
2.2 Criminal Records Checks offered access to appropriate safeguarding training.
British Cycling recommends attendance at a
2.2.1 Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) Checks recognised face to face safeguarding course and all
volunteers and staff who have significant contact
DBS checks are another tool in the recruitment with children should attend. A refresher course
process. These must be renewed every three years. should be completed every three years.
The type of DBS check required will be determined Appropriate safeguarding training should be
by the role someone has, the frequency of that role mandatory for all individuals in ‘Regulated Activity.’
being carried out and whether or not the role is
supervised. Legislation sets out what ‘Regulated Activity’ with
children is. It is determined by the role someone has,
Anyone needing a DBS check must complete an the frequency of that role being carried out and
application through British Cycling. Use of the whether or not the role is supervised.
update service and/or DBS checks through other
organisations will not be accepted. (Further guidance on ‘Regulated Activity’ and
recommended safeguarding training can be found
(Guidance on DBS checks can be found on the on the British Cycling Website or on request from the
British Cycling Website or on request from the British British Cycling Lead Safeguarding Officer)
Cycling Lead Safeguarding Officer)
3. COMPLAINTS, CONCERNS
If a DBS certificate contains any information, then AND ALLEGATIONS
British Cycling will want to see the complete copy.
3.1 If any individual has a concern about the welfare of a
A criminal record will not necessarily prevent an child, or the conduct of another person (whether
applicant from working or volunteering with children they are an adult or child, parent, coach, member or
and young people but a suitability assessment will otherwise), these concerns should be brought to the
be conducted, and the applicant may be asked to attention of the British Cycling Lead Safeguarding
provide additional information and references. Officer without delay.
British Cycling will take in to account the The person reporting the concern is not required to
Rehabilitation of Offenders Act and only consider decide whether abuse has occurred, but simply has
offences which are relevant to the care, supervision a duty to share their concerns and any relevant
and training of children. information to the British Cycling Lead Safeguarding
Officer.
If the applicant fails to engage in this process, then
their club will be informed, and the applicant will be Please refer to the Flowchart “Dealing with
required to cease any involvement in club/team Concerns” below for further details.
activities.
3.2 You may receive information regarding the welfare of
British Cycling will not inform any club/team about a child or young person who is involved in cycling,
the details of any offending but we will inform the yet the concern itself does not relate to someone
club/team whether or not the applicant is considered within the sport (eg the concern relates to the child’s
suitable to work with children and young people. home or other social setting) In these circumstances
you should still follow the same procedures.
2.2.2 Protecting Vulnerable Groups (PVG)
Please refer to the Flowchart “Dealing with
Scottish Cycling require all individuals undertaking Concerns” below for further details.
regulated work with a protected group in Scotland
complete a PVG (Protecting Vulnerable Groups) 3.3 All concerns will be treated in confidence. Details
application. should only be shared on a ‘need to know’
218 2020 HANDBOOK


basis with those who can help with the management advice from the local Children’s Social Care
of the concern. department, the Police or the NSPCC.
3.4 Concerns should be recorded on an Incident Report 3.8 The NSPCC Helpline is available to discuss concerns
Form and sent to the British Cycling Lead regarding poor practice and abuse in confidence with
Safeguarding Officer within 24 hours. members of the public who need support. Those with
concerns are encouraged to use this service. The
3.5 British Cycling will work with clubs/teams, regions Helpline number is 0808 800 5000.
and other external agencies to take appropriate
action where concerns relate to potential abuse or 3.9 Safeguarding children and young people requires
alleged poor practice. British Cycling disciplinary everyone to be committed to the highest possible
procedures will be applied and followed where standards of openness, integrity and accountability.
appropriate. British Cycling supports an environment where staff,
volunteers, parents and the public are encouraged to
3.6 Any information about an individual that relates to raise safeguarding and child protection concerns.
their suitability to work, volunteer with or participate
alongside children and young people must be Anyone who reports a legitimate concern to the
reported to the British Cycling Safeguarding Lead organisation (even if their concerns subsequently
Officer. appear to be unfounded) will be supported.
A safeguarding risk assessment will be completed All concerns will be taken seriously.
and British Cycling disciplinary procedures will be
applied and followed where appropriate 3.10 British Cycling may take action to restrict a
member’s involvement in cycling during an ongoing
3.7 In the event of a child making a disclosure of any investigation. This is a neutral act. At a later stage
type of abuse, the following guidance is given: the individual may be subject to action under the
British Cycling Safeguarding and/or Disciplinary
• Reassure them that they have done the right Regulations.
thing to share the information
3.11 All concerns will be referred to the British Cycling
• Listen carefully and take what they say seriously Case Management Group who will advise the Lead
Safeguarding Officer on the appropriate course of
• Do not make promises that cannot be kept, action to take and ensure that all allegations,
such as promising not to tell anyone else incidents and referral relating to the safeguarding of
children are dealt with fairly and equitably.
• Do not seek to actively question the child or lead
them in any way to disclose more information 3.12 Details relating to children and young people will be
than they are comfortably able to: this may kept on file and secure.
compromise any future action. Only ask
questions to clarify your understanding where Details of a child or young person will not be shared
needed e.g. can you tell me what you mean by with a third party without parental consent unless the
the word xxxxx? information is required in the interests of
safeguarding and the child or young person may be
• Record what the child has said as soon as at greater risk if the parents are aware.
possible on an incident report form.
All concerns/allegations will be dealt with
Give careful consideration as to whether the parents confidentially by British Cycling and information will
of the child involved should be informed of the only be shared on a need to know basis, either
concern at that stage, if they are responsible for the internally or externally depending on the nature/
abuse or are unable to respond to the situation seriousness of the concern/allegation.
appropriately then this could put the child at greater
risk. 3.13 Anyone unhappy with the action taken by the Lead
Safeguarding Officer, following the referral of a
Seek advice from the British Cycling Lead concern relating to poor practice or suspected
Safeguarding Officer where possible. abuse, may submit a complaint, following the British
If the British Cycling Lead Safeguarding Officer is not Cycling complaints procedure.
available and a delay cannot be justified then seek
BRITISH CYCLING 219

FLOWCHART 1
DEALING WITH CONCERNS
You become aware of a concern of poor practice and/or possible abuse. This may
relate to possible abuse within the sport, in the child’s home or an alternative social setting
and/or your concern may relate to poor practice within a cycling setting.
Stay calm. If the child is with you then reassure him/her that they are not to blame.
Don’t make any promises of confidentiality or outcome.
Take a detailed record of what is said and what action you have taken.
Is the child in need of medical attention?
Yes No
If the child requires urgent medical attention call

an ambulance and inform the hospital doctor
that you have a child protection concern
Report your concern to the Club Welfare Officer*

Where concerns are identified during an event or an organised recreational ride then identify
the person responsible for safeguarding and share your concern with them. This may be an
Event Welfare Officer or Ride Leader.
The Club Welfare Officer (individual with safeguarding responsibility) will

1. Seek advice from the British Cycling Lead Safeguarding Officer
2. In an emergency situation or where the British Cycling Lead Safeguarding Officer is unavailable
then the principle of least delay is important. In these circumstances the Club Welfare Officer
will seek advice immediately from the local Children’s Services, the Police or the
NSPCC Helpline.
3. Take action as advised by these agencies.
4. Make a factual record of events and refer the matter to the British Cycling Lead
Safeguarding Officer within 24 hours.
The British Cycling Lead Safeguarding Officer will assess the information provided and
advise accordingly on the next steps **
* If the Club Welfare Officer is not available, or the concern relates to the Club Welfare Officer/individual with safeguarding
responsibility then contact the British Cycling Lead Safeguarding Officer or refer the matter directly to Children’s Social Care/
Police as a delay may place the child at further risk.
**If the concern is about the British Cycling Lead Safeguarding Officer then report your concerns directly to the local Children’s
Social Care, the local Police or the NSPCC Helpline.
220 2020 HANDBOOK

4. GOOD PRACTICE GUIDELINES

4.3.2 British Cycling requires that all staff and volunteers
working with children adhere to the standards set
4.1 Emergencies and Incidents out in the Code of Conduct relevant to their role.
Similarly, children, parents and all participants are
Where children are participating in events or expected to follow their respective Codes of
activities, or attending organised coaching sessions, Conduct to ensure the enjoyment of all participants
Parental Consent Forms should be obtained. These and assist British Cycling in ensuring their welfare is
forms will be retained, treated in confidence and only safeguarded.
shared with those who require the information they
contain to perform their role effectively. 4.3.3 Parents and carers should also work together with
British Cycling to ensure that all children are
4.2 Supervision safeguarded. “Parental Guidance” is available to aid
their understanding as to how they can best assist
4.2.1 During coaching sessions, coaches should conduct British Cycling.
a risk assessment to inform decision making about
appropriate supervision levels. 4.3.4 Responsible interaction between adults and children
helps bring mutual respect and understanding and
Coaches should consult their British Cycling should be encouraged during activities. Adults
Coaching guidelines for specific coaching ratios. should always be aware, however, that age related
differences do exist and conduct themselves in a
Regardless of the recommended ratio of adults to manner that both recognises this and prioritises the
participants, it is recommended that a minimum of welfare of any children involved.
two adults should be present. This ensures at least
basic cover in the event of something impacting on 4.3.5 Physical contact with children by coaches or
the availability of one of the adults during the activity. volunteers should always be intended to meet the
needs of the child and the sport, not the adult. For
4.2.2 Parents may be encouraged to stay for coaching, example, to develop technique, to protect the child
activities & other events where their children are of an from injury, to provide first aid or treat an injury. It
age where greater levels of parental supervision is should always take place in an open environment,
required. and should not, as a general principle, be made
gratuitously or unnecessarily.
4.2.3 Parents should be made aware that where there is
limited changing room space there may be 4.4 Changing Rooms
occasions when adults and children may need to
share the facilities. 4.4.1 Changing rooms may be used by a number of
individuals at events or activities.
4.2.4 Parents should be aware that supervision is only
provided when their child is attending and engaged When children are attending events and activities
in specific coaching sessions and activities. parents should be made aware that adults may use
changing rooms throughout the day for changing &
4.2.5 Special arrangements should be made for away showering.
trips. Parents should receive full information about
arrangements for any such trip and will be required Where a parent/carer does not consent to their child
to provide their consent for their child’s participation. accessing the changing rooms, it is their
responsibility to either supervise the child while in the
4.3 Behaviour of adults and children changing rooms or ensure that they do not use
them.
4.3.1 Adults who work with children are placed in a
position of trust in relation to children, and therefore it 4.4.2 Members of staff, volunteers, coaches and officials
is important they behave appropriately and provide a should not shower or change at the same time as
strong positive role model for children, both to the children and young people that they have been
protect children and those working with children working with.
from allegations of poor practice.
4.4.3 No photographic equipment should be used in
changing rooms. This includes cameras, video
camera, mobile phones and any other device
capable of taking and recording images.
BRITISH CYCLING 221

4.5 Transport Bullying can be difficult to define and can take many
forms which can be categorised as:
4.5.1 British Cycling believes it is primarily the responsibility
of parents to transport their children to and from • Physical
events and activities. It is not the responsibility of
British Cycling staff, volunteers, officials or coaches • Verbal
to transport children and young people to and from
events, activities or coaching sessions. • Emotional
4.5.2 Arrangements for transport may be made in Bullying can take place anywhere but is more likely
exceptional circumstances, such as team events. to take place where there is inadequate supervision.
Where this is the case, the written permission of the Bullying is defined as the repetitive, intentional
parent of will be sought. hurting of one person or group by another person or
group where the relationship involves an imbalance
The drivers used should be checked for their of power.
suitability to transport and supervise children and
their insurance arrangements verified. Bullies no longer rely on being physically near to the
victim. It can happen face to face or online.
Consideration should be given to accident, Cyberbullying is when a person uses technology to
breakdown and recovery cover. deliberately upset someone.
4.6 Social Media A bully can be anyone involved in the sport, a parent,
coach, child, member of staff, volunteer or official.
Social media provides unique opportunities to
engage and develop relationships with people in a British Cycling will not tolerate bullying in any of its
creative and dynamic forum where users are active forms during events, competitions, coaching or at
participants. any other time.
However, the range of social networking sites also 5.2 Take a Positive Approach
introduces a range of potential safeguarding risks to
children and young people. • Ensure that Anti-Bullying policies are promoted
It is important that members of staff, volunteers, • Ensure all staff and volunteers working with
officials and coaches follow best practice guidelines. children adhere to the standards set out in the
Code of Conduct relevant to their role.
Additional care may be needed with some children in
terms of internet safety depending on their age, • Ensure that all children, parents and participants
understanding and development. This may be follow their own Code of Conduct
something to consider with the child and their
parents. • Have discussions about bullying and why it
matters and how we will respond to it
(Additional information and support on Good Practice
Guidelines can be found on the British Cycling Website or • Develop an open environment that encourages
by making contact with the Lead Safeguarding Officer children and young people to share their
Tel 0161 2742000) concerns
5. ANTI BULLYING PROCEDURES • Report any concern of bullying to the British

Cycling Lead Safeguarding Officer
5.1 British Cycling believe that every effort must be
made to eradicate bullying in all its forms. • Take the problem seriously
(Additional information and support on Anti-Bullying

Procedures can be found on the British Cycling Website or
by making contact with the Lead Safeguarding Officer
Tel 0161 2742000)
222 2020 HANDBOOK

6. CHILDREN AT INCREASED

These factors include:
RISK OF ABUSE
• a win at all costs approach
Any child can be abused but it is recognised that
there are some factors that increase the risk to • intense coach-athlete relationships
children and make them more vulnerable to abuse.
• a self-image that is linked closely with
Children with disabilities, children in care, children performance excellence
from black and mixed ethnic backgrounds, LGBT+
young people and children who have previously • young athletes operating in an adult-focused
suffered abuse are all at increased risk of harm. environment
Children whose parents are suffering from mental • being away from family and support networks
health problems, pressure, drug or alcohol abuse or
domestic violence within the family are at increased • fear of losing funding or a place on the
risk of harm. programme if they speak out
However, just because a child is living in these Clubs/teams must ensure suitable boundaries are
circumstances does not mean they are suffering maintained and any concerns are challenged and
harm. reported appropriately.
6.2 Children and Young People with Disabilities
A child’s disability may not always be obvious or

visible (for example a child with a learning disability).
When members of staff, volunteers, officials and

coaches are working with children with disabilities
extra safeguards may need to be put in place.
Everyone working with the child should understand

what their impairment actually means.
Consult with the parents and the child to make sure

that there is an appropriate plan in place to meet any
additional needs.
6.3 Elite Athletes
Moving through the talent pathway offers fantastic

experiences and rewards for athletes, however there
are specific factors in elite sport that can make
talented athletes more vulnerable to harmful
behaviours, either from themselves, their coaches or
parents, or members of their wider support team.
This may take the form of over-training or being

pushed so far that the focus is on the goals to
achieve success, rather than the needs of the young
person.
BRITISH CYCLING 223

7. USEFUL CONTACTS
British Cycling Contacts
Name Address Number
Tel: 0161 2742000
Lead Safeguarding National Cycling Centre, Stuart Street, Email: compliance@britishcycling.org.uk

Officer Manchester M14 4DQ
(Address your email FAO the Lead
Safeguarding Officer)
National Contacts
National Centre, 42 Curtain Road, Tel: 0808 800 5000

The NSPCC
London EC2A 3NH help@nspcc.org.uk
Childline UK Freepost 1111, London N1 0BR Tel: 0800 1111
NSPCC Child
3 Gilmour Close, Beaumont Leys, Tel: 0116 234 7278
Protection in
Leicester LE4 1EZ cpsu@nspcc.org.uk
Sport Unit
NSPCC
Whistleblowing
0808 028 0285
Helpline for
Professionals
NSPCC Freephone
0808 800 5000
24 hour Helpline
Local Police child

protection teams 101
In an emergency In an emergency 999

contact 999
Samaritans 08457 90 90
224 2020 HANDBOOK

8. CATEGORIES OF CHILD ABUSE

Physical abuse is when someone physically hurts or injures
children by hitting, shaking, throwing, poisoning, burning,
Abuse can happen on any occasion or in any place biting, scalding, suffocating, drowning or otherwise causing
where children and young people are present. harm. Physical harm may also be caused when a parent or
carer feigns the symptoms of, or deliberately causes, ill health
Child abuse is any form of physical, emotional or sexual to a child whom they are looking after.
mistreatment or lack of care that leads to injury or harm.
Children may be abused in a family or in an institutional or Examples in sport may be when the nature and intensity of
community setting by those known to them or, more rarely, training or competition exceeds the capacity of the child’s
by a stranger. Children can be abused by adults, either male immature and growing body; where coaches encourage the
or female, or by other children. use of drugs or harmful substances to enhance performance
or delay puberty; if athletes are required to participate when
Safeguarding is defined as: injured; or when sanctions used by coaches imposed involve
inflicting pain.
• Protecting children from maltreatment;
Sexual abuse is where children and young people are
• Preventing impairment of children’s health abused by adults (both male and female) or other children
or development; who use them to meet their own sexual needs. This could
include full sexual intercourse, masturbation, oral sex, anal
• Ensuring that children are growing up in intercourse, kissing and sexual fondling. Showing children
circumstances consistent with the provision of pornographic material (books, videos, pictures) or taking
safe and effective care; and pornographic images of them are also forms of sexual abuse.
• Taking action to enable all children to have the Sexual abusers groom children, protective adults and clubs/
best life chances. organisations in order to create opportunities to abuse and
reduce the likelihood of being reported.
Child Protection is the activity that is undertaken to protect
specific children who are suffering, or are likely to suffer Examples in sport may include coaching techniques involving
significant harm. physical contact with children creating situations where
sexual abuse can be disguised and may therefore go
There are 4 main types of abuse: neglect, physical abuse, unnoticed. The power and authority of, or dependence on,
sexual abuse and emotional abuse. Children and young the coach if misused, may also lead to abusive situations
people can also be harmed through poor practice and developing. Contacts made within sport and pursued e.g.
bullying within a sport setting. through texts, Facebook or Twitter have been used to groom
children for abuse.
Neglect is when adults consistently or repeatedly fail to meet
a child’s basic physical and/or psychological needs which Child Sexual Exploitation is a form of child sexual abuse. It
could result in the serious impairment of the child’s health or occurs where an individual or group takes advantage of an
development e.g. failure to provide adequate food, shelter imbalance of power to coerce, manipulate or deceive a child
and clothing; failing to protect a child from physical harm or or young person under the age of 18 into sexual activity
danger; or the failure to ensure access to appropriate
medical care or treatment. It may also include refusal to give (a) in exchange for something the victim needs or
love, affection and attention. wants, and/or
Examples in sport could include a coach or supervisor (b) for the financial advantage or increased status of
repeatedly failing to ensure children are safe, exposing them the perpetrator or facilitator.
to undue cold, heat or extreme weather conditions without
ensuring adequate clothing or hydration; exposing them to The victim may have been sexually exploited even if the
unnecessary risk of injury e.g. by ignoring safe practice sexual activity appears consensual. Child sexual exploitation
guidelines, failing to ensure the use of safety equipment, or does not always involve physical contact; it can also occur
by requiring young people to participate when injured or through the use of technology.
unwell.
BRITISH CYCLING 225

9. POOR PRACTICE IN SPORT

Emotional abuse is the persistent emotional ill-treatment of

a child so as to cause severe and persistent adverse effects
on the child’s emotional development. It may involve There is a requirement for all clubs/teams affiliated to
conveying to children that they are worthless or unloved, British Cycling to report any safeguarding concerns,
inadequate, or valued only insofar as they meet the needs of including concerns relating to poor practice.
another person.
Understanding what kind of behaviour constitutes poor
It may feature age or developmentally inappropriate practice and abuse will help you respond appropriately when
expectations being imposed on children or even the over concerns are raised.
protection of a child. It may involve causing children to feel
frightened or in danger by being constantly shouted at, Poor practice is behaviour of an individual in a position of
threatened or taunted which may make the child very responsibility which falls below the organisation’s required
nervous and withdrawn. Some level of emotional abuse is standard (typically as described in the Code of Conduct
involved in all types of ill-treatment of a child. relevant to their role).
Examples in sport may include children who are subjected to Anyone working or volunteering with children should avoid
constant criticism, name-calling, sarcasm, bullying, racism or putting themselves in situations where their conduct is
pressure to perform to unrealistically high expectations; or questionable.
when their value or worth is dependent on sporting success
or achievement. Poor practice may not be immediately dangerous or
intentionally harmful to a child, but is likely to set a poor
Bullying is behaviour that hurts someone else. It can happen example.
anywhere – in a club, at school, at home or online
(cyberbullying). It’s usually repeated over a long period of time Poor practice is potentially damaging to the individual, the
and can hurt a child both physically and emotionally. Bullying organisation and to children who experience it.
behaviour can often stay confined to ‘bullying hotspots’,
which are locations in a club or venue that might be more For example, coaching with alcohol on the breath, smoking,
secluded or have fewer witnesses, such as changing rooms. swearing in front of children, or not paying due care and
attention to participants all constitute poor practice.
Bullying can take many forms, examples in sport
may include: Poor practice can sometimes lead to, or create, an
environment conducive to more serious abuse. It may also
• Physical – hitting, pushing, kicking or other physical lead to suspicions about the individual’s motivation, even
assault where no harm is intended. For example, if a coach is giving
one child too much attention, regularly transports children in
• Verbal abuse – offensive name-calling, insults or their car, or encourages physical contact with children
gossiping without obvious justification.
• Non-verbal abuse – offensive hand signs or text

messages
• Racial, sexist or homophobic – racist remarks, sexist

jokes or comments, or homophobic, transphobic or
gender-related jokes or comments
• Sexual – abusive sexualised name-calling,

inappropriate and uninvited touching, or an
inappropriate sexual proposition
• Indirect – spreading nasty stories or rumours about

someone, intimidation, exclusion from social groups,
manipulating or constantly undermining someone
226 2020 HANDBOOK

SAFEGUARDING ADULTS:
S A F E G U A R D I N G A D U LT S
Contents
Safeguarding Policy Statement and Key Principles 228
Procedures
1 Complaints, concerns and allegations 229
2 Responding to a Disclosure of Abuse 230
3 Signs and Indicators of Abuse and Neglect 231
4 Good Practice Guidance 231
5 Consent 232
6 Useful contacts 233
Supporting Documents
1 Safeguarding Adults Flowchart 234
2 Capacity – Guidance on Making Decisions 235
3 Guidance on Types of Harm 236
In addition to the British Cycling Safeguarding Policies, all our members should make themselves
familiar with the Policies and Procedures applicable to their Home Country.
BRITISH CYCLING 227

INTRODUCTION
• We recognise that ability and disability can change

over time, such that some adults may be additionally
British Cycling is committed to ensuring that everyone vulnerable to abuse, in particular those adults with
participating in cycling does so in a safe and enjoyable care and support needs.
environment.
• We will support everyone to understand their roles
Adult safeguarding is working with adults with care and and responsibilities with regards to safeguarding and
support needs to keep them safe from abuse or neglect. An protecting adults at risk, including the responsibility
adult is anyone aged 18 years and over. to report all concerns in line with British Cycling
safeguarding adults policy and procedures.
Although there are many similarities with safeguarding adults
and children there are also some distinct differences. For this • All allegations will be taken seriously and responded
reason, British Cycling has created a separate Safeguarding to quickly in line with our Safeguarding Adults Policy
Adults Policy. and Procedures.
Abuse of adults links to circumstances rather than the • Confidentiality will be maintained appropriately at all
characteristics of the people experiencing the harm. times and the adult’s safety and welfare must be the
overriding consideration when making decisions on
Safeguarding duties apply to any individual who is identified whether or not to share information about them.
as an Adult at Risk. This is an adult who:
• We recognise the role and responsibilities of the
• Has needs for care and support (whether or not the statutory agencies in safeguarding adults and we are
local authority is meeting any of those needs) and; committed to complying with the procedures of the
Local Safeguarding Adults Boards.
• Is experiencing, or is at risk of, abuse or neglect;
and; THE SIX PRINCIPLES IN RELATION TO
ADULTS AT RISK
• As a result of those care and support needs is
unable to protect themselves from either the risk of, The Care Act 2014 is the current legislation that sets out the
or the experience of, abuse or neglect. six principles which underpin all adult safeguarding work:
Everyone involved in cycling has regular contact with many • Empowerment: People being supported and
people and so have a crucial role in the support, identification encouraged to make their own decisions and
and reporting of adults who may be at risk of harm, informed consent.
irrespective of their role, whether or not they are British
Cycling members, involved in a professional or voluntary • Prevention: It is better to take action before harm
capacity or as a spectator or participant. occurs.
• Proportionality: The least intrusive response

KEY PRINCIPLES appropriate to the risk presented.
British Cycling recognises the following principles which • Protection: Support and representation for those in
underpin the guidance given in the policy and procedures: greatest need.
• All adults, regardless of age, ability or disability, • Partnership: Local solutions through services
gender, race, religion, ethnic origin, sexual working with their communities. Communities have a
orientation, marital or gender status have the right to part to play in preventing, detecting and reporting
be protected from abuse and poor practice and to neglect and abuse.
participate in an enjoyable and safe environment.
• Accountability: Accountability and transparency in
• We will seek to ensure that our sport is inclusive and delivering safeguarding.
make reasonable adjustments for any ability,
disability or impairment, we will also commit to The principles of the Mental Capacity Act 2005 (MCA) state
continuous development, monitoring and review. that every individual has the right to make their own decisions
and provides the framework for this to happen.
• Everyone involved in cycling activities have the right
to be listened to with respect and to be heard.
228 2020 HANDBOOK

Making safeguarding personal is the concept that adult • Following procedures to report welfare concerns and
safeguarding should be person led and outcome focused. It allegations about the behaviour of adults and ensure
engages the person in a conversation about how best to that all staff, volunteers, parents and participants,
respond to their safeguarding situation in a way that including children, are aware of these procedures.
enhances involvement, choice and control. As well as
improving quality of life, well-being and safety. • Directing staff, volunteers, coaches and officials to
appropriate safeguarding training and learning
Wherever possible we must discuss safeguarding concerns opportunities, where this is appropriate to their role.
with the adult to get their view of what they would like to
happen and keep them involved in the safeguarding process, British Cycling seeks to help affiliated organisations and
seeking their consent to share information outside of the individual members understand their responsibilities through
organisation where necessary. the provision of clear guidance and support.
GUIDANCE AND LEGISLATION

1. COMPLAINTS, CONCERNS
The practices and procedures within this policy are based on AND ALLEGATIONS
the principles contained within the UK legislation and
Government Guidance. They have been developed to 1.1 If any individual has a concern about the welfare of
complement the Safeguarding Adults Boards policy and an adult, or you become aware that abuse or poor
procedures, and take the following into consideration: practice is taking place, suspect abuse or poor
practice may be occurring or be told about
• The Care Act 2014 something that may be abuse or poor practice then,
these concerns should be brought to the attention of
• The Protection of Freedoms Act 2012 the British Cycling Lead Safeguarding Officer without
delay.
• Domestic Violence, Crime and Victims (Amendment )
Act 2012 The person reporting the concern is not required to
decide whether abuse has occurred, but simply has
• The Equality Act 2010 a duty to share their concerns and any relevant
information to the British Cycling Lead Safeguarding
• The Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 Officer.
• Mental Capacity Act 2005 Please refer to the Flowchart “What to do if you have
a concern about an adult” on page 234 for further
• Sexual Offences Act 2003 details.
• The Human Rights Act 1998 1.2 All concerns will be treated in confidence. Details
should only be shared on a ‘need to know’ basis
• The Data Protection Act 1994 and 1998 with those who can help with the management of
the concern.
RESPONSIBILITIES AND IMPLEMENTATION
1.3 Concerns should be recorded on an Incident Report
British Cycling will work to promote the principles of Form and sent to the British Cycling Lead
safeguarding adults by: Safeguarding Officer within 24 hours.
• Reviewing British Cycling policy and procedures 1.4 British Cycling will work with clubs/teams, regions
every three years or whenever there is a major and other external agencies to take appropriate
change in legislation or significant organisational action where concerns relate to potential abuse or
change. serious poor practice. British Cycling disciplinary
procedures will be applied and followed where
• Giving guidance on appropriate recruitment possible.
procedures to assess the suitability of volunteers and
staff working with adults who have care and support 1.5 Any information about an individual that relates to
needs. their suitability to work, volunteer with or participate
alongside adults with care and support needs must
be reported to the British Cycling Safeguarding Lead
Officer.
BRITISH CYCLING 229

2. RESPONDING TO DISCLOSURE
A safeguarding risk assessment will be completed

and British Cycling disciplinary procedures will be OF ABUSE
applied and followed where appropriate
2.1 If an adult indicates that they are being abused the
1.6 Safeguarding adults at risk requires everyone to be person receiving the information should:
committed to the highest possible standards of
openness, integrity and accountability. British Cycling • Stay Calm
supports an environment where staff, volunteers,
parents/carers and the public are encouraged to • Listen carefully to what is said, allowing the adult
raise safeguarding concerns. to continue at their own pace, and take it
seriously.
Anyone who reports a legitimate concern to the
organisation (even if their concerns subsequently • Explain that it is likely the information will have to
appear to be unfounded) will be supported. be shared with others- do not promise to keep
secrets.
All concerns will be taken seriously.
• Keep questions to a minimum, only ask
1.7 It is important when considering your concern that questions if you need to identify/ clarify what the
you also understand the concept of Making person is telling you. Take care to distinguish
Safeguarding Personal and consider the needs between fact, observation, allegation and
and wishes of the person at risk. opinion. It is important that the information you
have is accurate.
1.8 British Cycling may take action to restrict a
member’s involvement in cycling during an ongoing • Reassure the person that they have done the
investigation. This is a neutral act. At a later stage right thing in revealing the information.
the individual may be subject to action under the
British Cycling Safeguarding and Disciplinary • Ask them what they would like to happen next.
Regulations.
• Explain what you would like to do next and ask if
1.9 All concerns will be referred to the British Cycling they are happy for you to share the information
Case Management Group who will advise the Lead in order for you to help them. As long as it does
Safeguarding Officer on the appropriate course of not increase the risk to the individual, you should
action to take and ensure that all allegations, explain to them that it is your duty to share your
incidents and referrals relating to the safeguarding of concern with your Lead Safeguarding Officer.
adults at risk are dealt with fairly and equitably.
• Record in writing what was said using the adult’s
1.10 Details relating to the adult at risk will be kept on file own words as soon as possible
and secure.
2.2 DO NOT:
Details will not be shared with a third party without
consent unless the information is required in the • Dismiss the concern.
interests of safeguarding and the person may be at
greater risk if relevant parties are not made aware. • Panic or allow shock or distaste to show.
All concerns/allegations will be dealt with • Probe for more information than is offered.
confidentially by British Cycling and information will
only be shared on a need to know basis, either • Make promises that cannot be kept.
internally or externally depending on the nature/
seriousness of the concern/allegation. • Conduct an investigation of the case.
1.11 Anyone unhappy with the action taken by the Lead • Make negative comments about the alleged
Safeguarding Officer, following the referral of a perpetrator.
concern relating to poor practice or suspected
abuse, may submit a complaint, following the British
Cycling complaints procedure.
230 2020 HANDBOOK

2.3 If the matter is urgent and relates to the immediate • self-disclosure
safety of an adult at risk then contact the police
immediately. Complete an Incident Form and copy it • robust interviews that cover safeguarding,
to the British Cycling Lead Safeguarding Officer equality and diversity, knowledge and skills
within 24 hours.
• reference checks (A friend or neighbour is not a
3. SIGNS AND INDICATORS OF ABUSE suitable referee, unless they have specific
AND NEGLECT knowledge of the applicant’s work, experience
and skills.)
3.1 Abuse can take place in any context and abuse may
be inflicted by anyone. • a thorough induction process
Participants, members, staff, volunteers, coaches or • verification of qualifications and experience

officials may suspect that an adult is being abused
or neglected in or outside of the sport. • risk assessments
There are many signs and indicators that may Once the person is in the role, there should be a
suggest someone is being abused or neglected, probationary period and review.
these include but are not limited to:
Consideration must also be given as to whether any
• Unexplained bruises or injuries – or lack of roles working with adults require a Disclosure and
medical attention when an injury is present. Barring Service (DBS) check.
• Person has belongings or money going missing. (Guidance on DBS checks can be found on the
British Cycling Website or on request from the British
• Harassment of a participant because they are or Cycling Lead Safeguarding Officer)
are perceived to have protected characteristics.
4.2 British Cycling requires that all staff and volunteers
• Not meeting the needs of the participant. E.g. working in any cycling activity follow and adhere to
training without a necessary break. the standards set out in the Code of Conduct and
British Cycling guidance relevant to their role.
• Person is not attending / no longer enjoying their
sessions. Similarly, all participants are expected to follow their
respective Codes of Conduct to ensure the
• Someone losing or gaining weight / an unkempt enjoyment of all and assist British Cycling in ensuring
appearance. their welfare is safeguarded.
• A change in the behaviour or confidence of a 4.3 British Cycling recommend all staff and volunteers
person. working in the sport to complete a course in basic
awareness of safeguarding adults.
• Self-harm.
(Recommended safeguarding training can be
• A fear of a particular group or individual. requested from the British Cycling Lead
Safeguarding Officer by emailing
• They may tell you / another person they are compliance@britishcycling.org.uk)
being abused – i.e. a disclosure.
4.4 The use of prohibited or illegal substances should
4. GOOD PRACTICE GUIDANCE not be tolerated.
4.1 All clubs/teams should follow safer recruitment 4.5 All adults should be treated equally and their dignity
procedures when appointing staff and volunteers. should be preserved.
The following should form the basis of safe This includes giving more and less talented members
recruitment and best practice: of a group similar attention, time and respect.
• detailed application forms
BRITISH CYCLING 231

4.6 It can be difficult to distinguish poor practice from • Tell the adult with whom you may be sharing the
abuse, whether intentional or accidental. information with and why
It is not the responsibility of any individual to make • Explain the benefits, to them or others, of
judgements regarding whether or not abuse is taking sharing information – could they access better
place, however, everyone has the responsibility to help and support?
recognise and identify poor practice and potential
abuse, and act on this if they have concerns. • Discuss the consequences of not sharing the
information – could someone come to harm?
5. CONSENT
• Reassure them that the information will not be
5.1 The Care Act 2014 statutory guidance advises that shared with anyone who does not need to know
the first priority in safeguarding should always be to
ensure the safety and well-being of the adult. • Reassure them that they are not alone and that
support is available to them.
5.2 Adults have a general right to independence, choice
and self-determination including control over 5.6 If the adult continues to refuse intervention to
information about themselves. support them with a safeguarding concern, or
requests that information about them is not shared
5.3 British Cycling does not expect staff, volunteers, with other safeguarding partners their wishes should
coaches, officials and members to assist an adult be respected.
who is felt to be vulnerable or at risk with their
decision making process, but we do expect them to 5.7 However, there are a number of circumstances
inform the British Cycling Lead Safeguarding Officer where those seeking to support the adult can
without delay so that they can clearly define the reasonably override such a decision, including but
various options to help support the adult at risk to not limited to:
make a decision about their safety.
• It appears that the adult lacks the mental
As long as it does not increase the risk to the capacity to make that decision (this must be
individual, it should be explained to them that it is properly explored and further guidance should
their duty to share their concern with the be sought from the British Cycling Lead
safeguarding lead. Safeguarding Officer)
Consent is not required to seek guidance or • Emergency or life-threatening situations may

share information within the organisation. warrant the sharing of relevant information with
the emergency services without consent
5.4 Adults may not give their consent to the sharing of
safeguarding information outside of the organisation • Other people are, or may be, at risk, including
for a number of reasons. For example, they may be children
unduly influenced, coerced or intimidated by another
person, they may be frightened of reprisals, they • A serious crime has been committed / may be
may fear losing control, they may not trust social prevented
services or other partners or they may fear that their
relationship with the abuser will be damaged. • Individuals in a Position of Trust are implicated
Reassurance and appropriate support may help to
change their view on whether it is best to share In such circumstances, it is important to keep a
information. careful record of the decision making process and
guidance should be sought from the British Cycling
5.5 Those seeking to support the adult should consider Lead Safeguarding Officer. Legal advice will be
the following: sought where appropriate. If the decision is to take
action without the adult’s consent, then unless it is
• Explore the reasons for the adult’s objections unsafe to do so, the adult should be informed that
– what are they worried about? this is being done and of the reasons why.
• Explain the concern and why you think it is

important to share the information
232 2020 HANDBOOK

6. USEFUL CONTACTS
British Cycling Contacts
Name Address Contact
Tel: 0161 2742000
Lead Safeguarding National Cycling Centre, Stuart Street, Email: compliance@britishcycling.org.uk

Officer Manchester M14 4DQ
(Address your email FAO the Lead
Safeguarding Officer)
National Contacts
Ann Craft Trust - Email: Ann-CraftTrust@nottingham.ac.uk

Safeguarding Adults Website: www.anncrafttrust.org
in Sport and Activity Telephone: 0115 951 5400
Local Police child

protection teams 101
In an emergency In an emergency 999

contact 999
Samaritans 08457 90 90
BRITISH CYCLING 233

WHAT TO DO IF YOU HAVE A CONCERN ABOUT AN ADULT?

There are concerns/suspicions about a person’s behaviour.

OR
There has been disclosure or an allegation about a person’s behaviour.
What are your concerns regarding?
Adult safeguarding Poor practice
Do you need to take action to ensure Is a Lead

the immediate safety or medical welfare No
Safeguarding
of the adult? Officer implicated?
Is a Lead
Yes • Call ambulance Safeguarding Yes No
• Tell doctor that there may Officer implicated?
be a safeguarding issue
• Call the police
No Yes Inform Lead
Safeguarding Officer.
Make notes and
Lead Safeguarding Inform Lead Inform British complete Incident Report
Officer follows their Safeguarding Cycling Director Form, submit to Lead
organisation’s policy in Officer. Make of Integrity and Safeguarding Officer
conjunction with local notes and Compliance
Multi Agency complete Incident who will advise
Safeguarding Adults Report Form, on next steps.
Policy and Procedures. submit to Lead
Investigated by
Possible referral to Safeguarding
Lead Safeguarding
Police/Adult Social Officer
Officer with the
Care/ Multi Agency
support of the Case
Safeguarding Hub/
Management Group
Local Safeguarding
Adults Board
Possible outcomes:
• Criminal proceedings
• Police enquiry
• Adult Care Safeguarding Assessment
• Disciplinary Measures
• Case management group give recommendations on the management of any remaining concerns
• No further action
Remember to involve the adult at risk throughout the

process wherever possible and gain consent for any
referrals to social care if the person has capacity
234 2020 HANDBOOK

CAPACITY – GUIDANCE ON
In each of these examples, it may appear as though the
MAKING DECISIONS person cannot make a decision. But later in the day,
presented with the same decision, they may be able to at
The issue of capacity or decision making is a key one in least be involved.
safeguarding adults. It is useful for organisations to have an
overview of the concept of capacity. The MCA recognises that capacity is decision-specific, so no
one will be labelled as entirely lacking capacity. The MCA also
We make many decisions every day, often without realising. recognises that decisions can be about big life-changing
We make so many decisions that it’s easy to take this ability events, such as where to live, but equally about small events,
for granted. such as what to wear on a cold day.
But some people are only able to make some decisions, and To help you to understand the MCA, consider the following
a small number of people cannot make any decisions. Being five points:
unable to make a decision is called “lacking capacity”.
1. Assume that people are able to make decisions,
To make a decision we need to: unless it is shown that they are not. If you have
• Understand information concerns about a person’s level of understanding,
• Remember it for long enough you should check this with them, and if applicable,
• Think about the information with the people supporting them.
• Communicate our decision
2. Give people as much support as they need to make
A person’s ability to do this may be affected by things like decisions. You may be involved in this – you might
learning disability, dementia, mental health needs, acquired need to think about the way you communicate or
brain injury, and physical ill health. provide information, and you may be asked your
opinion.
The Mental Capacity Act 2005 (MCA) states that every
individual has the right to make their own decisions and 3. People have the right to make unwise decisions. The
provides the framework for this to happen. important thing is that they understand the
implications. If they understand the implications,
The MCA is about making sure that people over the age of consider how risks might be minimised.
16 have the support they need to make as many decisions
as possible. 4. If someone is not able to make a decision, then the
person helping them must only make decisions in
(Whilst the MCA refers to those over the age of 16, it must be their “best interests”. This means that the decision
noted that the British Cycling Safeguarding Children and must be what is best for the person, not for anyone
Young People Policy should be followed for all children under else. If someone was making a decision on your
the age of 18 years.) behalf, you would want it to reflect the decision you
would make if you were able to.
The MCA also protects people who need family, friends, or
paid support staff to make decisions for them because they 5. Find the least restrictive way of doing what needs to
lack capacity to make specific decisions. be done.
Our ability to make decisions can change over the course of Remember:
a day.
• You should not discriminate or make assumptions
Here are some examples that demonstrate how the timing of about someone’s ability to make decisions, and you
a question can affect the response: should not pre-empt a best-interest’s decision
merely on the basis of a person’s age, appearance,
• A person with epilepsy may not be able to make a condition, or behaviour.
decision following a seizure.
• When it comes to decision-making, you could be
• Someone who is anxious may not be able to make a involved in a minor way, or asked to provide more
decision at that point. detail. The way you provide information might
influence a person’s ultimate decision. A person may
• A person may not be able to respond as quickly if be receiving support that is not in-line with the MCA,
they have just taken some medication that causes so you must be prepared to address this.
fatigue.
BRITISH CYCLING 235

GUIDANCE ON TYPES OF HARM

Neglect/Acts of omission
This includes ignoring medical or physical care needs, failing
The Care Act 2014 recognises 10 categories of abuse to provide access to appropriate health social care or
that may be experienced by adults. educational services, the withholding of the necessities of life,
such as medication, adequate nutrition and heating.
Self-neglect
This covers a wide range of behaviour: neglecting to care for Emotional or psychological
one’s personal hygiene, health or surroundings and includes This includes threats of harm or abandonment, deprivation of
behaviour such as hoarding. contact, humiliation, blaming, controlling, intimidation,
coercion, harassment, verbal abuse, isolation or withdrawal
Modern Slavery from services or supportive
This encompasses slavery, human trafficking, forced labour
and domestic servitude. Not included in the Care Act 2014 but also relevant to
safeguarding adults in sport and physical activity:
Domestic Abuse
This includes psychological, physical, sexual, financial and Cyber Bullying
emotional abuse perpetrated by anyone within a person’s Cyberbullying occurs when someone repeatedly makes fun
family. It also includes so called ‘honour’ based violence. of another person online or repeatedly picks on another
person through emails or text messages, or uses online
Discriminatory forums with the intention of harming, damaging, humiliating
Discrimination is abuse which centres on a difference or or isolating another person. It can be used to carry out many
perceived difference particularly with respect to race, gender different types of bullying (such as racist bullying,
or disability or any of the protected characteristics of the homophobic bullying, or bullying related to special
Equality Act. educational needs and disabilities) but instead of the
perpetrator carrying out the bullying face-to-face, they use
Organisational technology as a means to do it.
This includes neglect and poor care practice within an
institution or specific care setting such as a hospital or care Forced marriage
home, for example, or in relation to care provided in one’s This is a term used to describe a marriage in which one or
own home. This may range from one off incidents to both of the parties are married without their consent or
on-going ill-treatment. It can be through neglect or poor against their will. A forced marriage differs from an arranged
professional practice as a result of the structure, policies, marriage, in which both parties consent to the assistance of
processes and practices within an organisation. a third party in identifying a spouse. The Anti-social
Behaviour, Crime and Policing Act 2014 make it a criminal
Physical offence to force someone to marry.
This includes hitting, slapping, pushing, kicking, misuse of
medication, restraint or inappropriate sanctions. Mate Crime
A ‘mate crime’ is when vulnerable people are befriended by
Sexual members of the community who go on to exploit and take
This includes rape, indecent exposure, sexual harassment, advantage of them. It may not be an illegal act but still has a
inappropriate looking or touching, sexual teasing or negative effect on the individual. Mate Crime is carried out by
innuendo, sexual photography, subjection to pornography or someone the adult knows and often happens in private. In
witnessing sexual acts, indecent exposure and sexual assault recent years there have been a number of Serious Case
or sexual acts to which the adult has not consented or was Reviews relating to people with a learning disability who were
pressured into consenting. murdered or seriously harmed by people who purported to
be their friend.
Financial or material
This includes theft, fraud, internet scamming, coercion in Radicalisation
relation to an adult’s financial affairs or arrangements, The aim of radicalisation is to attract people to their
including in connection with wills, property, inheritance or reasoning, inspire new recruits and embed their extreme
financial transactions, or the misuse or misappropriation of views and persuade vulnerable individuals of the legitimacy of
property, possessions or benefits. their cause. This may be direct through a relationship, or
through social media.
236 2020 HANDBOOK

NOTES
NOTES
BRITISH CYCLING 237

NOTES
NOTES
238 2020 HANDBOOK

SAFEGUARDING REGULATIONS 2019
S A F E G U A R D I N G R E G U L AT I O N S 2 0 1 9
Contents
1 Introduction and Jurisdiction 240
2 Definitions 240
3 Responding to any enquiry into any concerns or complaints received regarding safeguarding 242
4 The Role and Responsibilities of the CMG 243
5 Criminal Records Checks 244
6 Appeals, Disciplinary Committee and Disciplinary Appeal Committee 245
BRITISH CYCLING 239

1. INTRODUCTION AND JURISDICTION

1.9 The CMG shall have jurisdiction to consider progress

on; to advise in relation to; and to make interim
1.1 British Cycling is committed to ensuring that all sanctions in relation to concerns or complaints
involved in the sport have a safe and positive regarding safeguarding in the sport of cycling in
experience. England, Scotland and Wales.
1.2 British Cycling has jurisdiction to deal with any 1.10 British Cycling shall have jurisdiction in relation to
safeguarding concern or allegation of abuse of a appeals against the CMG, permanent sanctions and
Child and/or Adult at Risk of harm. its disciplinary processes.
1.3 British Cycling has jurisdiction to deal with any 1.11 So far as practicable, confidentiality will be
breach of the British Cycling Safeguarding Children maintained at all times in respect of all those involved
and Young People Policy, Safeguarding Adults Policy in any enquiry or investigation unless there is an
and/or any breach of these Regulations. over-riding obligation in the interests of the safety or
protection of Children or Adults at Risk for such
1.4 Concerns in relation to safeguarding are not capable information to be shared with other interested
of exhaustive definition, they may relate to any form parties. Any such information shared shall be
of physical, emotional or sexual mistreatment or lack distributed on a need-to-know-basis only.
of care that leads to injury or harm but may also
include poor practice and bullying. 1.12 All matters relating to poor practice, emotional,
physical, sexual abuse or neglect should be reported
1.5 It is a requirement that all clubs and teams affiliated to the appropriate Club Welfare Officer/Wellbeing
to British Cycling in England and Wales, who have and Protection Officer and, if it has not already
Children as members or users of their services, happened, as soon as practicable thereafter to the
appoint a Club Welfare Officer and comply with Lead Safeguarding Officer.
British Cycling Safeguarding Children and Young
People Policy. 1.13 In the exercise of its duty to safeguard Children and
Adults at Risk of harm, British Cycling will record the
1.6 It is a requirement that all affiliated clubs in Scotland, details of any individual who is temporarily
that have either declared members or British Cycling suspended, permanently disqualified or temporarily
members who are under the age of 18 years, or permanently permitted to participate in cycling but
appoint a Wellbeing and Protection Officer. subject to restrictions. This record shall include by
way of example but not limitation the reasons for
1.7 These Regulations will apply to all Participants within suspension, disqualification or restriction, any
the sport of cycling. They are intended to set out the decision and any supporting evidence. This will be
procedures to be followed by British Cycling and to made available to appropriate third parties for the
provide a comprehensive, fair and equitable process purposes of enforcement and crime prevention at
for the purposes of: British Cycling’s sole discretion.
a) responding to any enquiry into any concerns or 1.15 British Cycling will not be liable to any individual,
complaints received regarding safeguarding; club, team or organisation for any loss, however
and/or caused, whether direct, indirect, financial or
consequential arising out of or in connection with
b) assessing someone’s suitability for working with any action taken under these Regulations.
Children and Adults at Risk in cycling.
2. DEFINITIONS
1.8 The CMG shall have jurisdiction to consider adverse
PVG Scheme or DBS disclosures and make In these regulations the following words shall have
recommendations to the Lead Safeguarding Officers the meanings:-
as to someone’s suitability to work or volunteer with
Children and Adults at Risk in the sport of cycling in “Adult at Risk”
England, Scotland and Wales. any person who is aged 18 years or over and at risk
of abuse or neglect because of their needs for care
and or support;
240 2020 HANDBOOK

“Affiliate” “LADO”
any cycling club or team affiliated to British Cycling, the Local Authority Designated Officer;
and their members or Volunteers;
“Lead Safeguarding Officer”
“Barred List Check” the individual employed by British Cycling, Scottish
An Enhanced Disclosure from the Disclosure and Cycling and/or Welsh Cycling with primary
Barring Service (DBS) which shall establish whether responsibility for managing safeguarding concerns
a person is barred from working in Regulated Activity within their organisation. This role is referred to as
with children or adults; the Wellbeing and Protection Officer by Scottish
Cycling;
“British Cycling”
the British Cycling Federation; “Member”
an individual (whether they be a rider, coach, Official
“Child” or otherwise) granted Membership of British Cycling;
a person under the age of eighteen. Children means
more than one child; “Membership”
means being a Member of British Cycling, granted in
“Club Welfare Officer accordance with the bye laws;
the individual designated with safeguarding
responsibility within a club or team; “Notice of Appeal”
written notification of any individual wishing to
“CMG” present an appeal in accordance with these
the Case Management Group which shall consist of Regulations;
not less than 2 independent individuals and also at
least one representative from British Cycling, “Official”
Scottish Cycling and Welsh Cycling (Beicio Cymru). any person acting in the administration of an Event
The independent members shall be appointed and or acting in any other manner from time to time,
removed by a majority vote of the Participating including but not limited to the administration,
Cycling Bodies for an initial three year term following coaching and organisation of a British Cycling
a formal and transparent selection process which will affiliated team or any promotional or coaching
be competence based. Independent members may activity whatsoever;
be reappointed for further terms;
“Participant”
“DBS” any Member, Affiliate, Official, spectator, licensee,
the Disclosure and Barring Service; Volunteer or contractor from time to time
participating in an Event or other cycling related
“Disciplinary Committee” activity;
the panel constituted in accordance with paragraph
6 below; “Participation”
being employed or engaged in a paid, voluntary or
“Disciplinary Appeal Committee” consultancy capacity by British Cycling, or any
the panel constituted to hear appeals from the Affiliate; or as a Participant in any Event or other
Disciplinary Committee in accordance with cycling related activity;
paragraph 6 below;
“PVG Scheme”
“Enhanced Disclosure” The Protecting Vulnerable Groups (PVG) Scheme is
an enhanced check provided by the Disclosure and managed and delivered by Disclosure Scotland. It
Barring Service; helps makes sure people whose behaviour makes
them unsuitable to work with children and/or
“Event” protected adults, can’t carry out Regulated Work
a single race, match or competition (or a series of with these vulnerable groups;
races, matches or competitions) organised, licensed,
convened, authorised or recognised by British “Regulated Activity”
Cycling or any of its Members, affiliate organisations work that a barred person must not do as defined by
or licensees, wherever held; the Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006 as
amended by the Protection of Freedoms Act 2012.
BRITISH CYCLING 241

“Regulated Work” 3.3 Where Social Care, the LADO (or equivalent role) or
the type of work that the PVG Scheme applies to. the Police are not already involved, and the concerns
The Protection of Vulnerable Groups (Scotland) Act or matters raised are deemed to warrant their
2007 provides guidance on assessing whether an involvement, the Lead Safeguarding Officer will notify
individual is engaged in Regulated Work; them of the matters which have been brought to
their attention. The Club Welfare Officer/Wellbeing
“Scottish Cycling” and Protection Officer should, where appropriate, be
the Scottish Cyclist’s Union. The organisation immediately informed of any concerns raised.
cycling in Scotland; 3.4 Where a British Cycling investigation reveals a
possible or actual breach of the law then the British
“Social Care” Cycling investigation may be suspended and an
the local authority responsible for the provision of appropriate referral will be made to the Police and/or
social work, personal care, protection or social Social Care.
support services to children or adults in need or at
risk, or adults with needs arising from illness, 3.5 In respect of any safeguarding concern, allegation or
disability, old age or poverty; suspicion of abuse, poor practice or bullying, which
is shared with British Cycling, the CMG may impose
“Volunteer” a temporary suspension upon an individual in
any person providing assistance or support to British respect of whom the concerns have been raised,
Cycling from time to time otherwise than as an pending the outcome of further enquiries and/or
employee or director and including but not limited to investigation where such a suspension is deemed by
any person providing assistance at an Event; the CMG to be warranted and/or necessary to
ensure the welfare and safety of others, including
“Wellbeing and Protection Officer” Children and Adults at Risk. A decision to suspend
the individual designated with safeguarding will be authorised by any 2 members of the CMG.
responsibility within a club in Scotland; Suspension is to be considered a neutral act and
should not be viewed as a sanction or penalty. A
“Welsh Cycling” decision to suspend under this regulation 3.5 is not
the Welsh Cycling Union. The organisation open to appeal.
cycling in Wales. 3.6 Where a temporary suspension is imposed this may
be a suspension from or a restriction on any and all
3. RESPONDING TO ANY ENQUIRY Participation, and which may include but is not
INTO ANY CONCERNS OR limited to coaching, managing teams, racing, riding,
COMPLAINTS RECEIVED acting in a position of trust in relation to Children or
REGARDING SAFEGUARDING Adults at Risk of harm, undertaking any official
position such as board membership or administrative
3.1 All safeguarding concerns, allegations or suspicions duties, spectating or other activity relating to the
of abuse, poor practice or bullying must be reported sport of cycling where there is likely to be contact
to the British Cycling Lead Safeguarding Officer. with Children or Adults at Risk.
British Cycling, at its reasonable discretion, may
investigate any such concern and complaint in 3.7 If any individual is temporarily suspended or
accordance with these Regulations. restricted and during the course of the suspension or
restriction British Cycling is informed of any breach
3.2 British Cycling will decide who will carry out or or abuse of the suspension or restriction the
coordinate any investigation. Any investigation will be individual will be issued with a written warning
conducted as promptly as possible and will provide requiring immediate compliance with the terms of his
periodic updates to the individual being investigated or her suspension or restriction. Failure to adhere to
and any relevant Affiliate or Member during the the terms of the written warning will be considered a
course of the investigation where appropriate. British potential breach of British Cycling’s policies and
Cycling reserves the right to appoint a third party regulations and may be dealt with as such under
investigator to conduct or assist in the conduct of British Cycling Disciplinary Regulations.
any investigation.
3.8 The investigative process may include any of the
following:
242 2020 HANDBOOK

3.8.1 a requirement on the individual to submit references; at his/her own expense, be entitled to have a legal or
other representative present during any interviews.
3.8.2 a DBS check of the individual;
3.14 Upon conclusion of the investigation British Cycling
3.8.3 a referral to the Police and/or Social Care and or the will present relevant information gathered to the
LADO (or equivalent role) for consideration as to CMG which will proceed in accordance with
whether a criminal or civil investigation into the paragraph 4 below.
matter is necessary;
4. THE ROLE AND RESPONSIBILITIES
3.8.4 an interview of the person under investigation, any OF THE CMG
witness, any person making a complaint or
allegation, any Child or Adult at Risk of harm, and/or 4.1 A meeting of the CMG will be convened to consider
anyone else who British Cycling reasonably believes all reported safeguarding concerns, allegations or
may be able to assist in the investigation; and suspicions of abuse, poor practice or bullying and
provide guidance to the Lead Safeguarding Officer
3.8.5 the production of and consideration of any other on what action, if any, to take. The CMG will be
evidence from anyone else who British Cycling presented with the information gathered during the
reasonably believes may be able to assist the investigative process.
investigation.
4.2 An individual under investigation may be provided
3.9 British Cycling may proceed with its own with a copy of the information gathered during the
investigation, concurrently with any criminal or civil course of the investigation; be given the opportunity
investigation where considered appropriate by the to comment in writing on matters of fact and
CMG. accuracy; and may be offered an opportunity to
make written representations to the CMG within
3.10 Save where in British Cycling’s reasonable opinion it such timescales, as the CMG may deem appropriate
may prejudice the investigation, British Cycling may in the circumstances, unless to do so, in the
notify the individual in writing of the intention to reasonable opinion of British Cycling would prejudice
investigate, the nature of the investigation and the the investigation or the welfare and safety of the
reasons for this. The decision whether or not to Child or Adult at Risk involved or other Children or
inform the individual will be made balancing the need Adults at Risk who come or may come into contact
to properly investigate the matter and the rights of with the individual under investigation.
the individual under natural justice. If a temporary
suspension or restriction has been imposed by 4.3 The CMG’s function is to consider whether an
British Cycling in the interests of safeguarding, the individual poses an actual or potential risk of harm to
individual and any relevant Affiliate and/or Official will Children or Adults at Risk of harm within the sport of
be informed of this. Notification will not be necessary cycling. The CMG shall assess this on the balance of
if it is considered that this may prejudice any Police probabilities. The CMG shall recommend appropriate
and/or Social Services and/or British Cycling internal actions in order to manage any such risk where
investigation or may place any particular Child or possible.
Adult at Risk of harm at risk.
4.4 Where the CMG believes that an individual poses an
3.11 The individual being investigated shall not approach actual or potential risk of harm to Children or Adults
(whether directly or indirectly), intimidate or influence at Risk of harm then the CMG may respond by
any witness involved in the investigation. A failure to recommending one or more of the following
adhere to this requirement shall be considered a outcomes:
potential breach of British Cycling’s policies and
regulations and may be dealt with as such under 4.4.1 take no further action;
British Cycling’s Disciplinary Regulations.
4.4.2 commission a more detailed investigation;
3.13 The individual being investigated may be interviewed
during the course of the investigation. This may take 4.4.3 make a referral to the Police and/or Social Services
place more than once where an additional interview or the LADO (or equivalent role);
is necessary to put further information, to the
individual concerned, that has come to light during 4.4.4 impose or extend a temporary suspension pending
the course of the investigation. The individual shall, completion of any further investigation referral or risk
assessment;
BRITISH CYCLING 243

4.4.5 provide a written conditional warning outlining the 4.8 Following consideration by the CMG of the reported
areas of concern or improvements required; safeguarding concern, allegation or suspicion of
abuse, poor practice or bullying, the outcome and
4.4.6 require the individual to undergo training; any decision on further action made by the Lead
Safeguarding Officer will be communicated to the
4.4.7 require the individual to be supervised and/or work appropriate Affiliate, Officials and/or Members for the
with a mentor permanently or temporarily; purposes of enforcement and the safeguarding of
Participants.
4.4.8 extend the period of any temporary suspension until
such time as the individual concerned has complied 4.9 All Affiliates, Officials and other Members shall
with any required training, supervision or mentoring; comply with the terms of any decision reached. If
any Affiliate or Member fails to implement or comply
4.4.9 extend the period of any temporary suspension until with any of the requirements imposed, then British
such time as the individual concerned enters into a Cycling reserves the right to take appropriate action.
managed agreement with British Cycling, an
appropriate Club and any appropriate statutory 4.10 British Cycling reserves the right to notify those with
agencies. The managed agreement will include such responsibility for safeguarding in other sporting
matters as the CMG shall consider necessary to organisations of any decision made.
manage risks identified under Regulation 4.3. For the
avoidance of doubt, any suspension under this 5. CRIMINAL RECORDS CHECKS
Regulation 4.4.9 will not be considered a permanent
suspension; 5.1 It is a requirement that any individual in England and
Wales applying to be appointed or appointed to a
4.4.10 refer the individual to the British Cycling Disciplinary role involving any Regulated Activity complete a
Officer to follow the British Cycling Disciplinary Barred List Check.
Regulations in considering whether or not to
disqualify the individual from Participation in part or in 5.2 It is a requirement that any individual in Scotland
whole either indefinitely or for a specific period of applying to be appointed or appointed in Regulated
time; Work become a member of the PVG Scheme.
4.4.11 refer to the individual to the DBS; and/or 5.3 Where there are safeguarding concerns relating to
an individual’s suitability to carry out a role working
4.4.12 reach any other decision which the CMG feels is with Children or Adults at Risk, an investigation may
appropriate having regard to the circumstances of take place and any such person/matter may be
the case. referred to the CMG.
4.5 The final decision on what action will be taken where 5.4 When advising on an individual’s suitability to work
safeguarding concerns, allegations or suspicions of with Children and/or Adults at Risk, the CMG will
abuse, poor practice or bullying have been reported consider the following factors but will not be limited
to British Cycling will rest with the Lead Safeguarding to them:
Officer.
5.4.1 whether any conviction or other matters revealed is/
4.6 Within seven calendar days of the conclusion of the are relevant to the position in question;
CMG meeting, the Lead Safeguarding Officer’s
decision with supporting reasons will be 5.4.2 the seriousness of any offence or other matter
communicated in writing to the individual and any revealed;
relevant Affiliate, Official and/or Members. The
individual will also be advised of their right to appeal 5.4.3 the length of time since the offence occurred;
against any decision made and the time limits for
doing so. 5.4.4 whether the individual has a pattern of offending
behaviour or other relevant matters;
4.7 An individual’s failure to comply with the decision
made by the Lead Safeguarding Officer shall be 5.4.5 whether the individual’s circumstances have
considered misconduct under the British Cycling changed following the offending behaviour and/or
Disciplinary Regulations. other relevant matters; and/or
244 2020 HANDBOOK

5.4.6 require the individual under investigation to 6.5 The Disciplinary Appeal Committee hearing an
commission at their own expense a risk assessment appeal may uphold the original decision made by the
prepared by a suitably qualified person (to be agreed Lead Safeguarding Officer, quash the original
by British Cycling). decision, refer the matter back to the CMG for
further deliberation and decision or substitute its own
6. APPEALS, DISCIPLINARY decision, provided such decision does not go
COMMITTEE AND DISCIPLINARY beyond the possible outcomes set out in paragraph
APPEAL COMMITTEE 4.4 above, save that the Committee may disqualify
the individual from Participation in part or in whole
6.1 Any appeal of the decision made by the Lead either indefinitely or for a specific period of time.
Safeguarding Officer, following consideration by the
CMG of any reported safeguarding concern, 6.6 There shall be no appeal against a decision of the
allegation or suspicion of abuse, poor practice or Disciplinary Appeal Committee where such decision
bullying, shall be referred to the British Cycling is itself an appeal from a decision made by the Lead
Disciplinary Clerk. Safeguarding Officer.
6.2 Save where provided otherwise in these Regulations, 6.7 Following recommendation by the CMG, any
the powers and procedures of the British Cycling decision to refer an individual to the Disciplinary
Disciplinary Clerk are set out in the British Cycling Committee under paragraph 4.4 shall be referred to
Disciplinary Regulations. the Disciplinary Officer and the Disciplinary
Committee shall be convened and operate as if it
6.3 Any individual wishing to present an appeal in were being convened under the British Cycling
accordance with these Regulations must submit to Regulations, which procedures shall apply where
British Cycling Lead Safeguarding Officer written relevant to the extent that they are not in conflict with
notification (“the Notice of Appeal”) containing the anything within these Regulations. The standard of
following information:- proof in all cases shall be the balance of probabilities.
(a) the name and address of the appellant (and of 6.8 Any appeal against the decision of the Disciplinary
any representative); and Committee, other than an appeal against a decision
of the Lead Safeguarding Officer, shall be referred to
(b) confirmation of the grounds for the appeal being a Disciplinary Appeal Committee under the British
one or more of the following: Cycling Disciplinary Regulations.
(i) that the outcome reached following the CMG 6.9 British Cycling will confirm the decision of the
meeting was based on error of fact or could Disciplinary Committee or Disciplinary Appeal
not have been reasonably reached when Committee in writing within 14 calendar days of any
faced with the evidence before them; hearing. In addition, any decision will be
communicated to the appropriate Affiliate and/or
(ii) significant and relevant evidence has become Members.
available which was not available prior to the
decision being made, had it been available, 6.10 Ordinarily, any costs incurred by the parties will lie
may have caused a materially different where they fall. However, the Appeal Committee will
decision to be made; have the discretion to order the Appellant to pay
some or all of the costs of holding the hearing
(iii) provisions of these regulations were not (including any travel or accommodation costs
adhered to in a material fashion; and/or incurred by members of the Appeal Committee and
or any costs incurred as a result of the Appeal
(iv) the findings of the CMG and Lead Committee obtaining specialist advice in accordance
Safeguarding Officer were irrational or with the Disciplinary Regulations.)
otherwise exhibited an error of general law.
6.11 If a party proceeds with an appeal, notwithstanding
6.4 The Notice of Appeal must be submitted within 14 that a provision of these Regulations has not been
calendar days of receipt by the individual of complied with, without promptly stating its objection,
notification of any decision made by the Lead that party shall have waived its right to object.
Safeguarding Officer.
BRITISH CYCLING 245

DATA PRIVACY NOTICE
DATA PRIVACY NOTICE

D ATA P R I VA C Y N O T I C E
• We may also ask you for information when you

report a problem or make a complaint and, if you
Scope contact us, we may keep a record of that
correspondence.
This document provides you with information about how we
are handling, or are intending to handle, your personal • We may also ask you to complete optional surveys
information: that we use for research purposes and to provide
you with a more relevant customer experience.
If you are aged 16 or under, please get your parent/
guardian’s permission before you provide any personal • Details of when you digitally interact with British
information to us. Cycling via our websites and other digital channels
and the resources that you access which may
About us include the use of cookies (subject to our Cookie
policy).
British Cycling is committed to protecting and respecting
your privacy and complying with the principles of applicable • Information about emails and other communications
data protection laws. This notice sets out the basis on we have sent to you and your interaction with them.
which any personal data we collect from you, or that you
provide to us, will be processed by us. Please read the • Information from third parties where you consent to
following carefully to understand our practices regarding those other organisations sharing information they
your personal data and how we will treat it. The data hold on you with us, or where those organisations
controller of the personal data referred to in this policy is the otherwise lawfully share your information with us.
British Cycling Federation of Stuart Street, Manchester,
Lancashire, M11 4DQ. Uses made of your information and
the basis of processing
Collection of personal data
British Cycling will use your personal information to:
British Cycling may collect and/or create or otherwise obtain
and process the following data about you: • Publish and maintain a comprehensive set of results
and rankings for the sport of cycling;
• Information about you that you provide by filling in
forms while registering for activities and making • Ensure that content from our websites is presented
purchases on our websites in the most effective manner;
British Cycling websites • Authenticate you when you register;
• britishcycling.org.uk • Carry out our obligations arising from any contracts

entered into between you and British Cycling;
• learning.britishcycling.org.uk
• Provide you with information, products or services
• letsride.co.uk that you request from British Cycling or which we
feel may interest you, where we are legally entitled to
• readysetride.co.uk do so;
This includes information provided at the time of registering • Enable people to join events, rides, clubs and groups
to use our websites, becoming a member of British Cycling, and communicate with each other via the British
subscribing to our communications, posting material, Cycling system as part of that activity;
booking onto rides, entering, attending and volunteering at
events, joining clubs or requesting further services. • Allow you to participate in interactive features of
British Cycling’s service, when you choose to do so;
• Information from your social media accounts but only
where you have given us permission to use it. For • Notify you about changes to our service;
example, posts, pictures and video footage you
share on sites such as Facebook and Twitter. • Gather statistics about memberships and people
interested in cycling; or
246 2020 HANDBOOK

DATA PRIVACY NOTICE
• Segment your personal data to make sure that you Where any payments are being collected on our behalf, we
only receive information that is relevant to you. For require our payment providers to be compliant with the
example, if you are based in Aberdeen, to make sure Payment Card Industry’s Data Security standards (PCI-DSS).
that you do not receive information about events in
Cornwall. Recipients of personal data
British Cycling will not use any of the personal information we We will share information about you with some of our
collect from you to make automated business decisions. suppliers who process data on our behalf to help us to
provide services to you. We undertake this data sharing on
The legal basis on which we collect and process the the basis of our legitimate interests.
personal data described above depends on the personal
information concerned and the specific context in which Categories of organisation and purpose
we collect it. However, we will only use your personal
information where we: • Marketing agencies - to provide relevant digital
content to our customers
• Have your consent to do so;
• Database hosting companies - to host British
• Need the personal data to perform a contract with Cycling digital platforms (e.g. British Cycling website)
you; and associated customer databases to enable
customers to log in and interact with the website
• Need to process your personal information for our
legitimate interests and only where our legitimate • Email broadcasting companies - to send emails
interests are not overridden by your data protection to our customers
interests or fundamental rights and freedoms;
• SMS broadcasting companies - to send SMS
• Have a legal obligation to collect personal and text messages to our customers
information from you; or
• Mailing houses - to send products and benefits to
• Need the personal information to protect your vital our customers that are not directly produced by
interests or those of another person. British Cycling (e.g. publications)
If we ask you to provide personal information to comply with • Market research companies - to undertake
a legal requirement or to perform a contract with you, we will research of our own customers
make this clear at the relevant time, and advise you whether
the provision of your personal information is mandatory or • Social media companies (e.g. Facebook/
not (as well as the possible consequences if you do not Twitter) - to verify your identify when you register on
provide your personal information). our website using ‘register with’ functions and to
provide you with relevant social media posts
Information security
• Online learning hosting companies - to enable
British Cycling will take all steps reasonably necessary our customers to take part in online training and
including policies, procedures and security features to ensure learning
that your data is treated securely and protected from
unauthorised and unlawful access and/or use, and in • Governing bodies of cycling - to assist in event
accordance with this notice. Unfortunately, the transmission management, disciplinary issues and maintenance of
of information via the internet is not completely secure and, competition licences (UCI and other federations)
although we will do our best to protect your personal data
transmitted to us via the internet, we cannot guarantee the • British Cycling registered event organisers, ride
security of your data transmitted to our website from your leaders and officials - to enable event organisers,
device. Any transmission is at your own risk. ride leaders and officials to manage British Cycling
registered activities and communicate with
Where we have given you (or where you have chosen) a participants and appointed volunteers.
password which enables you to access certain parts of the
website, you are responsible for keeping this password • British Cycling affiliated cycling club officials
confidential. We ask you not to share such a password with and group leaders - to enable clubs and group
anyone. leaders to communicate with and administer
activities for those belonging to their club or group
BRITISH CYCLING 247

DATA PRIVACY NOTICE
The data subject’s rights

• Home country cycling federations (Scottish

Cycling/Welsh Cycling) - to manage cycling
events, rides, clubs, groups, volunteers and Data protection laws grant you, as a Data Subject, certain
participants registered through British Cycling’s ‘information rights’, which are summarised below:
systems
• Right of access - You have the right to obtain a
• Sports results agencies - to collate results and copy of information we hold about you.
reports for the British Cycling website on behalf of
British Cycling • Right of rectification or erasure - If you feel that
any data that we hold about you is inaccurate, you
International transfer of personal data have the right to ask us to correct or rectify it. You
also have a right to ask us to erase information
We do not envisage transferring any information relating to about you where you can demonstrate that the data
individuals to anyone who is located outside of the European we hold is no longer needed by us, or if you
Economic Area. withdraw the consent upon which our processing is
based, or if you feel that we are unlawfully
However, on some occasions, the information we collect processing your data. Please note that we may be
may be transferred to organisations who may store and use entitled to retain your personal data despite your
such data at premises in other countries. Where we allow an request, for example if we are under a separate legal
organisation to process your personal information outside of obligation to retain it. Your right of rectification and
the European Economic Area, we will ensure that we create erasure extends to anyone we have disclosed your
and maintain appropriate safeguards with those personal information to and we will take all
organisations so that your personal information is subject to reasonable steps to inform those with whom we
the same standards and protections as when we are have shared your data about your request for
processing your personal information inside the European erasure.
Economic Area.
• Right to restriction of processing - You have a
Data retention period right to request that we refrain from processing your
data where you contest its accuracy, or where the
We will hold information about you in our data systems only processing is unlawful and you have opposed its
for as long as we need it for the purpose for which we erasure, or where we do not need to hold your data
collected it, which is as follows: any longer but you need us to in order to establish,
exercise or defend any legal claims, or if we are in
• As long as you continue to log into our website or dispute about the legality of our processing your
use our services (including engaging with emails, personal data.
entering cycling events, making purchases, entering
prize draws or downloading content) we will retain • Right to Portability - You have a right to receive
and process information about you. In such cases, any personal data that you have provided to us in
you will be considered to be an ‘active’ customer. If order to transfer it onto another data controller where
you have not been ‘active’ as a customer for a the processing is based on consent and is carried
period of three years, British Cycling will deactivate out by automated means. This is called a data
your customer account and anonymise any personal portability request.
data relating to you.
• Right to Object - You have a right to object to our
• Any data relating to the obligations of British Cycling processing your personal data where the basis of the
to maintain a comprehensive, published index of processing is our legitimate interests or where we are
results as a National Governing Body for sport will be using your information for direct marketing purposes.
retained. This would not include more than name,
age category and gender alongside details of the • Right to Withdraw Consent - You have the right to
event in which an individual took part. withdraw your consent for the processing of your
personal data where the processing is based on
• Personal data linked to the processing of insurance consent.
claims, subject access requests, disputes,
safeguarding investigations, disciplinary or police
matters will only be kept for as long as it necessary
for those purposes, as each is applicable.
248 2020 HANDBOOK

DATA PRIVACY NOTICE
• Right of Complaint - You also have the right to
lodge a complaint about any aspect of how we are
handling your data with the UK Information
Commissioner’s Office, which can be contacted at
ico.org.uk.
• Right to Opt-out of Marketing Communications

- You have the right to opt-out of marketing
communications we send to you at any time. You
can exercise this right by clicking on the
“unsubscribe” or “opt-out” link in the marketing
emails we send you. To opt out of other forms of
marketing (such as postal marketing or
telemarketing), then please contact us using the
contact details provided below.
Changes to our privacy policy
Any changes we may make to our Privacy Notice in the

future will be posted on our website at britishcycling.org.uk/
privacynotice and, where appropriate, notified to you by
date-stamped communication.
How to contact us
If you wish to contact us about your personal data or

exercise any of the rights described above please contact:
dataprotection@britishcycling.org.uk
The Data Protection Officer, British Cycling Federation, Stuart

Street, Manchester, Lancashire M11 4DQ
BRITISH CYCLING 249

©Copyright 2020 British Cycling. All rights reserved.
No part of this publication may be reproduced in any material form (including photocopying or storing it in any medium by
electronic means whether or not transiently or incidentally to some other use of this publication) without the written permission
of the copyright owner except in accordance with the provisions of the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988.
Cover image: Ellie Dickinson riding for Great Britain at the Tissot UCI Track Cycling World Cup, London, December 2018
Produced and published on behalf of British Cycling by:
Newhall Publishing Ltd

New Hall Lane, Hoylake, Wirral CH47 4BQ
t: +44 (0)151 632 3232 e: hello@newhallpublishing.com w: newhallpublishing.com
British Cycling
Stuart Street, Manchester M11 4DQ
t: +44 (0)161 274 2000
e: info@britishcycling.org.uk Editor: Thomas Turner
Twitter: @britishcycling Photography: SWPix
250 2020 HANDBOOK

Handbook - Full

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Handbook - Full

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

HANDBOOK 2020

English Regions and Home Country Contacts 6-11

Member, Club and Event Fees 40-44

Technical Regulations 2020 45-164

Mountain Bike 109

Additional Information 165-182

British National Championships 174

Synopsis of Age Categories for 2020 178

Other Regulations and Policies 183-249

Disciplinary Regulations 185

Equality Policy 208

Code of Conduct 210

Safeguarding Children and Young People 215

Safeguarding Adults 227

Safeguarding Regulations 239

Data Privacy Notice 246

British Cycling Directory

British Cycling Board of Directors

Frank Slevin Marian Lauder MBE Sharon Bridgland-Gough Alex Russell

Richard Lodge Peter King CBE Kathy Gilchrist Nick Smith

Nick Lumb Tabitha Rendall Julie Watts Julie Harrington

President Company Secretary

Telephone: 0161 274 2016

Julie Harrington Danielle Every Rod Findlay Jamie Obank

Stephen Park OBE

© BCF 2000 Registered in England No. 3943494

Telephone: 0161 274 2000

Membership Directory of Coaches:

Regional Chair Regional Board Members

Regional Competition Administrator National Councillors

Regional Competition Administrator National Councillors

Regional Chair Regional Board Members

Finance & Office Manager

Notice of General Meetings 16

Proceedings at General Meetings 17

President and Elected Directors 19

Independent Appointed Directors 20

Vacation of The Office of Directors 21

Duties and Powers of the Board 21

Committees and Commissions 22

Proceedings of the Board 22

Appointments and Interests of Members of the Board 22

Rules, Regulations, Standing Orders and Bye Laws 24

Signed on behalf of the British Cycling Federation

2. The number of members is unlimited.

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

(d) Transacting such other business as may be brought before it.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

(b) These Regions shall:-

(c) up to 3 Independent Appointed Directors appointed in accordance with Article 40;

(d) A Director nominated by the Scottish Cyclists’ Union.

(e) A Director nominated by the Welsh Cycling Union;

(f) A Director nominated by the England Regions; and

PRESIDENT AND ELECTED DIRECTORS

INDEPENDENT APPOINTED DIRECTORS

VACATION OF THE OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

(b) If they become of unsound mind;

(c) If they cease to be eligible in accordance with these presents;

50. There shall be no upper age limit.

DUTIES AND POWERS OF THE BOARD

COMMITTEES AND COMMISSIONS

PROCEEDINGS OF THE BOARD

APPOINTMENTS AND INTERESTS OF MEMBERS OF THE BOARD